-TrnkRoute in NATIONALHIGHWAYS AUTHORITY OFINDIA tAncinIndia(300 BC) (Raj Marg-Mauryn)
Grand Trunk Road Project Public Disclosure Authorized
Co nolidated NorthamTrunk Routes R"eWetementtAL-tion PlIn in MediaevalIndia K . S_~;; (15t CenturyAD) -\- (Sarak-e-Azam)
7/ RP63
X~~1 .;- Public Disclosure Authorized ,.- - -. :
ffi < je~DE L A r'
NorthemTrunkRoad \RAg I9thGCenturyAD -- (G-T Road) Wa_: --
_ei~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~) Public Disclosure Authorized r 1
R . . ~~~~~~, e
t 4toX ;L '' hSsE' < r '''' 8'~- - '4 § Lea Associace ttibIiAsia Pvt. Ltd. FILECOPY TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. EXECUTIVESUMMARY 1-1 1.1 THE GRAND TRUNK ROAD PROJECT 1-1 1.2 Indian and the World Bank's Requirements 1-2 1.3 Resettlementin the Project 1-2 1.3.1 Need for Land Acquisition 1-2 1.3.2 Context of Resettlementin GTRP 1-3 1.3.3 MinimisingResettlement 1-3 * The Definitionand Delineation of the Corridorof Impact 1-3 1.4 IMPACTSOF THE PROJECT 1-4 1.4.1 Estimates of Land Requiredfor the Project 1-4 1.4.2 Displacementand Other Impacts 1-4 1.4.3 Vulnerable Groups 1-4 1.4.4 Livelihood 1-5 1.5 SUPPORTPRINCIPLES FOR DIFFERENTCATEGORIES OF IMPACTS 1-5 1.5.1 Entitlementsfor Project-AffectedFamilies 1-5 1.5.2 Entitlementsfor Project-AffectedPersons 1-8 1.5.3 Entitlementsfor Project-AffectedGroups 1-8 1.5.4 Targetted Supportto VulnerableGroups 1-9 1.5.5 Options and Choices 1-10 1.6 RESETTLEMENTPLANNING AND IMPLEMENTATION 1-10 1.6.1 Social Assessment,Census and Surveys 1-10 * SocialAssessment 1-10 * Censusand Baseline Socio-Economic Surveys 1-10 * Cut-OffDate 1-10 1.6.2 Resolutionof Disputes& Grievances 1-11 1.6.3 Co-OrdinationBetween Civil Works and Resettlement 1-11 1.6.4 Community Participationand Public Consultation 1-12 1.6.5 Non-GovernmentOrganisations 1-12 1.7 INSTITUTIONALARRANGEMENTS 1-13 1.7.1 The DeliverySystem 1-13 1.7.2 Capacity Building 1-13 1.7.3 Training 1-14 * AwarenessCampaign 1-15 1.7.4 Database Management& Documentation 1-15 1.7.5 Transparencyand Accountability 1-15 1.8 COSTS AND BUDGETS 1-16 1.9 MONITORINGAND EVALUATION 1-17 L LeaAssoaiates 1 10 ADDITIONALSTUDIES RECOMMENDED 1-17 2. OBJECTIVES AND BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT 2-1 2.1 OVERVIEW 2-1 2.2 THE GRAND TRUNK ROAD PROJECT 2-1 2.2.1 Overall Scope of ProjectWorks 2-3 2.2.2 Proposed Improvementof the Project Highway 2-3 2.2.3 Resettlementin the Project 2-4 2.3 PROJECT PREPARATIONOBJECTIVES OF GTRP 2-4 2.3.1 Scope of the ConsolidatedRAP Report 2-5 2.3.2 Objectivesof the ResettlementAction Plan 2-6 2.4 BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT 2-6 2.4.1 Macro-EconomicBenefits 2-7 2.4.2 Local Level Benefits 2-7 * AccidentReduction Benefits 2-8 * LocalFacilities 2-8 * EmploymentOpportunities for LocalCommunity 2-9 * ImprovedAccess to Amenities 2-9 * Compensationand Mitigationof the NegativeImpacts 2-9 * EquitableDistribution of Benefits 2-9 3. MEASURESTO MINIMISERESETTLEMENT 3-1 3 1 THE NEED FOR RESETTLEMENTIN THE GRAND TRUNK ROAD PROJECT 3-1 3.2 MINIMISING RESETTLEMENT 3-2 3.2.1 The Definitionand Delineationof the Corridor of Impact 3-2 3.3 EVALUATIONOF MEASURESTO MINIMISE RESETTLEMENT 3-3 3.3.1 ConcentricWidening and Raised Carriageways 3-4 3.3.2 Concentric/Eccentric Expansion 3-4 3.3.3 Bypass/ Realignment 3-4 3 3.4 Safety OrientedDesigns 3-5 3.4 SPECIFICDESIGNS FOR AVOIDANCE / MITIGATION 3-5 4. METHODS AND SURVEYS 4-1 4.1 OUTLINE 4-1 4.2 RECONNAISSANCE 4-1 4.3 DATA FROM SECONDARYSOURCES 4-1 4.4 VERIFICATIONEXERCISE 4-1 4.5 THE CENSUS 4-2 4.6 SOCIO-ECONOMICBASELINE SURVEY 4-2 4.7 CONSULTATIONS 4-3 LeaAssociates ii 7 5. SOCIO-ECONOMICPROFILE OF THE PROJECT AREA 5-1 5.1 PROFILE OF THE AREA 5-1 5.1.1 Demography 5-2 5.1.2 PopulationGrowth 5-3 5.1.3 PopulationDensity and Urbanisation 5-4 5.1.4 PopulationComposition 5-4 5.1.5 Literacy 5-5 5.1.6 OccupationalPattern and Work Force ParticipationRates 5-6 5.2 ANALYSIS OF THE CENSUS DATA 5-7 5.2.1 Profile of the Affected People 5-8 5.2.1 Profile of the Displaced People 5-12 6. COMMUNITY PARTICIPATIONAND CONSULTATION 6-1 6.1 PARTICIPATIONOF STAKEHOLDERS 6-1 6.1.1 Identificationof the Stakeholders 6-1 6.1.2 Participantsat Different Levels 6-2 6.2 LOCAL LEVEL CONSULTATIONS 6-2 6.2.1 Objectives and Contents 6-2 6.2.2 Key Findings 6-8 6.3 DISTRICT-LEVELCONSULTATIONS 6-10 6.3.1 Objectives and Contents 6-10 6.3.2 Key Findings 6-13 6.4 STATE-LEVELCONSULTATIVE WORKSHOPS 6-15 6.4.1 Contents 6-15 6.4.2 Key Findings 6-16 6.5 PLAN FOR CONTINUEDPARTICIPATION 6-18 6.5.1 InformationDisclosure 6-18 * PublicDisclosure of the RAPReport 6-18 * PublicInformation Sharing and Transparency 6-19 * CommunityParticipation 6-19 7. THE ENTITLEMENTFRAMEWORK 7-1 7.1 DEFINITIONOF PAPSAND THE ELIGIBILITYCRITERIA 7-1 7.2 CUT-OFF DATES 7-3 7.3 CRITERIA FOR ELIGIBILITYFOR COMPENSATION 7-3 7.4 NHAI FRAMEWORKFOR RESETTLEMENT& REHABILITATION 7-4 * Abbreviations 7-5 . Terms 7-5 * BroadEntitlement Framework 7-14 * DetailedEntitlement Matrix 7-15 LeaAssociates iii oz7 8. IMPACTSAND RESETTLEMENT/ REHABILITATION 8-1 8.1 ACQUISITIONOF LANDAND ASSETS 8-1 8.1.1 Requirementof Land 8-1 * Estimatesof LandRequired for the Project 8-2 * SpecificPurposes of the LandRequired 8-3 * LandCategories 8-4 8.2 IMPACT ON PEOPLEDUE TO LAND ACQUISITION 8-4 8.2.1 Families LosingAgriculture Land 8-5 8.2.2 Families LoosingResidence 8-6 8.2.3 FamiliesLoosing Commercial Structure 8-6 8.2.4 Families LoosingResidential-Cum-Commercial Structures 8-7 8.3 COMMUNITYRESOURCES AFFECTED 8-7 8.4 SQUATTERSAND ENCROACHERSIMPACTED 8-7 8.5 OVERALL DISPLACEMENTAND OTHER IMPACTS 8-10 8.5.1 Displaced Families 8-11 8.5.2 Vulnerable Group Families 8-11 8.5.3 Livelihoodof the ProjectAffected/Displaced Families 8-15 8.6 RESETTLEMENT 8-16 8.6.1 Displaced Families 8-16 * TitleholderDisplaced Families 8-17 * Non-TitleholderDisplaced Families 8-17 * VulnerableDisplaced Families 8-18 * OptionsPreferred by the DisplacedFamilies 8-18 8.6.2 Host Community 8-18 * Replacementof Amenities 8-19 • Conservationand Enhancementof the CommonProperty Resources 8-19 - RoadsideFacilities 8-19 • Safetyof the Communities 8-19 * FurtherStudies 8-20 8.6.3 Income Restorationof the Affected and the Displaced Persons/Families 8-20 * Livelihoodof the AffectedFamilies 8-20 * FreeAssets to the VulnerableGroup Displaced Families 8-21 * OtherIncome Restoration Measures 8-21 8.6.4 Inter-AgencyLinkages for Income Restoration 8-22 * AgriculturalExtension Facilities 8-23 * IncomeRestoration Schemes 8-23 9. ESTIMATEOF R&R COST 9-1 9.1 UNIT COSTS 9-1 * Valueof Land 9-1 * Valueof BuildingStructures 9-1 LeaAssociates iv * Assistancefor Structure (Squatters& Encroachers) 9-1 * TransitionalAllowance 9-1 * EconomicRehabilitation Grant 9-2 * Shifting Allowance 9-2 * RentalAllowance 9-2 * ResettlementSites 9-2 9.2 BUDGET 9-3 10. IMPLEMENTATIONARRANGEMENTS 10-1 10.1 EXISTING INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY 10-1 10.1.1 The Project Implementation Units 10-1 10.1.2 Organisation at the NHAI Headquarters 10-2 10.1.3 Institutional Delivery System 10-2 * District LevelCommittees for RecommendingReplacement Values of Land 10-2 * GrievanceRedressal Committees 10-3 10.1.4 Existing Roles and Responsibilities 10-4 10.1.5 Community Participation in the Implementation of the RAP 10-6 -10.2 ADDITIONAL INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY BUILDING IN GTRP 10-6 10.2.1 Need for Additional Capacity 10-6 10.2.2 Land Acquisition 10-7 * Proposalfor Inducting DGM(R&R) at the NHAI Headquarters 10-8 10.2.3 Women's Participation 10-8 • PossibleAreas of WomenInvolvement 10-9 * WomenManagers in Social/EnvironmentalUnit in NHAI Headquarters 10-9 * WomenManagers at PIU 10-9 * Womenas Managersin the NGOs 10-10 i Womenas Membersof the Consultants'Teams 10-10 * Women as Managersin the Contractors'Team 10-11 10.2.4 Database Management & Documentation of the R&R Process 10-12 10.2.5 Additional Involvement of the NGOs 10-14 10.2.6 Amenities and Facilities 10-14 * Website 10-15 • Transportationand CommunicationFacilities 10-15 . Library 10-15 10.3 SUSTAINABILITY OF THE INSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY 10-15 10.4 STAFFING 10-15 10.4.1 Co-Ordination with Line Agencies 10-16 10.4.2 Training 10-16 * The NGOs 10-17 * Beneficiariesof The Project 10-17 * NHAI Staff 10-17 LeaAssoiates v 10.5 ADDITIONALSTUDIES RECOMMENDED 10-18 10.5.1 Additional Study on AlternativeLivelihood 10-18 10.5.2 Additional Study on the IndegeneousPeople 10-20 10.5.3 Additional Studyon the Qualityof Life 10-21 * SpecificScope of Workfor the HostCommunity Study 10-21 10.6 INVOLVEMENTOF THE NON-GOVERNMENTORGANISATIONS 10-22 * Appendix"A" 10-23 * Termsof Referencefor the NGOs 10-23 * Appendix"B" 10-32 11. MONITORING,EVALUATION AND REPORTING 11-1 11.1 TYPE OF MONITORING& SCHEDULE 11-1 11.2 INTERNALMONITORING AND REPORTING 11-1 11.2.1 Organisationof the Internal Monitoring 11-1 11.2.2 MonitoringIndicators 11-2 11.2.3 Monitoringthe ProjectInputs & Outputs 11-4 11.2.4 Reporting 11-4 11.3 EXTERNAL EVALUATION& REPORTING 11-5 11.3.1 Monitoringthe ProjectObjectives 11-5 11.3.2 Measuring Changesin the Qualityof Life 11-6 11.3.3 Indicatorsfor Overall Evaluation 11-8 • PhysicalIndicators 11-8 - FinancialIndicators 11-8 * EconomicIndicators 11-9 - SocialIndicators 11-9 11.3.4 Additional Studies by the M&E Consultants 11-9 11.3.5 Reporting 11-10 * Appendix"C": Formatsfor Reporting 11-14 12. ROAD DEVELOPMENTAND POVERTYREDUCTION 12-1 12.1 CONTEXT OF POVERTYALLEVIATION IN INDIA 12-1 12.1.1 Growth Performanceand Poverty in India 12-1 12.1.2 Poverty EradicationMeasures in India 12-2 12.1.3 Anti-Poor Laws and Policies 12-2 12.1.4 Poverty Alleviationin India: Programmesand Strategyin the 9th Plan 12-3 12.1.5 Poverty Alleviation& Sectoral Programmes 12-4 12.1.6 Qualityof Life Concernsof the Governmentof India 12-4 12.1.7 A Guidelinefor All Sectoral Projects/Programmes 12-5 12.2 WORLD BANK POLICY ON POVERTYALLEVIATION 12-5 12.3 INFRASTRUCTUREDEVELOPMENT AND POVERTYALLEVIATION 12-6 12.3.1 The Causal Relationship 12-6 LeaAssociates vi 12.3.2 Infrastructureand Economic Stimulation 12-7 12.3.3 Infrastructureand Poverty Incidence in India 12-7 12.3.4 Roads & Transport in India 12-8 12.4 GTRP & THE SCOPEOF POVERTYREDUCTION 12-8 12.4.1 ProbableImpacts of Improved Road Network 12-9 12.4.2 Poverty ReductionBenefits of GTRP 12-10 12.4.3 A RecommendedBenefit Study of The Project 12-11 12.4.4 Impactsof GTRP on People Below Poverty Line 12-12 12.4.5 Impactson Other VulnerableSocial Groups 12-13 12.4.6 Measures towardsIncome Restorationand Uplift of Vulnerable People 12-14 12.5 CONCLUDINGREMARKS 12-16 13. TRIBAL I INDIGENOUSPEOPLE 13-1 13.1 TRIBALS IN GTRP 13-1 13.2 IMPACTSON THE SCHEDULEDTRIBES 13-2 13.3 TRIBAL CONCENTRATIONALONG THE PROJECTCORRIDOR 13-2 13.3.1 Concentrationof ST Families 13-2 13.3.2 Cultural Analysis 13-4 13.3.3 PropertyAnalysis 13-4 13.4 RESETTLEMENTAND REHABILITATIONMEASURES 13-4 13.4.1 Measures Proposedin GTRP 13-4 i Landfor Land 13-5 * Rehabilitationand Assistance for Lostor DiminishedLivelihood 13-5 • IncomeRestoration Schemes 13-5 * AdditionalSupport Mechanisms for VulnerableGroups in Re-Establishingor EnhancingLivelihood 13-5 • EmploymentOpportunities Connected With the Project,to the ExtentPossible 13-5 * ResettlementSite, Plot, Buildings 13-5 e Optionsand Choices 13-6 13.4.2 Additional Special Measures 13-6 13.5 ADDITIONALSTUDY ON THE INDIGENOUSPOPULATION 13-6 13.6 CONCLUDINGREMARKS 13-7 14. GENDER ISSUES & WOMEN'S PARTICIPATION 14-1 14.1 IMPACT ON WOMEN 14-1 14.1.1 Impacton Women in GTRP 14-1 14.2 PARTICIPATIONOF WOMEN IN THE PROJECT 14-2 14.2.1 Impactof DevelopmentalActivities on Women 14-2 14.2.2 Women Involvementin DevelopmentProcess Through Empowerment 14-3 14.3 INVOLVEMENTOF WOMEN IN CONSTRUCTIONACTIVITIES OF GTRP 14-4 14.3.1 Specific Provisionsin the ConstructionCamp for Women 14-4 LeaAssociates vii 2D 14.4 RECOMMENDEDACTIONS 14-6 14.5 CONCLUDINGREMARKS 14-6 15. HIGHWAYDISEASES 15-1 15.1 THE CAUSE OF THE SPREADOF HIGHWAY DISEASES 15-1 15.2 STUDIESRELATED TO HIGHWAYDISEASES 15-1 15.3.1 Healthy HighwaysProject by DFID, New Delhi 15-2 15.2.1 State Road Project Ii, Uttar Rradesh Public Works Department 15-3 15.3 MEASURESFOR CONTROLLINGTHE SPREADOF HIGHWAY DISEASES 15-4 15.3.1 Health Survey 15-4 15.3.2 Creation of AwarenessAgainst HighwayDiseases (STD/AIDS). 15-5 15.4.3 Provisionsof Health Facilitiesand Services 15-5 15.4 RECOMMENDEDACTIONS 15-6 15.4.1 InformationCampaign/Advertisement 15-6 * Signage/Hoardings 15-6 * VehicleStickers 15-6 * CondomVending Machines 15-6 15.4.2 Co-OrdinationWith Other Agencies 15-7 15.4.3 ConstructionCamp/ Rest Areas/ Truck Lay-Byes 15-7 • Provisionof VendingMachines 15-7 * Advertisements 15-7 * Provisionof MedicalCheck-Up 15-7 * Provisionof MobileMedical Facilities 15-7 15.5 CONCLUDINGREMARKS 15-7 16. CONSTRUCTIONCAMP 16-1 16.1 PROVISIONSINCORPORATED IN GTRP 16-1 16.1.1 NormallyApplicable Laws in GTRP 16-1 16.1.2 Contract Obligationsin GTRP 16-2 16.1.3 Additional Specificationsin GTRP 16-3 16.2 RECOMMENDEDLAY OUT OF A CONSTRUCTIONCAMP 16-4 16.3 INVOLVEMENTOF MIGRANTLABOURERS IN CONSTRUCTIONACTIVITIES 16-5 16.4 ADDITIONALPROVISIONS REQUIRED 16-5 16.4.1 Temporary HousingAccommodation 16-5 16.4.2 DrinkingWater Facilities 16-5 16.4.3 Washing and Bathing Places 16-5 16.4.4 Public Health and Sanitation,Latrines and Urinals 16-6 16.4.5 Shelters for Rest 16-6 16.4.6 Canteen 16-6 16.4.7 First-Aid 16-6 16.4.8 Health Centre 16-6 LeaAssociates viii 16.4.9 Day Creche Facilities 16-6 16.4.10 EducationalFacilities 16-7 16.4.11 Postal and Savings Bank Facilities 16-7 16.4.12 Proper Schedulingof ConstructionWorks 16-7 16.4.13 Vigilance and Control over Crimes and Maintenanceof Civil Atmosphere 16-7 16.4.14 Control on Child Labour 16-8 16.4.15 Special Measures for Controlling STD, AIDS 16-8 16.4.16 Public Safety and Health/HygieneProvisions 16-8 16.5 CONCLUDINGREMARKS 16-9 17. CULTURALPROPERTIES & ENHANCEMENTS 17-1 17.1 LIKELY IMPACTSON THE CULTURAL PROPERTIES 17-1 17.1.1 Relocationof CulturalAssets 17-1 17.1.2 Contaminationof Site Precincts 17-2 17.1.3 Loss/ Disruptionof Access 17-2 17.1.4 Loss of Ambience 17-3 17.2 OBJECTIVESAND APPROACHFOR ENHANCEMENT 17-3 17.3 CULTURALPROPERTIES ALONG NH-2 17-5 17.3.1 Protected Monumentsand Other Propertiesof ArchaeologicalValue 17-5 17.3.2 Other.Significant Cultural Properties 17-6 * ShuklaTalav 17-6 * KwajaKa Phool 17-6 - StepWell at Km 327.6in PackageI-C 17-7 * Tombof ShershahSurn's'Khansama' 17-7 * TheTaj Trapezium 17-7 17.4 CRITERIA FOR SELECTIONOF ENHANCEMENT 17-8 17.5 GENERIC ENHANCEMENTMEASURES FOR CULTURAL PROPERTIES 17-9 * Improving,Defining, Redefining Access and the Precincts 17-9 • CreatingSeating Spaces 17-9 • Plantation 17-10 * Others 17-10 17.6 DESCRIPTIONOF ENHANCEMENTS& MANAGEMENTACTIONS IN GTRP 17-10 17.6.1 Taj TrapeziumZone (Ch-199.6to 206) 17-10 17.6.2 Other Cultural Properties 17-11 . OtherSites Selected for Enhancements 17-12 17.7 CONCLUSION 17-12 LeaAssociates ix LIST OF TABLES Table 1.1: Contract Packagesof GTRP 1-1 Table 1.2: MinimisingNegative Social Impacts in GTRP 1-3 Table 1.3: Displacementand Other Impactsof GTRP 1-4 Table 1.4: Summary EntitlementMatrix 1-6 Table 1.5: Summary R&R Budgetfor GTRP (All Figures in Indian Rupees Crore) 1-16 Table 1.6: ImplementationSchedule for the RAP 1-18 Table 2.1: Contract Packagesof Tnhp and GTRP 2-2 Table 2.2: Numberof Settlementsin The Project Area 2-4 Table 2.3: Direct Benefitsof The Project 2-7 Table 2.4: Accident ReductionBenefits of GTRP 2-8 Table 2.5: Total & Local EmploymentOpportunities in The Project 2-9 Table 3.1: Distributionof The Right of Way 3-1 Table 3.2: MinimisingNegative Social Impacts in GTRP 3-2 Table 3.3: The Corridorof Impact in GTRP 3-3 Table 3.4: Distributionof The Proposed Alignment Options 3-3 Table 3.5: Mitigation Efforts for MinimisingResettlement 3-5 Table 5.1: Locationof GTRP Stretches 5-1 Table 5.2: Populationand Gender Ratio (1991) 5-3 Table 5.3: PopulationGrowth Rates (1981-1991) 5-3 Table 5.5: PopulationDistribution by Religion (1991) 5-4 Table 5.6: Populationof Sc and ST (1991) 5-5 Table 5.7: LiteracyRates (1991) 5-5 Table 5.8: Distributionof Workers (1991) 5-6 Table 5.9: Work Force ParticipationRate 5-6 Table 5.10: Distributionof Affected Population 5-7 Table 5.11: Distributionof The Pafs and The Pdfs 5-8 Table 5.12: Distributionof Affected Families- Agriculture 5-9 Table 5.13: Distributionof Affected Families - Residential 5-10 Table 5.14: Distributionof Affected Families - Commercial 5-11 Table 5.15: Distributionof Affected Families - Residential-Cum-Commercial 5-11 Table 5.16: Distributionof Affected Families - Other Properties 5-12 Table 5.17: Distributionof Displaced Families - Agriculture 5-12 Table 5.18: Distributionof DisplacedFamilies - Residential 5-12 Table 5.19: Distributionof DisplacedFamilies - Commercial 5-13 Table 5.20: Distributionof Displaced Families- Residential+Commercial 5-13 Table 5.21: Distributionof Displaced Families- Other Properties 5-14 /r7 LeaAssociates x o Table 5.22: Distributionof Affected Families- All Families 5-14 Table 5.23: Distributionof DisplacedFamilies - All Families 5-15 Table 5.24: Share of Displaced FamiliesAmong All Affected Families 5-15 Table 6.1: Summary of Local Level Consultations 6-3 Table 6.2: District Level Consultations 6-11 Table 6.3: State Level Consultations 6-16 Table 6.4: ContinuedParticipation Mechanisms 6-19 Table 8.1 StandardAdditional Land Requirementfor GTRP 8-2 Table 8.2: ProposedLand Requirementin The Project 8-3 Table 8.3: Land Estimates (Ha) for Specific Purposesof The Project 8-3 Table 8.4: Categoriesof Land to Be Acquired or Transferred 8-4 Table 8.5: Titleholdersand Non-TitleholdersAmong The ProjectAffected Families and The Project DisplacedFamilies 8-5 Table 8.6: Distributionof The Title-Holder Families 8-6 Table 8.7: Amenities and CommunityResources Affected by The Project 8-7 Table 8.8: Distributionsof Non-TitleholderAffected Families 8-8 Table 8.9: Distributionsof Non-TitleholderDisplaced Families 8-9 Table 8.10: Displacementand Other Impactsof GTRP 8-10 Table 8.11: Extent of Displacementin GTRP 8-11 Table 8.12: Distributionof VulnerableGroup Affected Families 8-12 Table 8.13: Distributionof Vulnerable Displaced Families 8-14 Table 8.14: Livelihoodof The Affected Families 8-15 Table 8.15: Livelihoodof The Displaced Families 8-15 Table 8.16: Categoryof EligibleFamilies 8-21 Table 8.17: FamiliesEligible for Income RestorationMeasures in GTRP 8-22 Table 8.18: Summaryof All Entitlementsin GTRP 8-25 Table 9.1: Rates of Land 9-1 Table 9.2: Summary R&R Budgetfor GTRP 9-3 Table 9.3: R&R Budgetfor GTRP:All Packages (Detailed) 9-5 Table 9.4: R&R Budgetfor Package I-A 9-7 Table 9.5: R&R Budgetfor Package I-B 9-9 Table 9.6: R&R Budget for PackageI-C 9-11 Table 9.7: R&R Budget for Package Il-B 9-13 Table 9.8: R&R Budget for Package IV-A 9-15 Table 9.9: R&R Budgetfor Package IV-C 9-17 Table 9.10: R&R Budget for PackageV-B 9-19 Table 10.1: Role & Responsibilitiesfor Implementationof The RAP in GTRP 10-4 LeaAssociates xi Table 11.1: MonitoringFramework for Physical Progress 11-2 Table 11.2: MonitoringFramework for Financial Progress 11-3 Table 11.3: MonitoringFramework for Social Development 11-3 Table 11.4; MonitoringFramework for Participation 11-4 Table 11.5: Elements PerceptionRating 11-6 Table.11.7:Logical Frameworkof Indicators 11-11 Table 12.1: India's Infrastructureand Growth Trend: A Glance 12-7 Table 12.2:Percentageof Affected Below Poverty Line Households 12-12 Table 12.3: Percentageof Displaced Below Poverty Line Families 12-13 Table 12.4: Percentageof Affected & Displaced ScheduledCastes' Families 12-13 Table 12.5: Categoryof EligibleFamilies 12-15 Table 12.6: Families Eligiblefor Income RestorationMeasures in GTRP 12-16 Table 13.1: Project Affected/DisplacedScheduled Tribe Families 13-1 Table 13.2: Numberof Affected & Displaced Scheduled Tribes' Families 13-2 Table 3.3: ST Family ConcentrationAlong The Project Corridor 13-3 Table 14.1:Affected Women HeadedFamilies in GTRP 14-2 Table 14.2: Percentageof Displaced Women Headed Households 14-2 Table 15.1: Number of Survey Points for Truckers 15-3 Table 17.1:Shrines and Sacred Structures Affected by The Project 17-2 Table 17-2: ProtectedMonuments Within 1km of The Project Road 17-6 Table 17.3: Speciesto Be Planted in The Taj TrapeziumZone 17-11 Table 17.4: Shrines and Other Sacred Structures Within Right of Way 17-11 Table 17.5: Cultural PropertiesIdentified for Enhancement 17-12 LeaAssociates xii LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1.1: The ImplementationStructure 1-14 Figure 5.2: Distributionof the ProjectAffected Families by Type of Impact 5-9 Figure 5.3: Distributionof the Project Displaced Families by Type of Impact 5-9 Figure 10.1: ExistingImplementation Structure 10-3 Figure 10.2: ProposedAdditions to the ExistingImplementation Structure 10-13 Figure 17-1: HistoricalMonuments in the Project Region 17-6 Figure 17.2: Map Showingthe Taj Trapezium Zone 17-7 LeaAssociates xiii G EXECUTIVE SUMMARY The National Highway-2 (NH-2) connecting Delhi with Calcutta is one of the most important high-density corridors in the country. The NH2 carries (1998) between 12,000 and 33,0000 passenger car units (PCUs) daily. A substantial part (48% to 86%) of the traffic is goods traffic. The traffic volume on most of the sections is expected to grow up to 40,000 PCUs between 2005-2010AD and in some sections would be as high as 1,25,000 PCUs by 2015AD. The existing highwayis a two-lane carriageway,with traffic bottlenecks,various highwaydeficiencies as well as lack of proper facilities. To cater to the high volume of traffic, there is an urgent need for capacity augmentationof the highway. As part of the Delhi-Calcutta section of the Golden Quadrilateral, the Delhi-Agra section (21Okm) at the west end, and Barwa Adda - Calcutta section (278km) at the east end of the NH- 2 have already been 4-laned with assistance from the ADB. For the remaining sections, the following project are proposed: * The Third National Highway Project (TNHP) involving 4-laning of 8 contract packages betweenAgra and Barwa Adda, with WB financing (477km, under implementation); - The Grand Trunk Road Project (GTRP) involving 4/6-laning of 7 contract packages between Agra and Barwa Adda (432km), with proposedWB funding; * The Etawah Bypass Project (14km) to be implemented with NHAI funding; and, the Allahabad Bypass Project (85km) planned to be taken up in 2001AD currently prepared with WB assistance. 1.1 THE GRAND TRUNK ROAD PROJECT TNHP and GTRP are both located on the Agra-Barwa Adda section.of the NH-2. For project preparation, the Agra-Barwa Adda section was divided into 16 contract packages. Eight of the 16 contract packages were selected for TNHP, depending on the project preparedness, progress on land acquisition and utility relocation. Of the remaining eight packages, seven are proposed under the GTRP. The last package consisting of the Allahabad Bypass will be taken up shortly. Table 1.1: Contract Packagesof GTRP Package Description From(chainage) To (chainage) Length(km) I - A Agra- Shikohabad 199.660 250.500 50.840 I -B Shikohabad- Etawah Bypass (start) 250.500 307.500 59.020 I - c Etawah bypass (end)- Bhognipur 321.100 393.000 72.825 11- B Bhaunti - FatehpurBorder 470.000 38.000 51.330 IV -A Raja Talab- Mohania 317.000 65.000 76.100 IV -C Sasaram bypass 110.000 140.000 31.100 V- B Raniganj - Barakatha 240.000 320.000 81.570 Total 422.780 These packages are spread over the 3 states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Jharkhand, cutting through 12 districts, 4 cities, 19 towns and 253 villages. Except for the first 21km stretch of LeaAssociates 1-1 c Package I-A (which is to be 6-laned), all packages of GTRP are proposed to be 4-laned, mostly along the existing alignments. Allahabad bypass project is currently under preparationwith WB assistanceand is expected to be taken up later with WB loan assistance.The NHAI had committed that the planning, design and implementationof the Allahabadbypass will fulfil all WB safeguards requirements. Individual resettlement action plans have been prepared for each of the contract packages by primary consultants.This Report is a consolidationof all those individualRAP Reports. 1.2 INDIAN AND THE WORLD BANK'S REQUIREMENTS Government of India laws and guidelines' require that assets lost through the exercise of Eminent Domain be compensated at market value, and that displaced people be assisted in reestablishingtheir homes and livelihoods. The World Bank's Operational Directives on R&R (OD 4.30) and on indigenouspopulation (OD 4.20) provides for the guidelines to be followed in minimising or avoiding displacement and mitigating the negative impacts on the persons affected by land acquisition for the project, through promotion of involuntaryresettlement. NHAI has prepareda R&R policy in accordance with the Bank's Policy Guidelines.The Policy also provides for a framework of entitlementsand prepares the basis of categorizationof the ProjectAffected Persons (PAPs.). 1.3 RESETTLEMENTIN THE PROJECT The GTRP involves addition of a new 2-lane carriageway. The existing road typically has a width of 1Oimon a 12m formation. In general,the proposed developmentwould require a 34m- formation width. The first 21km section in Package I-A will be 6-laned, and the formation width there increases to 41m. In the built-up stretches, service lanes (of 5.5m or 7m width) on either side of the highway are also proposed. In the places of high embankment, such as in the cases of bridge approaches, the space requirement is substantially more. Also several bypasses are proposed in the project (some bypassesare to be developedon available alignments of existing smaller roads, but most of the bypassesare to be developed on totally new alignments passing through agricultural fields). 1.3.1 NEED FOR LAND ACQUISITION The existing RoW is limited (varies from 20m to 65m). About 25% of the GTRP stretches have RoWs below 40m, which are not adequate to accommodate the proposed widening. In many other cases, where the RoW is more than 40m, there is a need to correct the existing geometry of the road, and these realignmentswill require additional width of the RoW. Therefore, despite the best efforts to accommodate the improvements within the existing RoW, land acquisition is inevitablein certain stretches of the project. Land Acquisition in India is undertaken in accordance with the Land Acquisition Act of 1894, most recently amended in 1984. Other acts relevantto this project include the Slum Areas Improvement Act from 1956, the Eviction Act of 1977, the National Housing Policy of 1988, and, the Public PremisesAct relatedto evictionof unauthorisedoccupants, of 1991.The IndianGovernment is currentlyconsidering a National Policy on Resettlementand Rehabilitation,which is awaiting Cabinetapproval. Resettlement and rehabilitationin a projectalso falls underthe purviewof the EIA Notification, 1994, Lea Associates 1-2 2 1.3.3 MINIMISINGRESETTLEMENT Although land acquisition is unavoidable,a number of measures had been taken in GTRP to minimise such land acquisition and to avoid all other impacts on the people, as far as possible. While preparing the project, emphasis was given to minimise the impacts within the limitations of technical requirementsand cost effectiveness.Typologically separate designs were prepared for the congestedsections vis-a-vis the open sections to minimise impacts. Impacts have been avoided by lateral shifting of the proposed road alignment depending upon the availabilityof land. The participatoryplanning with people has helped minimisationof losses, saving residential/commercial structures, cultural properties, and community infrastructure (schools,colleges, governmentalbuildings, bus shelters, etc). s The Definition AND DELINEATION of the Corridor of Impact (COI) The corridor of impact (COI) is the width required for the actual construction of the road including the carriageway, shoulder, embankments, longitudinal drainage, wayside amenities like bus stops, passenger sheds etc. and necessary safety zones. The requirement of the project demands that the entire corridor of impact should be free from any encroachment, human habitation and structure causing hindrances to traffic. The project will not displace any person outside the corridor of impact, even if within the public RoW. Table 1.2 illustrates the extent to which the possible negative social impacts have been minimised/ avoided in different packages of the GTRP. Table 1.2: MinimisingNegative Social Impacts in GTRP PAP(number) PDP(number) ResidentialStructures CommercialStructures# Package Before* After** Before, After- Before* After-* Before* After* I-A 5088 1777 4875 1050 380 17 1275 165 1-B 7300 1893 5025 721 2610 23 2890 62 I-C 8705 2118 4350 1605 2950 99 2176 195 1I-B 5903 4268 4312 3764 379 165 1187 610 IV-A 6040 3669 4920 2780 309 52 477 94 Iv-c 6198 14833 1730 9762 409 12 418 52 V-B 8780 1270 490 413 260 57 365 97 Total 48,014 29,828 25,702 20,095 7,297 425 8,788 1,275 Source: RAP Reports. Packages I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project. Note: ' Before integrating social aspects; **After integratingsocial aspects: # Residential-cum-commercialstructures are includedin thecommercial structures. Note that the numbersof PAPsand PDPs have increased in PackageI/v-C in order to avoid impacting the built-up stretch in Sasaramtown (by providing a bypass). Lea Associates 1-3 '--ZZ7 1.4 IMPACTS OF THE PROJECT The GTRP is expected to have both positive and negative impacts on the environmentand on the people of the project area (or in the vicinity of the highway).The positive impacts are many and have been described in Section 2 of this Report. Despite all the efforts taken for modifying the design of the project highway,a section of the communities along the corridor are going to be negatively impacted, mainly due to land acquisition (and clearing of encroachments and squatters from the public RoW) for the project. Negative impacts also include loss of economic opportunities/livelihood,sources of earning, etc. 1.4.1 ESTIMATESOF LAND REQUIREDFOR THE PROJECT Total land required for widening and upgrading the project corridor is about 666ha of which 622ha will be acquired from private holdings and the remaining about 44ha will be transferred from government and forestlands. Package I-C has the maximum land requirement (about 216ha) followed by Package IV-C (about 140ha), while the minimum requirement is in Package Il-B (about 22ha) and IV-A (about 52ha). 1.4.2 DISPLACEMENTAND OTHER IMPACTS In total, the GTRP affects 11,155 families, of whom 6,614 will be displaced.Table 1.3 gives an account of the displacementand other impacts in the project. The EntitlementFramework of the GTRP provides for distinct entitlements and assistance for each category of the displaced families/persons. Families/personsexperiencing minor impacts (or partial impacts not resulting in displacement)are again entitledfor separate entitlements. Table 1.3: Displacementand Other Impacts of GTRP Package Displacement Other Impacts Total Project Affected (Severe Impact) (Partial Impacts) Family Person Family Family Person Package l-A 643 1,050 572 1,215 1,777 Package l-B 437 713 1,276 1,713 1,893 Package I-C 833 1,605 931 1,764 2,118 Package Il-B 1028 3,764 319 1,347 4,268 Package IV-A 842 2,780 247 1,089 3,669 Package V-C 2772 9,780 1,079 3,851 14,833 Package V-B 59 413 117 176 1,285 TOTAL 6,614 20,105 4,541 11,155 29,843 Source: RAP reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project 1.4.3 VULNERABLEGROUPS Woman-headed families, scheduled caste families, scheduled tribe families, families below poverty line, disabled persons, destitute persons and orphans constitute the vulnerable group for the purposes of the GTRP. All the vulnerable group persons and families are entitled for additional support from the project. Vuinerable group families (4,170 families) constitute about 37% of all affected families in GTRP. Most of the affected vulnerablegroup families are families below poverty line Scheduled caste families are also substantial in number (1,380 families). Woman-headed families are small in Lea Associates 1-4 number. The number of scheduled tribe family is absolutely low (66 families only of whom 45 will be displaced). Most of the vulnerablegroup affected families again belongto the agriculturalcategory, and are either marginal farmers or landless labourers (or sharecroppers). The other significant sub- category is of the vulnerable group affected commercial families (about 23%). These families are mostly engaged in petty roadsidebusinesses. About 63% of the affected vulnerablefamilies will be displaced.This is comparable to the share of all project-displaced families among the all project-affected families. Vulnerable group families constitute a large number among the non-titleholders (i.e., the squatters and the encroacherson the public RoW), and consequently are more likely to be evictedldisplacedthan the non-vulnerable group families (majority of whom are titleholders). The comparable displacement level shows that the vulnerable group families were not anyway discriminated against in the project. 1.4.4 LIVELIHOOD Of the 11,155 families affected by the project, 1,175 families (10.5%) are impacteddue to (full or partial) loss of residential structures. Of the remaining, about 71% derive their livelihood from agricultural activities,and the remaining from commercialactivities. As mentioned earlier, a significant share of the families deriving livelihood from agriculture are either marginal farmers (farmers with marginal land) or are sharecroppers/tenants.Similarly, the residual families derive their livelihood from petty roadside businesses (includes petty roadside industrial units). All of them will (fully or partly) lose their livelihood as a consequence of acquisitionor eviction. 1.5 SUPPORTPRINCIPLES FOR DIFFERENTCATEGORIES OF IMPACTS The NHAI has prepared and adopted an R&R policy for the project. The policy is detailed, addresses all aspects of the project-induced impacts, the resettlement and the rehabilitation needs comprehensively. Three broad types of entitlement as defined in the Entitlement Framework are summarised below. A summary entitlement matrix is given in Table 1.4. 1.5.1 ENTITLEMENTSFOR PROJECT-AFFECTEDFAMILIES (PAFs) These entitlements are to cover loss of land, structures and other assets, such as crops. Included also are a shifting allowance, rights to salvage building materials and counselling on alternativeassistance. The starting point is the Land Acquisition Act (or the National Highway Act) under which title- holders are awarded compensation for property, structures and other assets, such as crops, surrendered to the project. The Act requires compensation to be at market value. Sometimes the legal compensation, paid by the government, is lower than the market value. Therefore, district level committees will be set up to recommend market value, and the project will pay the difference, if any, between the market value and the compensation paid by the government, as assistance. Lea Associates 1-5 Table 1.4: Summary EntitlementMatrix Land acquisition Inside Right of Way Impacts and assistance criteria IVulnerableNon Vulnerable |Non Vulnerable i Vulnerable Loss of land and other assets (Support given to households) 1 Consultation, counseling regarding alternatives,and assistarncein / / / / identifying new sites and opportunities. 2 Compensation for land at replacementcost, plus allowancesfor fees or / / other charges 3 Advance notice to harvest non-perennialcrops, or compensation for / / / / lost standing crops 4 Compensationfor perennial crops and trees, calculatedas annual ,/ / produce value for one season 5 Compensation of R & R assistance for structures or other non-land / / assets 6 Right to salvage materials from existingstructures I/ IV/ 7 Shifting assistance V V 8 Option of moving to resettlementsites (in a group of minimum 25 / / / families) incorporating needs for civic amenities. Lost or diminished livelihood (Supportgiven to adult individuals) 9 Rehabilitation and assistance for lost or diminishedlivelihood I/ V 10 Additional support mechanisms for vulnerable groups in re-establishing / / or enhancing livelihood 11 Employmentopportunities in connectionwith project to the extent / possible 12 Any other impacts not yet identified,whether loss of assets or Unforeseenimpact shall be documentedand livelihood mitigated based on the principles agreed upon in _____ this policy framework Indirect, group oriented impacts in the vicinity of the road corridor 13 Group oriented support will be given to mitigate negative impacts on the community, and to enhance development opportunities.Addressing traffic safety needs of pedestrians will target particularsupport at more vulnerable groups, for example. Those not eligible for legal compensation for loss of their structures and assets may be assisted by other support mechanisms. Other than that the on going government schemes on housing, poverty issues, training programs will be availed for the PAPs. If a family asset is to be taken, the family, as a collective unit, is "entitled". Compensation is given to the head of the family but, except in the case of the woman-headed families, both the spouses' names are to appear on the title. There are ten general compensation actions for the PAF category. 1. Consultation,counselling regarding alternatives, and assistance in identifyingnew sites and opportunities. PAPs are eligible to receive consultation and counselling with regard to their entitlements and compensation. Additionally they will be shown all alternatives available for relocation of their business or households. They will receive assistance in identifying new sites for relocation and will be guided on what opportunities are available to them for vocational and training opportunities. i-s~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~Lea AssociatesCT i 2. Compensationfor land at replacementcost, plus allowancesfor fees or other charges. Only titleholders are eligible for compensationunder the Land AcquisitionAct, 1894 (amended 1984) or the NH act, 1956 (amended 1997). Some titleholders may be members of vulnerable groups and will thus be also eligible for other support mechanisms.Squatters, encroachersand tenants are not eligible for compensationfor land. All fees, taxes and other charges incurred in the relocation and re-establishmentof EPs, will be met by the project. 3. Advance notice to harvest non-perennialcrops, or compensationfor lost standing crops. PAPs will be given notice that the land on which their crops are planted will be used by the project in the near future and that they must harvest their crops in time. If standing crops cannot be harvested, EPs will be compensated for the loss and will be assisted towards seed for the next year's cropping. 4. Compensation for perennial crops and trees will be calculated as capitalised value of production. Only titleholdersare eligiblefor recompensefor perennialcrops. The compensationwill be paid equivalentto the capitalisedvalue, ie, the net present value of all future production. 5. Replacementor compensationfor structures or other non-land assets. EPs are eligible for replacementor compensation for structures and other non-land assets that are impacted by the project. 6. Right to salvage materialsfrom existing structures. PAFs are eligible to salvage material from their existing structures and sites, with the exception of trees. 7. Shifting assistance All the displaced will require assistanceto shift their belongingsand salvaged material for which an amount of Rs.800 per family is allocated. 8. TransitionalAllowance PAH is entitled to transitional allowance in order to regain his/her prior living standard. The period during which the EP will take to restore his livelihood is generally considered to be for 9 months for the displaced and 3 months for the affected legal titleholders.The EPs will be paid at a rate of Rs. 51 per day for 26 days a month. 9. Option of moving to resettlement sites, or clusters, incorporating needs for shelter and livelihood. PAPs will be given the option of voluntary relocation to a site they have chosen themselves wherever possible or a site chosen by the implementation team. Whichever option the PAP chooses he/she will receive as much support as is required to resettle and rehabilitate the household. 10. Inclusion in existing governmentschemes. Only those EPs belonging to a vulnerable group, as defined by the project, are eligible for the existing schemes for the weaker sections of society. Vulnerable groups are defined as ScheduledTribes, ScheduledCastes, Women-headed Households,and any BPL household. LeaAssociates 1-7 1.5.2 ENTITLEMENTSFOR PROJECT-AFFECTEDPERSONS (PAPs) Every household member over the age of 18 is eligible for assistance for loss of livelihood,and will be counted as a separate family. Thus there may be more than one family eligible in each household.The project will provide rehabilitationand assistance for lost or diminished livelihood for any individual impacted by the project. Additional support mechanisms will be made available to vulnerable groups to re-establish, or enhance their livelihood. If available, employment associated with the project should be provided. Four compensation actions are possible: 11. Rehabilitationand assistancefor lost or diminishedlivelihood. The objective of the R&R policy is to provide support to the vulnerablefamilies so that they are able to restore their livelihood above the poverty level. Therefore, additional economic rehabilitationgrant same as that of BPL amount + its 15% for 12 months, i.e., Rs.24,000 per family has been provided. 12. Income RestorationSchemes The R&R Policy of NHAI has adequate provisions for restoration of livelihood of the affected communities. The focus of restoration of livelihood will be to ensure that the PAPs are able to 'regain their previous living standards." To ensure that the vulnerable families are able to reconstruct their livelihood support system, additional grants will be extended to them to uplift their economic standards. 13. Additional support mechanisms for vulnerable groups in re-establishing or enhancing livelihood. Through training programs and grants generated through the Bank. In addition, they will be provided with grant towards start of businesses, etc. Income generation and alternative livelihood schemes will be worked out by means of participatory micro-planning.Support and extensionfacilities from existing governmentprogrammes will be tagged. 14. Employmentopportunities connected with the project, to the extent possible. The projectwill require some labour for construction,operation and maintenance.These jobs, at least in the semi-skilled and unskilled category will be offered to EPs and PAPs before other local people. A clause has been incorporatedin the contract documents requiring contractorsto give employmentopportunities to local people, as much as possible. 1.5.3 ENTITLEMENTSFOR PROJECT-AFFECTEDGROUPS (PAGs) Community-based entitlements will be provided where possible, and targeted especially at vulnerableand weaker groups. Seven compensationactions are listed under this category. 16. Restoration and improvementof common property resources, such as public water pumps, sanitation and drainage facilities. 17. Conservation,enhancement and relocationof culturalproperties. 18. Provision for women's needs, particularly related to location of sources of water and firewood. Social forestry programs may be considered. 19. Provisionof safe space and access for businesspurposes, local transport, and public use. 20. Safety measures for pedestrians,particularly children, and other non-motorisedtransport, 21. Landscaping of community commonareas in urban environments. LeaAssociates 1-8 Z, 22. Provisionof roadside rest areas. If it is found that clusters of people have to be relocated, the project will provide new housing in a resettlementsite approved by the affected people, with adequate infrastructure and utilities. This will be provided as an option, although people may still choose self-relocationif they wish. In that case, compensation and other support should be provided to them, and the project should assist and facilitate their resettlement process. Generally, the cost of provision of individualplots/buildings will be recovered from the EPs, but in the case of the EPs belongingto the vulnerablegroup, the plots and buildingswill be provided free of cost. If resettlementsites are developedas part of the project, the local "host population"will also be consulted about their views and needs, and be given appropriate support to reduce any negative impact caused by an influx of new people. The assistance will invariably be in the nature of community based ones. The issue of how to address squatters and encroachers has been built around the need to maintain the road corridor clear and discourage speculative encroachmentson the one hand, and on the other hand the need to assist poor people whose assets and livelihoodsmay be lost or disrupted by the project. For the purpose of this project squatters are defined as the residential/business unit squatting entirely on the public land (the RoW); whereas the encroachers are defined as the properties/uses spilling-over on the RoW. The approach adopted for the project is based on the following considerations: * An early census survey has identified all potentiallyaffected people, whether inside the RoW or outside it, in cases of likely realignments. Cut-off dates were determined for each of the project packages. Opportunistic encroachmentstaking place after this date will not be considered eligiblefor support under this project. * Encroachers, as distinct from the squatters, will not be given assistance. Targeted support will be given to extremely vulnerable groups in this category in improving their livelihood. * The squatters will be given assistance to re-establish their homes and businesses elsewhere. Targeted support will be given to vulnerable groups in improving their livelihood. 1.5.4 TARGETTEDSUPPORT TO VULNERABLEGROUPS Through the census and other studies, the project has determined who among the affected populationmay be considered as vulnerableor at risk, or who are likely to be excluded from the normal benefits of growth and development.For the purposes of this project, vulnerable groups has been defined as: * Scheduledcastes and Scheduledtribe families; * Women headed families; * Familiesfalling below Poverty Line; * Destitute,Orphans; * Physicallyor mentallychallenged (or disabled) persons. Vulnerable groups will receive targeted support and special attention from the project, and be provided with more options and support mechanisms than others. The issue of options is discussed in the next section. Lea Associates/7 1-9 1.5.5 OPTIONSAND CHOICES The project will provide options and choices among different entitlements to the affected population. As part of the project consultation and participation mechanisms,people have been informed and consulted about the project and its impacts, and their entitlements and options. Affected populationwill be counseled so that they are able to make informed choices among the options provided. This will be done particularly in -the case of vulnerable group PAPs, who will be encouraged to choose those options of low risk. By allowing people to choose among different options, the project will seek to make people active participants in the development process, and to achieve gteater acceptance of the project. 1.6 RESETTLEMENT PLANNING AND IMPLEMENTATION The following are important elementsof the RAP and the plan for its implementation 1.6.1 SOCIAL ASSESSMENT,CENSUS AND SURVEYS ( Social Assessment A social assessment has been undertakenfor the project, in order to support participation and make explicit the social factors affecting the development impacts and results. This social assessment identified stakeholders and key social issues; formulated and conducted a participation and consultation strategy. It specifically addressed the issue of how poor and vulnerablegroups may benefit from the project. 0 CensusAnd Baseline Socio-Economic Surveys A census and a socio-economicbaseline survey (with a 25% sample of the affected population) have been undertakento register and document the status of the potentiallyaffected population within the project impact area. This provides a demographic overview of the population. The census covers 100% of the potentially affected population. In this process, legal boundaries includingthe Right of Way were verified. Followingfinal designs, only those within the actual corridor of Impact are considered eligible for support under the project. This is a substantially lower number than before adoption of the minimisation/mitigationmeasures. 0 Cut-Off Date For all purposesof the GTRP, the cut-off date will be either of the following: a) In the cases of acquisitionof properties,the cut-off date would be the date of issuing the notice under section 3A of the National Highway Act, 1956 (amended 1997) or under section 4(i) of the LandAcquisition Act, 1894 (amended1984). b) In the cases entitled persons without any legal title, the cut-off date shall be the date of start of the census as given below: For ConstructionPackage IA: 04 January 1999 For ConstructionPackage IB: 04 January 1999 For Construction Package IC: 04 January 1999 LeaAssociates 1-10 For ConstructionPackage IIB: 16 August 1999 For Construction Package IVA: 04 January 1999 For Construction Package IVC: 04 January 1999 For ConstructionPackage VB: 01 May 1999. Persons encroaching or squatting on the RoW after the cut-off date mentioned above are not eligible to be considered as PAPs or EPs. It is understoodthat there could be a margin of error in the census and any person affected due to or in consequenceof the project not covered during the census but with evidenceof presence (at the same location) before the cut-off date, will be considered to be eligible. Power of such recognition is vested with the PlUs of the GTRP. 1.6.2 RESOLUTIONOF DISPUTES& GRIEVANCES Disputes or grievances arising out of the definitionof any category or entitlement of a person will be resolved through the verification process and the grievance redressal mechanism administered by the Grievance RedressalCommittees (GRCs) proposed by the GTRP. Grievance redressal committees (GRCs) have been formed (or are being formed) at every district through which the project traverses. The GRCs are expected to resolve the grievances of the eligible persons, within a stipulated time. The decision of the GRCs are binding, unless vacated by a court of law, and people are not debarred from moving to the court for issues including those related to R&R. However, it is expected that the GRCs will play a very crucial role, and will help implementthe project as scheduled. The GRC at each district will consist among others a representativeof the NGOs involved in implementingthe RAP; and a representativeof the PAPs. 1.6.3 CO-ORDINATIONBETWEEN CIVIL WORKS AND RESETTLEMENT 0 Screening and Planning Effort has been made to reduce potential negative impacts of the project. The project has coordinated the design process with the findings from screening and studies related to socio- economic impacts and the environment, in order to minimize negative impacts and maximize benefits. When choosing among different design options, such as whether to construct a realigned section or to improve the road through a built-up area, minimization of adverse social impacts was a very major criterion. This practice will continue throughout the project implementation period. 0 Implementation During project implementation, the resettlement program will be co-ordinated with the completion of designs and the likely timing of civil works. The project will provide adequate notification, counsellingand assistanceto affected people so that they are able to move or give up their assets without undue hardshipbefore civil works are to start. This project will ensure that civil works are not started on any road segment before compensation and assistance to the affected population have been provided in accordance with this policy framework. OG7 Lea Associates 1-1 1 C 1.6.4 COMMUNITYPARTICIPATION AND PUBLICCONSULTATION The R&R Policy of the NHAI recognisesthe need for stakeholders'participation in planning and implementation. During the project preparation stage, therefore, people were consulted and stakeholders' meetingwere held at various levels, such as at, * Affected family; * Village level - village Panchayats; * District level: and * State level. The District and the State Level Meetings also targeted at stakeholders like NGOs/CBOs, different governmentagencies and departments. On the basis of the outcome of the consultations,the designs were modified and realigned to minimise or completely avoid land acquisition, or any other impact on the communities. The community consultation process has helped the project in saving places of worship, schools, densely populatedareas, shops and residential structures. Special emphases was given to the vulnerable groups and target group meetings have been held for the Women and the woman-headed families, the scheduled tribes, the scheduled castes, and the economicallybackward class families. The participation mechanismswill be continued and intensifiedduring the implementationof the RAP, with the help of NGOs. The RAP will have to have a degree of flexibility inbuilt into it, in terms of allocation of the budget and overall implementation process, and will incorporateany future recommendationof the community,as far as possible. As part of the continuingcommunity consultationprogramme, a plan has been drawn for regular and effective information disclosure. 1.6.5 NON-GOVERNMENTORGANISATIONS NGOs will be the cornerstone of the implementation stage of the RAP. The NGOs will be responsiblefor almost all aspects of the implementationof the RAP. Broadly, the areas of NGO involvementwill be the following. * To verify the eligible PAPs, including supplying identity cards to the PAPs and consultation. * To ensure that the PAPs are given their full entitlementsdue to them. * To provide support and informationto PAPs for income restoration. * Assist the PAPs in relocationand rehabilitation. * Assist the PAPs in redressalof their grievances (throughthe GRCs). * Impart information to all the PAPs about the functional aspects of the district level committeesand assist them in benefitingfrom such an institutionalmechanism. LeaAssociates 1-12 * To collect data and submit progress reports on a monthly basis as well as quarterly basis for NHAI to monitor the progress of the RAP implementation. The NGOs will ensure that the RAP is implemented in an effective, proper and transparent manner. It will ensure that all the eligible PAPs receive appropriate and justified entitlement within the EntitlementFramework of the GTRP, and that, at the end of the project R&R services, the eligible PAFs/PAPss have improved (or at least restored) their previous standard of living. Additionally, the NGOs will help the NHAI in all training programmes/sessions.The NGOs should be involved for a period for three years, with a withdrawalmechanism in-built. 1.7 INSTITUTIONALARRANGEMENTS Institutionalarrangements for implementingthe RAP are describedbelow. 1.7.1 THE DELIVERYSYSTEM The NHAI project implementation units (PlUs) will be responsiblefor overall co-ordination and implementation of the R&R component of the project. A contract resettlementand rehabilitation officer (CRRO) in each of the PlUs will be responsiblefor planning of the entire R&R activities, implementing in consultation with the affected people, considering R&R as a process of development. The CRRO will be also responsible for the monitoring of each activity ensuring that the mitigation measures are actually translated from policy to action. In addition, there will be policy support and guidance from the social/environmentalunit at the NHAI headquarters. District level committees and the GRCs will also be kingpins in the implementation of the RAP. The organisational structure for implementation of the RAP is providedin Figure 1.1. While land acquisitionis the responsibilityof the State Governmenton behalf of the NHAI, (land acquisition is the responsibility of the State/District Administration) the responsibility of the Project Implementation Unit (PIU) is to ensure that the delays between the date of notification and the date of award are minimized. This will be possible as the PlUs will work in coordination with the state level agencies. The NHAI has appointed a CRRO (Contract Resettlement and RehabilitationOfficer) for each PIU, whose sole responsibility is to implement the R&R in close coordination with the NGO appointed in each of the contract packages for implementationof the RAP. 1.7.2 CAPACITYBUILDING While the capacity building process started already in the NHAI is very significant, and will be generally able to address the challenges of implementingthe RAP in the GTRP, certain specific areas requirefurther strengthening.These areas are. * Additional staffing in the social/environmentalunit at the NHAI headquarter, consisting of a DGM(R&R),Manager (GIS) and Manager (Documentation). * Providing for additional facilities including transportation and communication facilities, computers, software, libraries, etc. * Promoting and inducting women at managerial levels in the project, including women participation as key staff of the consultants, the NGOs, and the Contractors,as well as inducting women managers in the social/environmentalunit at the NHAI headquarters and the PlUs. LeaAssociates 1-13 `& g Figure 1.1: The ImplementationStructure Chief General Manager (WB), NHAI| General Manager (Social/Env),NHAI General Manager(WB), HQ, NHAI DeputyGeneral Manager (R&R) Deputy General Manager (WB) Senior Senior Iana e Mngr .....MMaannaaggeer/. Manager I NHAI (Technical) HEADQUARTERS Manager [ nr GIS) E (Docwnn ._.ation)...... F District Level Construction General Manager (PD), PIU, NHAI PROJECT Committees Supervision IMPLEMENTATION I : I ~~~Consultants/ UNIT |Engineers . | > -] Manager (CRRO) UNIT :|(for each contractI - Grievance Package) Manager (Technical) Committees |.ll l. Manager (Technical & lc Environment) Non-GovernmentOrganisatlons Contractors (one for each ContractPackage) .freachcontractPackage)ch c | J|Proposed New Positions Possible Inductionof Women Managers - . Overall Control & Responsibility - - R&R Directions and Control ...... Co-ordination& Guidance(R&R) lo Advisory Guidance (R&R) All the above capacity buildingmeasures have been proposed in the GTRP. Additional capacity building measures such as training is described below. 1.7.3 TRAINING Training as a whole, is an important part of the RAP and thus was specially emphasised as part of the implementation of the resettlement and rehabilitation programmes in the GTRP. The training modules were originally suggested in the TNHP. Extension and continuation of these are sufficient for the GTRP also. Cost of training of the NGOs, NHAI staff and the beneficiaries has been included in the RAP budget. The training programme in GTRP pertains to the following groups, distinctly, The NGOs LeaAssociates 1-14 ==C 7 * The beneficiariesof the project (includingtraining on alternativelivelihood), and, * The NHAI Staff. :3 Awareness campaign There is a need for broad-based awareness campaign within the NHAI and within the road construction industry (including the policy makers, the planners,and line agencies) with regard to the R&R issues. The awarenesscampaign will have two components.The NHAI website will be an important tool for this campaign, on the first part. However, for the overall staff of NHAI, the awareness campaign shall be a process of symposia and seminars as well as informal means of campaigning (such as leaflets, news letter and information sharing). An adequate but limited provisionis included in the RAP budget in the GTRP for this. 1.7.4 DATABASEMANAGEMENT & DOCUMENTATION The project in general, and the RAP implementation component in particular requires proper and adequate storage, retrieval and analysis of a huge database. The database, is already existing in parts (as part of the primary consultants' works), and more will be collected by the NGOs during counselling and RAP implementation,the monitoring and evaluation consultants, and from all further studies. A study on overall MIS is proposed at NHAI, inclusive of the requirements of the GTRP and the TNHP. It is expected that the study will bring R&R elements of the NHAI projects into the fold of the overall MIS. Plugging-in into the overall MIS, including supply and retrieval of data and cross-sector analysis will then be an additional work for the social/environmentalunit at the NHAI headquarters. The project requires a monthly reporting from the contractors to the supervision consultants, from the supervision consultants to the PlUs, from the NGOs to the PlUs/CRROs, quarterly reports from the PlUs to the headquarters,and from the NHAI to the WB. All these reports will contain reporting on the progress and implementation of the RAP. Additionally, there would be reports from the GRCs, the district level committees, the consultants,etc. The reportingformats have been preparedand the procedureshave been elaborated (see Section 11 of this Report). An additional study is recommended in the GTRP to develop an appropriate MIS for the R&R component of the project. This has been budgeted. 1.7.5 TRANSPARENCYAND ACCOUNTABILITY The compensation amounts should be paid to the PAPs without any delay. The processwill be transparent and will be carried out in a manner that all the other PAPs have knowledge about it. As far as possible, the disbursementsto the EPs will be made in a public gathering, to gain transparency. The project has included several mechanisms to ensure accountability. There are regular monitoring and periodical evaluation, some of which will be undertaken by external independent agencies. LeaAssociates 1-15 1.8 COSTS AND BUDGETS The total budget for implementingthe R&R component of the project is INR 281.8crore (US$ 61.2 million at December2000 rate of exchange),which is about 11 per cent of the total cost of civil works in the project. Refer Table 1.5. Table 1.5: SummaryR&R Budget for GTRP (All figures in Indian Rupees Crore) I-A I-B I-C Il-B IV-A IV-C V-B TOTAL Budget Heads Total40 11 71~2 1421 68 44 5 52 14Total2 0 06 ~~~~~~~~~ '~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ U. U. U. U. U. U- U- U.L U. U- U. UL U. U. U. compnatio 1 7 - 21.68 - 44.40 - 2.14 - 5.52 - 14.62 - 6.04 - 106.1 106.1 - Com pensation I I I Total 7.63 - 11.80 - 18.60 - 5.48 - 4.85 - 18.11 - 2.05 68.52 - 68.52 Assistance Provision for Resettlement 8.95 11.83 25.17 3.52 5.17 12.00 4.61 71.25 71.25 Sitel Assets Training of Sta 0.1 0.20 0.21 0.17 0.15 0.40 0.07 1.36 1.36 & PAFs Other R&R 029 0.21 0.29 0.27 0.29 0.28 0.29 0.22 0.29 0.19 0.29 0.55 0.29 0.07 3.82 2.03 1.79 Implementation Consultants' 0.20 0.35 0.20 0.37 0.20 0.37 0.20 0.35 0.20 0.34 0.20 0.45 0.20 0.31 3.94 1.40 2.54 Services TOTAL 12.20 17.29 22.17 24.47 44.89 44.62 2.62 9.75 6.01 10.71 15.11 31.51 6.53 7.10 255.0 109.5 145.5 Add for the Miscellaneous/ Unforeseenand ContingencyCosts Miscellaneous 0.30 0.43 0.55 0.61 1.12 1.12 0.07 0.24 0.15 0.27 0.38 0.79 0.16 0.18 6.38 2.74 3.64 (2.5%/of Total) Contingency 0.98 1.38 1.77 1.96 3.59 3.57 0.21 0.78 0.48 0.86 1.21 2.52 0.52 0.57 20.40 8.76 11.64 ~ 8%/o f Total Grand Total 1348 19.11 24.49 27.04 49.60 49.31 2.90 10.78 6.64 11.83 16.69 34.82 7.21 7.85 281.8 121.0 160.7 (INR Crore) The R&R budget includes the cost of land acquisition (i.e., the payment to be made to the legal titleholders, as per the Land Acquisition Act, or the National Highway Act), which is about US$23.1million (about 41.6% of the net R&R budget). The assistance provided to the titleholders by the project over and above the legal compensation is US$12.3 million. The assistance provided by the project to the non-titleholders (consisting of the encroachers, squatters, and the tenants, including additional support to the vulnerable group displaced families) is valued at US$2.58 million. A substantiai budget is kept for creating the provisions of the resettlement sites (including provision of agricultural/homestead,residential, commercial, or mixed residential/commercial plots to the vulnerable group displaced families, free of cost). The budget for such provision is US$15.48 million, which is about 25.3%of the total R&R budget. Lea Associates 1-16 1.9 MONITORINGAND EVALUATION There would be both internal and external monitoring in GTRP. While the NHAI (through its social/environmentalunit at the headquarters,and the CRRO at the PIU) is responsiblefor the internal monitoring, the external monitoring will be done by independent consultants specially procured for such purpose. The externalagency will be commissionedfor annual, mid-term and end-of project monitoring and documentationof the results. The continuous internal monitoring,and the periodic external monitoring will provide necessary guidelines to make mid-course corrections during the life of the project. Monitoring will be in terms of both quantitativeand qualitativeaspects. All monitoring is planned to be participatory in nature. Detailed monitoring and evaluation plan, including indicators for such monitoring and/or evaluation, the method of measurement of the indicators, and the method of developing integrated 'evaluation indices' have been specified (refer Section 11 of this Report). The monitoring plans contain detailed formats for regular and special monitoring, including formats for quarterly progress reports. 1.10 ADDITIONAL STUDIESRECOMMENDED The following additional studies2 are recommended as part of the GTRP. These will be conducted during the initial period of the project (within the first six quarters) and the resulting recommendationswill be implementedduring the construction period of the project (in the later six/eight quarters). * Additional Study on Alternative Livelihood. i Additional Study on the IndegeneousPeople. * Additional Study on the Qualityof Life (including study on the host communities). A number of other smaller assignments has been identified and recommended as part of the terms of reference for the NGOs to be contracted to implement he RAP. Contractual and budgetaryprovisions have been made adequately. 2 Certain studies such as (i) a Safety Audit, (ii) a mid-term monitoring of RAP implementation, (iii) a post-project monitoring of RAP implementation, and evaluation of the R&R issues are already committed by the project. LeaAssociates 1-17 Table 1.6: Implementation Schedule for the RAP Period ofthe Project No. Tasks1 Months during the Implementation 11 341 67812012222222 903 23333 - J ~~~~~~~~~~~~0110210310405670191 General Activities 1 Appointmentof stafffor R&Ractivities…………… …~1 2 Appointmentof NGOs 3 Set-up of state and district level comnmittees 4 Training of staff and NGOsfor R&R activities 5 Translationand printing of R&R policy in local language 6 Verification of EPs 7 Updatingthe census data base 8 Distributionof identify cards 9 Operating of joint accounts I-I 10 Disseminationof informnationand awarenesscampaign - Land Acquisition 11 Acquisition plans 12 Appointment of competentauthority for land acquisition 13 Issue of notices u/s 3 A of NH Act or u/s 4 (I)of LA Act 14 Completingthe procedureas per the Act to acquire the land 15 Announcementof award as per the Act 16 l ssue of cheques Relocation 17 Verification of DPs 1 19Development~ ofrelocation~ sites ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ a sscite 1-18 No. Tasks Months during the Implementation Period of_the_Project 01 02 03 04105 06 07 08109110 11 12 13 14 15 16117118 19 20 21T22123] 24 25 26 27128 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 23 Allotments of plots to EPs 24 Construction of houses and shops 25 Constructionof shopping complexes 26 Building/relocatingcommunity facilities Rehabilitation 27 Verification of Eps for allowance for livleihood iT 28 Disseminateinormation on IG programs 29 Plansfor IG 30 Disbursementof cheques for assistance 31 Training for upgradation of skills for IG Grievance Redressal 32 jSt-up thecommnittees for grievance redressal IIIII Monitoring and Evaluation 34 Appointmentof external agency 35 Updatingdata base of socio-e-conomicsur-vey 36 Physical and Financial Progress- 37 Mid-TermEvaluation 38 Final Evaluation 1 ea Associates 2. OBJECTIVES AND BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT 2.1 OVERVIEW The National Highway-2 (NH-2) connecting Delhi with Calcutta is one of the most important high- density corridors in the country, The 1400km long NH-2 is located in the Upper Gangetic Plain in northern India and traverses through the states of Delhi, Uttar Pradesh,Bihar, Jharkhand and West Bengal. The NH-2 carries (1998) between 12,000 and 33,0000 passengercar units (PCUs) daily. A substantial part (48% to 86%) of the traffic is goods traffic. The traffic volume on most of the sections is expected to grow up to 40,000 PCUs between 2005-20.10ADand in some sections would be as high as 1,25,000 PCUs by 2015AD. The existing highway is a two-lane carriageway, with traffic bottlenecks, various highway deficiencies as well as lack of proper roadside amenities/facilities. To cater to the high volume of traffic, there is an urgent need for capacity augmentationof the highway. Capacity augmentationof the NH-2 is proposed under the Golden Quadrilateral(6500km highways joining Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai and Calcutta) of the National Highway Development Programme (NHDP) of the Gol. As part of the Delhi-Calcuttasection of the Golden Quadrilateral,the Delhi-Agra section (210km) at the west end, and Barwa Adda - Calcutta section (278km) at the east end of the NH-2 have already been 4-laned with assistance from the ADB. For the remaining sections, the following projects are proposed: * The Third National Highway Project (TNHP) involving 4-laning of 8 contract packages between Agra and BarwaAdda, with WB financing (477km, under implementation); * The Grand Trunk Road Project (GTRP) involving 4/6-laning of 7 contract packages between Agra and Barwa Adda (432km), with proposedWB funding; * Etawah Bypass Project (14km)to be implementedwith NHAI funding; and, * Allahabad Bypass Project (85km) planned to be taken up in 2001AD (currently under preparationwith WB assistance). In addition, Panagarh-Palsit(60km) and Durgapur Expressway (65km) capacity augmentation and further strengthening projects are planned on the earlier completed section between Barwa Adda and Calcutta. The Durgapur Expressway project will be implemented in a commercial (build- operate-transfer) basis. All the above projects are scheduled to be completedby the last quarter of 2003AD. 2.2 THE GRAND TRUNK ROAD PROJECT TNHP and GTRP are both located on the Agra-Barwa Adda section of the NH-2. For project preparation, the Agra-Barwa Adda section was divided into 16 contract packages. Eight of the 16 contract packages were selected for TNHP, depending on the project preparedness, progress on land acquisition and utility relocation.Of the remaining eight packages, seven are proposed under the GTRP. The last package consistingof the AllahabadBypass will be taken up shortly. The scope of this Report involves a consolidation of the individual RAP reports of the contract packages' A, B & C of ConsultancyPackage I, B of ConsultancyPackage II, A & C of Consultancy Package IV, and B of ConsultancyPackage V, preparedby primaryconsultants2. 1 Hereinafter referred to as the "Package I-A", "Package I-B", etc. Lea ses 2-1 Table 2.1: Contract Packages of TNHP and GTRP wcG PCotract Description From To Length Part of Project o1 CoPackage (chainage) (chainage) (km) I - A Agra- Shikohabad 199.660 250.500 50.840 GTRP I-B Shikohabad - Etawah Bypass(start) 250.500 307.500 59.020 GTRP Etawah bypass 307.500 321.100 13.600 Etawah bypass I - C Etawah bypass (end)- Bhognipur 321.100 393.000 72.825 GTRP 1 - A Sikandra/Bhognipur- Bhaunti 393.000 470.000 61.600 TNHP 11 11- B Bhaunti - FatehpurBorder 470.000 38.000 51.330 GTRP }- C Fatehpur Border- Khaga 38.000 115.000 77.000 TNHP III- A Khaga- Kokhraj 115.000 158.000 43.000 TNHP III- B Kokhraj - Paharpur Village 158.000 245.000 87.000 Allahabad Bypass III-C Paharpur village -Raja Talab 245.000 317.000 72.000 TNHP IV -A Raja Talab - Mohania 317.000 65.000 76.100 GTRP IV -B Mohania-Sasarambypass 65.000 110.000 45.000 TNHP lV IV -C Sasaram bypass 110.000 140.000 31.100 GTRP IV - D Sone River - Aurangabad 140.000 180.000 40.000 TNHP V-A Aurangabad- Raniganj 180.000 240.000 60.000 TNHP V V- B Raniganj - Barakatha 240.000 320.000 81.570 GTRP V -C Barakatha- Barwa-Adda(Dhanbad) 320.000 398.750 78.750 TNHP Total GTRP 422.780 Source: NHAI, 2000. Between Agra and Barwa Adda, apart from the small stretch of Etawah Bypass (14km), Allahabad Bypass (87km) is the only section that is not part of either TNHP or GTRP. However, there is proposal to include this section in the next project financed by the WB (project preparation under progress, and implementation expected to commence in 2002AD). In the eventuality of implementing the Allahabad Bypass section from it's own fund (or any other source of financing), the NHAI had committed that the planning, design and implementationwill fulfil all WB safeguards requirements. Detailed engineering design of the Etawah Bypass section is currently being undertaken by the NHAI with a scope of work (as well as a terms of referencefor the c6nsultants) similar to those of the TNHP and GTRP. It is therefore expected that the whole stretch of highway between Agra and Barwa Adda will be of uniform standard. Given that the completion target of all the sections (including the 2 sections, which are excludedfrom both TNHP or GTRP) is between 2003-2004AD, there will be no substantial time lag in operationalizationof the various sections of the highway (includingthe Allahabad and Etawah Bypasses)3. 2 The primary consultants responsiblefor preparing the Feasibility Study, the Detailed Project Report, the Environmental Assessment, and the Social Impact Assessment and the RAP were consortia led by Louis Berger Inc. of USA (ConsultancyPackage I), Sverdrup Civil Inc. of USA (Consultancy Package II), SNC Laviin International Inc. of Canada (Consultancy Package III), COWI Consulting Engineers and Planners AS of Denmark (Consultancy Package IV), and DORSCHConsult mbH of Germany(Consultancy Package V). 3 Even if there is a (maximum potential)time lag between the completionof the TNHP and the GTRP stretches on one hand, and the Allahabad and Etawah bypasss on the other hand, traffic during this time lag will be serviced by the existing 2-lane road through Etawah, and the existing 4-lane road through Allahabad. LeaAsociates 2-2 : /N 5X : _ A IIr 2.2.1 OVERALLSCOPE OF PROJECTWORKS The objective of the Project is to widen to 4 or 6 lanes, the existing highway between Agra to Barwa Adda to meet the traffic needs for the next 20-30 years4. It entailed detailed analysis of the present traffic, and future projections, pavement and soil conditions, materials, cross-drainage structures, environmentaland social/resettlementfeatures etc. The widening to 4 or 6-lane will be confined to within the existing right of way (Ro\W),avoiding land acquisition as far as possible, except for locations where it is absolutely essential from the traffic, the engineering, the environmental or the social viewpoints and where a diversion from the existing alignment is absolutelynecessitated (for details, see Box 1). Box 1.1: Scope of Work as per the ToR of the PrimaryConsultants sand'.Theeitn rvl project sigwar(ethw.pooed~enl'ahec'~dt eters4flfr~~~ut Agra_ndctBarw Ada)ei thasaxitwolne oROW.5m hp'sdraabiduinoulsn willPacqustinase a a f-A) withcoms paed soulers h e crigwy ilhvcmn ocrtii paveent,exc ptntesrthsi Pckage V, here the pavemenhotwoldyaseb ee riuioads,h a.cp o paligment) ExisetingcSross-raiag structures' on hihayaepraoposedtc.rthe be considred/prehtabiltated.e ross-dring strctre woul be prvie ontenw2ln carriagincudinfddition oally,rnew~crs-riaestutrswl be provifdedin~aQrkeasofaerloggngs,i any, rhequredvtothe existinga[~~~~~~~-4aonear indequte.oVnf~aino~innet e'hr~bpse 2.2.2 PROPOSEDIMPROVEMENT OF THE PROJECTHIGHWAY ideTheicetionf loaio forvthefe rigid (cemetcnree 30igssaeet tealswhlezs eortheflxi' The existing project highway (betweenAgra and Barwa Adda) has a two-lane (2x3.5m) bituminous carriageway,prsrbedtuminols with paved/unpavedpaveet th desigshoulders. lifeisr20years This highway is proposed to be widened by addition of a new 2-lane carriagewayapproriat,n~ (and ~nii reconstructed lii~7p as a 6-lane sectiongne~rng~ in the first esi~rt 21km th section j~oecSite of Package I-A) with paved shoulders. The new carriageway will have cement concrete rigid pavement, except in the stretches in Package V, where the pavement would be bituminous. The existing 2-lane carriageway will be strengthened by overlays! rehabilitation! reconstruction (inclucing, in places replacing the existing bituminous pavement by cement concrete rigid pavement). Existing cross-drainage structures on the highway are proposed to be repaired/rehabilitated. New cross-drainage structures would be provided on the new 2-lane carriageway.Additionally, new cross-drainagestructures will be provided in areas of waterlogging, and wherever the existing ones are inadequate. 4The design life for the rigid (cement concrete) pavement is 30 years, while for the flexible (bituminous)pavement, the design life is 20 years. LeaAkFsj~tes 2-3 ~-:Y In addition to strengthening the existing carriageway, the project would improve the geometric deficiencies including the improvement of the various intersections. The proposed improvement aims at improving the riding quality, improvingjourney speed and reducing congestion of traffic on the highway. It is proposed to provide service roads, proper drainage, grade-separation, road furniture, utilities and amenities wherever required. 2.2.3 RESETTLEMENTIN THE PROJECT The GTRP passes through the Ganga-YamunaDoab region of the north India,which is a region of high population density (about 700 persons/ki2). The population density abutting the project highway is higher than the regional density. It is estimated that, about 50 million people including almost 40 per cent of India's urban population reside within 10km of the NH-2 (which has a total length of 1496km, of which 27 per cent is under GTRP). The states of Uttar Pradesh and Bihar, through which the GTRP passes, are economically backward states, with a large incidence of poverty and heavy dependenceon the agriculture and allied sectors. The project highway passes through 4 cities, 19 towns and 253 village settlements of Uttar Pradesh (UP) and Bihar5 (refer Table 2.2). To minimize the adverse impacts on the various settlements and to minimize land/propertyacquisition, short bypassesand realignments have been proposed. In all, a total of 12 short bypasses have been proposed.,apart from the 20km long bypass at Sasaram (Package IV-C). The total length of such bypasses is 73.2km (17.5 per cent of the total length of stretches under GTRP). Table 2.2: Number of Settlements in the Project Area Package District City Town Village I-A 2 2 2 42 I-B 1 - 4 37 I-C 3 5 53 I1-B 1 1 3 22 IV-A 1 3 37 lv-c 1 - 2 24 V-B 1 - - 38 Total 12 4 19 253 Source: RAP Reports, Packages I to V, GTRP In many cases, the existing RoW is insufficient for the proposed widening and land acquisition is required.Additional land is also to be acquiredfor correcting geometric deficiencies,bypasses, and provisionof roadside amenities. Other than the land acquisition, the project requires clearing encroachments and squatters from within the existing RoW. The extent of encroachment on the RoW is large, particularly in the built- up areas. 2.3 PROJECT PREPARATIONOBJECTIVES OF GTRP As per the scope of work the major objectives during the project preparation stage of the GTRP were: 5 The districts traversed include Agra, Ferozabad, Mainpuri, Etawah, Auriya, Kanpur Dehat, Kanpur Nagar,Varanasi, Chandauli, Bhabhua, Rohtas and Hazaribag. Lea iMsotates 2-4 a) To evolve most economical but sound proposals for the required road works and related bridge works; b) To carry out engineering, economic, environmental and social feasibility studies of the proposed road improvements; c) To incorporate the international'best practices' including the use of state-of the art survey and design techniques, in the preparation of design, cost estimates and bidding documents,etc.; d) To prepare preliminary designs for the agreed road works and related bridge works as a basis for completing Environmentaland Social ImpactAssessment as required conforming to sound economic analysis, and preparing land acquisition, social and environmental action plans such as ResettlementAction Plan (RAP), as appropriate; e) To carry out the detailed engineering design of proposed road and bridge works and prepare suitable number of bid packages including cost estimates and other bid documents required for tendering through InternationalCompetitive Bidding (ICB); f) To provide reports and analysis suitable for meeting the requirements of World Bank Appraisal and all relevant state, Gol and World Bank requirements on Environmentaland SocialAssessment. 2.3.1 SCOPEOF THE CONSOLIDATEDRAP REPORT The terms of reference (ToR) for preparationof the ConsolidatedRAP includedthe following: i Preparationof a ConsolidatedRAP suitable for presentationby the NHAI for WB Appraisal based on the individual RAP reports preparedby the "primary consultants" engaged by the NHAI, and * Assimilation of information from the individual RAP Reports already prepared; identifying the gaps and deficiencies,if any; * Preparation of formats for collecting additional information from the "primary consultants" through NHAI; * Preparation of the consolidated report 'closing the gaps' (based on and incorporating the additional informationobtained from the "primary consultants"through the NHAI) * Only nominal (or limited) review of the individual RAP reports. This report is essentiallybased on the outputs produced by the earlier consultants. Modificationsof the earlier work are based on the discussions with the NHAI. The consolidatedreport also comes out with certain recommendations for additional studies during the pre-construction/construction period of the project. These are based on the identified gaps in documentation in the individual RAP reports, and not necessarilyin the processes and methods of work of the earlier consultants6. 6 Feasibility study, detailed engineering, social and environmental assessments of the project started in early 1998. The socio-economic surveys and the census of the project-affected persons were undertaken during 1998. While the data from the socio-economic surveys and the census had been very large, there were no proper mechanismby the primary consultants for storage and retrieval of data, which is now very difficult to fully recover or examine. Similarly, very substantial efforts were spent regarding minimising the displacement requirements of the project, which is evident from the number of bypasses, alignment alternatives proposed. However, documentation about the processes and the methods for such work is poor. Lea 2-5 Co 2.3.2 OBJECTIVESOF THE RESETTLEMENTACTION PLAN The World Bank's operational directive (OD 4.30) on involuntary resettlement provides for the guidelines to be followed in minimising or avoiding displacement and mitigating the negative impacts (For details on objectives of Bank's Policy, see Box. 2.2). The NHAI also has adopted a resettlement and rehabilitation (R&R) policy (which has been accepted by the World Bank in the Third National Highway Project).This NHAI R&R Policy is the basis of preparation of the RAP. The Policy also provides for a framework for entitlements and categorizationof the Project Affected Persons (PAPs). Box. 2.2: Objectivesof the World Bank's OD 4.30 - Salient Points a) Involuntaryresettlement should be avoidedwhere feasible, or minimised,exploring all viable alternativeproject designs such as realignmentof roadsmay significantly reduce resettlement needs. b) Where involuntaryresettlement in unavoidable,resettlement activities should be conceivedand executedas sustainabledevelopment programmes, providing sufficient investment resources to give the personsdisplaced by the projectthe opportunityto share in the projectbenefits. Displaced persons should have opportunitiesto participatein planning and implementingresettlement programmes. c) Displacedpersons should be assistedin their effortsto improvetheir livelihoodsand standardsof livingor at leastto restorethem, in real terms,to pre-displacementlevels or to levelsprevailing prior to beginningof projectimplementation, whichever is higher. Displacedpersons should be (i) compensatedfor their lossesat full replacementcost prior to the actualmove; (ii) assistedwith the move and supportedduring the transitionperiod in the resettlementsite and (iii) assistedin their effortsto improvetheir former living standards, income earning capacity, and production levels, or at least to restorethem. Particularattention to be paid to the needsof the poorestgroups to be resettled. d) Communityparticipation in planning and implementingresettlement should be encouraged. Appropriatepatterns of socialorganisation should be established,and existingsocial and cultural institutionsof resettlersand their hosts should be supportedand used, to the greatestextent possible. e) Resettlersshould be integratedsocially and economicallyinto host communitiesso that the adverse impactson host communitiesare minimised. The best way of achievingthis integrationis for resettlementto be plannedin areasbenefiting from the projectand throughconsultation with the futurehosts. f) Land,housing, infrastructure, and other compensationshould be providedto the adverselyaffected population,indigenous groups, ethnic minorities,and pastoralistswho may have usufruct or customaryrights to the land or other resourcestaken by the project. The absenceof legaltitle to land by suchgroups should not be a bar to compensation. In preparingthe RAP, the people centred developmentprinciples have been considered. The social assessment has been carried out in consultation with the affected persons. While the RAP addresses the problems and issues of the entire affected population, it gives special emphasis to socially and economicallyvulnerable sections of the PAPs. The RAP makes provisionsfor payment of compensations calculated at Replacement Cost. The RAP ensures that the economic opportunitiesof the impacted persons are not disrupted and they are able to regain their previous living standard. The RAP is a living document and will be updated as and when necessary. The RAP data are required to be verified at site before implementation.Implementation of the RAP will take place only on data so modified. 2.4 BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT The GTRP is expected to bring forward positive impacts (while causing some negative social impacts, which are proposed to be mitigated fully) for the road-users and communities along the whole stretch of the project corridor. LeaAsociates 2-6 2.4.1 MACRO-ECONOMICBENEFITS The project is seen as a major generator of economic momentum, and shall benefit the economically backward states of Uttar Pradesh and Bihar in a very significant way. The project is expected to remove industrial developmentbottlenecks, bring the cost of transportationdown, and thereby benefit all sections of the society. The project will further open up the vast hinterlands of UP and Bihar to the eastern gateway ports of Calcutta and Haldia. (About 40% of the exports from this hinterland are now through the more distant western ports, in absence of an adequate road system.) The investmentin rigid pavementis expected to boost the cement industry,and further trickle down to other sectors of economy. Only the direct benefits of the project have been calculated during the feasibility study. The direct benefits accrue due to the reduction in the vehicle operating cost (VOC) and the savings in the value of time (VOT) of the road users. Present value of the said direct benefits is estimated at US$2170 million (refer Table 2.3). Table 2.3: Direct Benefits of the Project Package Section Cost of Project Benefits I Net Benefits EIRR (e) (in USS million) (NPV in US$ million) (NPV in US$ million) I-A Km200-222 438 90 Km222-265 73 419 784 60 I-B Without Realignments 32 With Realignments 57 124 67 31 I-C Entire 60 350 290 52 Il-B Entire 105 459 354 27-5 IV-A Entire 66 116 50 27.5 Iv-c Entire 79 138 59 26.5 V-B Entire 108 125* 17 Total GTRP 548 2169 1621 30 approx. Source: Deatiled Project Reports, PackagesI to V, GTRP. Ail figures are for the base year 1998.*Estimated by LASA, 2000. Note: EIRR = Economicinternal rate of retum. The present value of the investments in the project is estimated at US$550 million. Given this investment and the direct benefits, the net benefit of the project is estimated at US$1620 million, at an economic internal rate of return of about 30 per cent. If the indirect benefits were also measured,the net benefit of the projectwould be much higher. 2.4.2 LOCAL LEVEL BENEFITS The foremost benefit for the local communitieswould be the increased level of road safety. Most of the accidents now involve single vehicles, and the fatality among the pedestrians and the slow- moving traffic is significantly more than the automobile-users.Due to the project, a 5m wide median will segregate the vehicles travelling in the opposite direction, and chances of collision would be reduced. Also the through traffic will be segregatedfrom the local traffic and the pedestriantraffic, and the propensity of fatal accidents involving pedestrians and slow-moving traffic would be reduced7 . 7 Although, there is a possibility that owing to the higher design speed, the propensity of accidents involving multiple vehicles, would not be equally reduced. Lea s iest 2-7 ( Accident reduction benefits The existing NH-2 stretches selected for GTRP are known to have high rates of accidents. The traffic levels are high for the existing 2-lane carriageways. The traffic is a composition of heavy goods traffic (dominant), passenger vehicular traffic, and slow moving vehicles. The slow moving vehicles are mainly animal-driven. There is no segregation between the fast and slow moving traffic. A very substantial amount of local traffic occurs at each of the built-up stretches. Except for a few cities, the roads through the built-up areas have no median-divided carriageway,no space for the local traffic and for on-street parking. The provisionfor pedestrian traffic is also inadequate. The heterogeneityof the traffic, smaller carriageway, geometric deficiencies,absence of adequate sight distance (in many places), hazardous exposure of the pedestrians to the heavy highway traffic - all these contribute to the occurrence of accidents.Absence of any median divider and the small carriageway width are the most important factors. Other inadequacies contributing to the accident risks include, (manned) railway crossings, further reduction of carriageway due to unorganised on-street (on-pavement) parking, high (pavement) edge-drops8, and unrestricted access of the stray animals on the highway. The GTRP solves all these accident-hasteningissues. Median-divided4-lane (or 6-lane for 21km in Package 1-A) carriageways are being provided, reducing the risks of head-on collision between vehicular traffic moving in the opposite directions. Separate service lanes are being provided at built-up areas. Geometric deficiencies will be corrected by GTRP Pedestrian facilities, organised bus stops, footpaths, and proper signage are being provided. New rail-over bridges will be constructed over the existing railway crossings. Parking lay-byes for trucks, and other heavy vehicles will all be provided.Access control (for both men and animals), even if not a total system to start with, shall also reducethe current number of accidents. Even a very conservative estimate of the accident reduction benefits of the GTRP works to be substantial. Twenty-nine lives would be saved every year, along with a prevention of about 3000 injuries. The economic value of accident reduction will be about US$6.5million.Overall, accident risks will be reducedby 68% over the whole stretch of the GTRP (refer Table 2.4) Table 2.4: AccidentReduction Benefits of GTRP BENEFITS Life Saved Preventionof Preventionof Economic Value (number) SeriousInjury MinorInjury ofAccident (number) (number) Reduction(uS$) Every Year of Operation 29 86 2,879 6,493,619 During Life of GTRP 899 2,666 89,249 201,302,187 Net Present Value (NPV) -- 41,853,329 Estimated by LASA, 2000. Note: This benefitis not included in the direct benefits of the project. ( Local facilities Due to GTRP, provisionswill be made for the local traffic, especially the non-motorised ones such as the bullock-carts, the handcarts, cycle rickshaws, etc. Passenger friendly amenities like bus 8 High edge-drops between the bituminous pavement and the earthen shoulder of the existing two lane carriageway results in the heavy vehicles trying to remain on the pavement (instead of using the space on the shoulder to give way to traffic from the opposite direction or from behind) at substantialown and third-partyrisks. z7•> Lea Msotes 2-8 stops, passenger sheds, underpasses for safe movement of local people from one side of the highway to the other, organised parking lots and lay-byes will be added. Common property resources, and community assets will be conserved and enhanced (detailed plans and designs for community property enhancements have been prepared as part of the Environmental Enhancementby the project, for more than 100 sites). i Employment opportunities for local community Proportionateto the investment in the project, large employment opportunities(about half a million person-months,and for about 40,000 persons) will be created by the project (refer Table 2.5). The employment opportunities will be created for skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labourers. While most of the skilled labourers may come from other parts of the country, the opportunitiesfor semi- skilled and unskilled sections of the workforce will be mainly available to the local communities. There are two reasons, why such employment opportunities will mainly accrue to the local communities: first, that bringing semi-skilledor unskilled labourers from outside is an uneconomical proposition; and, second, that in construction projects all over the country, semi-skilledworkforce come mainly from Bihar and UP. Table 2.5: Total & Local EmploymentOpportunities in the Project Description Person-Months Total Persons Skilled Workers 106,333 5,538 Semi-SkilledWorkers 239,249 17,089 Unskilled Workers 186,082 18,091 Total EmploymentOpportunities 531,664 40,719 Local EmploymentOpportunities 425,331 35,180 Source: Estimated, LASA, 2000. Assuming average work duration at one location to be 24, 21 and 18 months respectively and average employee tumover to be 1.25, 1.5 and 1.75, respectivelyfor the skilled, semi-skilled and the unskilled workforce. 3 Improved accessto amenities By and large, for communities in the project influence area, indirect social benefits of the project are likely to include (i) speedy access to employment,better health and education opportunitiesin urban centres along NH-2; (ii) increased opportunity for intensified informal economic activities linked to services/ facilities for road users; and (iii) reduction in transportationcosts and improved market access for agricultural produceof the area. ® Compensation and mitigation of the negative impacts The negative impacts of the project, mostly environmental and social impacts will be mitigated adequately. In addition to the provision of replacementvalue of the property lost due to or in the consequence of the project, the project-affected persons (PAPs) will receive additional supports and assistance from the project to improve their livelihood and the quality of life. The project provides for skill development and vocational training to all socially vulnerable sections of the PAPs. i Equitable distribution of benefits Given the wide variations in socio-economic characteristics and social development levels of various sections of the population, the magnitude of accrued benefits is likely to vary across social classes. Equitable distributionof the project benefits is beyond the scope of the RAP and the RAP concentrateson mitigating adverse impactson individuals,households and communities. Lea 2-9 3. MEASURES TO MINIMISE RESETTLEMENT 3.1 THE NEEDFOR RESETTLEMENT IN THE GRANDTRUNK ROAD PROJECT The GTRP involves addition of a new 2-lane carriageway. The existing road typically has a width of 1Om (7m for carriageway, 2x1.5m earthen shoulders) on a 12m formation. In a very few stretches (such as in urban areas), there is a wider carriagewayand wider formation. In general, the proposed development would require a 34m-formation width (for 2x7m carriageways + 2x1.5m paved shoulders + 2xlm earthen shoulders + 5.5m median and requisite width for embankment slopes as well as roadside drains). The first 21km section in Package I-A will be 6- laned, and the formation width there increases to 41m. In the built-up stretches, service lanes (of 5.5m or 7m width) on either side of the highway are also proposed. Therefore, the general formation width in the built-up areas will be 40.5m (for 2x7m carriageways + 2x1.5m paved shoulders + 2x1m kerbs + 1.5m narrow median + 2x5.5m service roads + 2x2.5m footpaths + 2x2m space for covered drains; as the road is designedat minimum height for the abutting built- up area, no space is required for embankment slopes). In the places of high embankment, such as in the cases of bridge approaches,the space requirementis substantiallymore. Table 3.1: Distributionof the Right of Way Rightof Way Length(km) %age Lessthan 20m 0.53 0.1% 20mto 25m 0.27 0.1% 25m to 30m 0.60 0.1% 30mto 35m 88.40 22.0% 35mto 40m 9.18 2:3% 40mto 45m 202.99 50.5% 45mto 50m 10.50 2.6% 5Gmto 55m 18.80 4.7% 55mto 60m 63.31 15.8% 60mto 65m 3.40 0.8% Morethan 65m 3.60 0.9% 100.00% The existing RoW is limited (varies from 20m to 65m) as may be seen from Table 3.1. About 25% of the GTRP stretches have RoWs below 40m, which are not adequate to accommodate the proposed widening. In many other cases, where the RoW is more than 40m, there is a need to correct the existing geometry of the road, and these realignmentswill require additional width of the RoW. Therefore, despite the best efforts to accommodate the improvements within the existing RoW, land acquisitionis inevitablein certain stretches of the project. As the highway passes through fertile agricultural belts and the most populated part of the country (population density in excess of 1000 persons/km2 in many stretches), almost all of the roadside land is under private ownership.As a consequence,most of the land to be acquired is privately owned. The project would impact a number of people squatting within the public RoW also, some of whom will even be displaced.The RAP for this project would need to address the issues relating to both the title-holdersand the non-title holders (comprising of the encroachers and the squatters). The aim of the RAP is to minimise the hardship of the displaced and the LeaAssociates 3-1 otherwise impacted people. The RAP also aims to help the PAPs to better or at least maintain their livelihood. 3.2 MINIMISINGRESETTLEMENT The success of the GTRP will be the improvements in the living standards of the people, both the road users and the adjoining communities. Although land acquisition is unavoidable, a number of measures had been taken to minimise such land acquisition and to avoid all other impacts on the people, as far as possible. The prime consideration during project preparation has been to avoid or minimise negative impact on the people/ communities due to land acquisition. While preparing the project, emphasis was been given to minimise the impacts within the limitations of technical requirements and cost effectiveness. The GTRP packages alternatively pass through two broad land use stretches: built up areas and open rural areas. The built up areas generally have dense developmentson either side of the existing road including high level of encroachment and residential/commercialsquatting. The encroachments, the squatters on the RoW and the legal properties abutting the road consist of various kinds of permanent, semi-permanent and temporary structures. The rural open stretches have abuttingagricultural/ fallow/ barren landholdings(predominantly agricultural holdings) as well as agriculturalencroachments. Typologically separate designs were prepared for the congested sections vis-a-vis the open sections to minimise impacts (on the built-up propertiesand agricultural land, respectively). Impacts have been avoided by lateral shifting of the proposed road alignment depending upon the availabilityof land. The participatoryplanning with people has helped minimisationof losses, saving residential/commercial structures, cultural properties, and community infrastructure (schools,colleges, governmentalbuildings, bus shelters, etc). Table 3.2 illustrates the extent to which the possible negative social impacts have been minimised/ avoidedin differentpackages of the GTRP. Table 3.2: MinimisingNegative Social Impacts in GTRP PAP (number) PDP (number) Structures (number) Package Residential Affected Commercial Affected# Before* Aflerr Before Aftert Before* After^* Before* |After** I-A 5088 1777 4875 1050 380 17 1275 165 i-B 7300 1893 5025 721 2610 23 2890 62 I-C 8705 2118 4350 1605 2950 99 2176 195 11-i 5903 4268 4312 3764 379 165 1187 610 IV-A 6040 3669 4920 2780 309 52 477 94 Iv-c 6198 14833 1730 9780 409 12 418 52 V-B 8780 1285 490 413 260 57 365 97 Total 48,014 29,843 25,702 20,105 7,297 425 8,788 1,275 Source: RAP Reports, Packages I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project. Note: ' Before integrating social aspects; **After integratingsocial aspects: # Residential-cum-commercialstructures are included in the commercial structures. Note that the numbers of PAPs and PDPs have increased in Package IV-C in order to avoid impacting the built-up stretch in Sasaram town (by providing a bypass). 3.2.1 THE DEFINITION AND DELINEATIONOF THE CORRIDOROF IMPACT(COI) The corridor of impact (COI) is the width required for the actual construction of the road including the carriageway, shoulder, embankments, longitudinal drainage, wayside amenities z7•L Lea Associates 3-2 zD like bus stops, passenger sheds etc. and necessary safety zones. The requirement of the project demands that the entire corridor of impact should be free from any encroachment, human habitationand structure causing hindrancesto traffic. The corridor of impact has been found to be a useful way of minimising the social impacts. The project will not displace any person outside the corridor of impact, even if within the RoW. The minimum and the maximum width of the COI in all the packages are given in Table 3.3. Note that while the RoW varies between 8m and 76mm, the COI varies between 24.5m and 84m. Therefore, in some cases, the COI is wider than the existing RoW, although in the majority of the cases, the COI is well within the RoW. Table 3.3: The Corridor of Impact in GTRP Package Rightof Way(m) Corridorof Impact(m) Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum* I-A 45.0 45.0 24.5 52.0 I-B 45.0 45.0 24.5 41.0 I-C 45.0 45.0 24.5 41.0 lI-B 14.0 62.0 30.2 60.0 IV-A 19.0 68.0 25.0 84.0 Iv-c 33.0 76.0 25.0 67.0 V-B 8.1 73.2 29.0 40.0 Source: RAP Reports, PackagesI to V, Grand Trunk Road Project Note: * Maximum Cot generally occur at the locations of high embankments,and are rare. 3.3 EVALUATIONOF MEASURESTO MINIMISE RESETTLEMENT Several measures have been adopted for minimising resettlement in different packages of the Grand Trunk Road Project. These include applyingalternative alignments;adopting contextually suitable road cross-sections;lateral shifting of alignments;designing appropriatestreet furniture and facilities, etc. Table 3.4: Distributionof the ProposedAlignment Options Package Alongthe ExistingAlignment of NH-2(km) Awayfrom the ExistingAlignment of NH-2 (kmn) Concentric Eccentric Eccentric Total Bypass Minor Total Widening Widening Widening Realignment (North) (South) I-A 20.430 10.434 14.906 45.77 3.300 1.770 5.07 I-B 10.200 38.220 - 48.42 10.600 - 10.6 I-C 11.800 3.200 30.915 45.915 26.710 0.200 26.91 I1-B 9.600 22.400 17.300 49.3 2.03 2.03 IV-A 17.500 47.525 5.645 70.67 5.43 5.43 Iv-c 2.100 6.710 0.950 9.76 21.34 21.34 V-B 6.574 32.925 35.461 74.96 6.61 6.61 Total 78.204 161.414 105.177 344.795 76.02 1.97 77.99 (18.50%) (38.18%) (24.88%) (81.55%) (17.98%) (0.47%) (18.45%) Source: Detailed Project Reports, PackagesI to V, Grand Trunk Road Project. Note: * indicates that the smaller stretches of minor realignmentlength has been included in the eccentric widening. The alignment has been aligned north, south or middle, for short sections (sometimes as short as 100m) several times to minimise damage or disruption to roadside properties.Table 3.4 is a LeaAssociates 3-3`N-77 summary of the final alignment of the project. (Note: the figures for each category of alignment are the total length of all road-sections in the particular package following this category of alignment.Length of the largestsection is about 7km and the lowest is 100m. Some of these measures are describedbelow: 3.3.1 CONCENTRICWIDENING AND RAISED CARRIAGEWAYS The following design considerationsand the realignmentoptions have been initiatedto avoid or minimise losses. * As far as possible, concentricwidening has been adopted in the built-up stretches of the corridor to minimise impact on propertiesor to avoid land acquisition. * Raised carriageways were incorporated wherever possible, to minimise the impact on the roadside built-up structures. Raised carriageways require lesser width as the proposed carriageway can be segregated by vertical separation instead of wider horizontalseparation (the median can not, however, be completelyomitted). 3.3.2 CONCENTRIC/ECCENTRIC EXPANSION One side expansion within the RoW had been found to be a viable solution to minimise losses of built structures. This option has been applied wherever sufficient land had been available. Wherever concentric widening or provision of raised carriageways was not possible, taking of built-up properties and/or land acquisition had been proposed on one side, avoiding impacts on at least one side. In choosing the direction of widening (north or south), apart from the engineering issues, the degree of social impact was also considered (say, if there are more properties likely to be acquired were located northward, then southward widening had been proposed). 3.3.3 BYPASS/ REALIGNMENT Bypasses are proposed at Kanpur, Varanasi and Sasaram. All these places are major urban centres (Kanpur and Varanasi are metropolitan cities, Sasaram is also a class I city). In the cases of Kanpur and Varanasi,the bypasses are proposed on the alignment of existing narrow roads. The bypass at Sasaram is proposed along a new alignment (through agriculturallbarren land). In the cases of Kanpur and Varanasi,the existing alignments of the narrower roads are the most feasible alignments consideringcomparatively lesser acquisition of land. These existing narrow roads are also the best alternative alignments on the area's road network for bypasses. The bypass alignment at Sasaram had been proposed considering the comparatively lesser land requirement. Short bypassesof length 1 to 6km have been proposed in a number of places to reduce impact on the people and the properties.In all these cases, congestion of multi-row abutting residential/ commercial structures and clusters of religious structures have left little or no space for widening the road. In all cases of these short bypasses, alternative alignments had been examined and the alignments necessitating minimum impact on land, properties and people had been recommended.Smaller realignmentsof the existing road had been proposed likewise. Lea Associates 3-4 `ZCo 3.3.4 SAFETYORIENTED DESIGNS In assessment of the impacts of the project, safety of the road users and the roadside communities had been found to be a major concern. A number of measures have been proposed to reduce the risk of traffic accidents. In some places, these safety measures are co- terminus with the project's impact avoidance measures. * In a number of places the direction of widening had been proposed to minimise the propensity of accidents (by proposing the service roads as well as widening in such directions as to segregate the local slow traffic and the fast highway traffic). * Underpasses have been provided to facilitate the people living on either side of the road to have access to facilities and to avoid disruption of social relations and network. 3.4 SPECIFIC DESIGNSFOR AVOIDANCE/ MITIGATION All the measures described above had been incorporated in the design. Table 3.5 describes the avoidance/ minimisation measures in greater details. The Table these specific measures by location (chainage) and by contract packages. Table3.5: MitigationEfforts for MinimisingResettlement Package Chainage CriticalZone Problems Identifledand Structures Mitigation Measurestaken by (km) Getting Affected Design Alignment IA 216-218 Etmadpur 54 residentialand commercial structures; 2 Cross section of road has been fitted temples and 4 vacant plots. within RoW to save the structures The farmers have agriculturallands on one side and residences on the other; in some areas, there are agriculturallands on both sides. In the absenceof any underpass, the farmers would find it extremely difficult to cross the road with implements and cattle due to speeding traffic. IA 221-223 Tundla Structures gettingaffected with 19.35m on Concentricwidening with 5m median, either side. 230 residentialand commercial 7m wide carriageway2.5m shoulders structures; 3 temples, 5 vacant plots, 6 and 9m wide service roads. governmentalbuildings, 2 industries and 1 Reduction of the service road by college. 1.5m and reduction of median by 2m. Developmentof the inter-sectioncauses For the roadjunction 15m on either demolition of 46 residential and commercial side of the road up to a length of structures at the four corners of the 150m along the road is required. The intersection including 2 temples and 1 bus alignment has taken the losses into terminus consideration. IA 245.5-246 Rashidpur 48 residentialand commercial structures The reduction of width to 35m has Kaneta getting affected with 1 temple in 45m width. saved 37 residentialand commercial structuresand only 11 are getting affected. The temple could no be saved. IA 249.250 Makhanpur 30 residential and commercial structures The new road will be made getting affected. concentric with 17m on both sides of the centre line, saving the structures. IA 258-5-2596 Shikohabad 19 residentialand commercial structures, 1 The new roadwill be made temple, 1 church and 5 vacant plots. concentric with 17m on both sides saving the structuresfrom getting affected. IB 296 Khuresna A large number of shops, houses and While there is no land acquisition on agricultural plots are coming within the the right side, 22m of land has to be RoW. There is a temple constructed on the acquired on the left side. The design first floor of a residential structure. professionalshave taken the matter into consideration. Lea Associates 3-5 Package Chainage CriticalZone Problems Identifiedand Structures Mitigation Measures taken by (km) Getting Affected Design Alignment 1B 1300-303 Jaswant Nagar More than 150 commercial and residential 16m from the centre of the structures are coming within the RoW on carriagewaywill be requiredfor either sides of the road. widening. Due to design modifications the same has been saved. IB 322 Etawah Etawah is an important city from The suggestionfrom the peopleis to transporter'spoint of view. Most of the truck construct a truck lay by near km275- operators have opened their offices. Due to 280 where sufficient barren land is truck packing there is a lot of congestion. available. This can be done at km. 291 where governmentalland is lying unused. IC 334 Bijoli On completion of the project, a school will Raised carriagewaywith suitable come close to the edge of the road. barriers will be provided. IC 337 Bakewar 70 shops and houses are likely to be 16m on both sides from the centre of affected. the carriagewaywill be requiredfor the widening. The problem has been taken note of. IC 342 Bakewar The owner of cold storage recently The temple can be shifted to a place constructeda temple, which will come where the land for the road will not be under acquisition. required. IC 343 Mahewa 80 shops and houses are getting affected 16m on both sides from the centre of and theywill have to be demolished. the carriagewaywill be required for the widening. Unavoidable. IC 346 Mehawa Lok The school will not be affected but the road Raised carriagewaywith suitable Manya School will pass from the front of the gate. This is a barrier will be provided. high risk zone for children to cross the road. IC 349 Anantram The buildingwill not be damaged, but the To eliminate the risk factors, raised courtyard will open just in front of the road, carriagewaywith suitable barriers will making it a high accident-pronezone. be provided. IC 355 Babarpur The local traffic mixes with the highway Bypass is being proposed. traffic leading to traffic congestion. Efforts should be made to separate them. IC 364 Muradganj 250 shops and houses are likely to be 16m on both sides from the centre of affected. the carriagewaywill be requiredfor widening. The loss of propertyis nearly unavoidable. IC 1369 Bhikepur after 80 shops and houses are likely to be The alignment is likely to be adjusted Auriya Bypass damaged. by taking the expansion on the left Truck Terminal hand side where there is no land acquisition.The widening is designed for 22m on the right hand side. IC 379 Auriya Bypass Efforts to be made to restrict within the Land acquisition plan prepared. existing RoW and also have provisionsfor service roads to manage the increasing traffic of the township. IC 381 Meeting point of Parking of trucks causes congestion, hence Land acquisition plan has been Auriya Bypass parking facilities need to be developed preparedaccordingly. and the old road outside Auriya. IC 389 Khwaja Phoolpur Restricting within the existing RoW would The problems have been taken of. reduce the number of PAPs. The old The old wall will not be damaged in historic wall of the Khwaja Phoolpurshould any way. not be demolishedor damaged. IIB 470-471.8 Bhaunti 306 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 140 by realignment of the highway. IIB 472.3-473 Panki 67 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 39 by realignment of the highway. IIB 475.1-475.8 Jamui 12 familiesto be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 8 by realignment of the highway. lII 477.2-477.7 Khajuri 21 familiesto be affected. Numberof affected families reduced to 8 by realignmentof the highway. lIB 479-479.6 Gujari 134 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 92 by realignment of the highway. Lea Associates 3-6 Package Chainage CriticalZone ProblemsIdentified and Structures Mitigation Measurestaken by (km) Getting Affected Design Alignment lB 479.8-481.8 Barra Bypass 77 families to be affected. Numberof affected families reduced to 56 by realignment of the highway. IB 481.9-483.8 Usmanpur 93 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 57 by realignment of the highway. IB 483.9-484.6 Jahri Kalan 29 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 13 by realignment of the highway. IIB 485-491.4 1Bhurpur 168 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 120 by realignment of the highway. IIB 491.470- Kanpur Nagar Numberof affected families reduced 491.735 to 52 by realignment of the highway. IIB 8.625-9.400 Patel Nagar - Numberof affected families reduced to 89 by realignment of the highway. IIB 9.5-11.4 Ahirwan 186 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 131 by realignment of the highway. IIB 11 6-13.3 Chakeri 51 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 24 by realignment of the highway. IIB 14 2-17.5 Rooma 188 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 128 by realignment of the highway. IIB 17.9-19.5 Hatipur 82 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 64 by realignment of the highway. IIB 19.7-21.3 Maharajpur 283 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 194 by realignment of the highway. I IB 25.6-27.9 Sarsaul 197 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 154 by realignment of the highway. 11 28.7-29.9 Tiwari pur 13 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 8 by realignment of the highway. Ila 130.0-30.1 Mahauli 16 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 3 by realignment of the highway. 118 32.8 -3 8.0 Purwamir 137 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 82 by realignmentof the highway. IIB 36.7-36.9 Kodia 59 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced I______to 27 by realignment of the highway. I B {37.4-38.0 Abhaypur 16 families to be affected. Number of affected families reduced to 9 by realignment of the highway. [Va Raja Talab- 27 families living in residential structureare Shifting centreline both in the north Mohansarai getting affected. and south sides to reduce the number of affected families to 9. IVA Ganjkhwaja 15 families living in residential structures Shifting centreline followinginward are gettingaffected. saved structures on both sides and reduced affected families to 3. IVA Bichiyakala, 240 families residing on both sides of the Central widening as well as shifting Chandauli, road getting affected. centre line on the north side enabled Lilapur + reduction in the number of affected Bisurichuraha families to 159. IVA Naubatpur 259 families residingin this area are getting Marginal saving of structuresby affected. central widening and shifting of centre line on the north side wherever feasible. Affected families reduced to 240. IVA Durgawat 29 families are getting affected. Central widening and shifting of centre line on the north side has helpedin reducing the numberof affected families to 17. IVC Suara-Dehri 338 families residing in this area are getting Central widening has helped in affected. saving structures. The number of affected families reduced to 140. VC r Sonenagar- 49 families residing in this area are getting Shifted centreline both north and Barun affected. south side to save structures and thereby reduced numberof affected families to 42. Lea Associafes 3-7 Package Chainage Critical Zone Problems Identified and Structures Mitigation Measures taken by (km) Getting Affected Design Alignment VB 249-254 Dhanua 39 families and 1 mosque are getting Changingalignment from south to Chordaha affected. north side the mosque has been saved and number of affected families reduced to 14. VB 275-277 Singhrawan 124 families will be affected due to provision Width of service road reduced to of full width service road and green belt. 4.5m from 5.5m, width of median reduced to 1.5m from 3.5m and the green belt has been eliminated with the provision of the raised carriageway.This has helped reducing number of affected families to 5 only. VB 281-286 Barhi 260 families of Barhi, Ujjaina and Konra A 5km long bypass has been villages gettingaffected. provided to reduce the number of affected families to 16. VB 306-309 Barkatha 128 families are getting affected due to the Width of service road reduced to provisionof full width service road and 4.5m from 5.5m, width of median green belt. reduced to 1.5m from 3.5m and green belt has been eliminatedwith the provision of the raised carriageway.This has helped reducing number of affected families to 22. Source: RAP Reports, Packages I to V, GTRP. Lea Associates 3-8 4. METHODS AND SURVEYS 4.1 OUTLINE To prepare the RAP, social impact assessment had been carried out on the basis of primary data collected, consultation with the stakeholders and information from secondary sources. Socio-economic baseline survey and census survey questionnaires had been prepared to collect information. Information had also been collected through focus-group discussions and -interactive PRA methods. In some cases (in Packages IA, IB and IC) separate scheduleshad been used for eliciting gender related information in addition to questionnaires mentioned above. These schedules helped in understanding the gender dimension of the impact of land acquisition and women's access to and control over the resources; their practical and strategic needs. Information was collected on the socio-economic and demographic profile of the affected villages. The village profiles included information on the infrastructure facilities, institutional mechanisms and power structure within the villages including gender equity factors, and women's role, relationshipand status in the villages at present. Public consultation was considered to be an extremely important process and the RAP was prepared on the basis of people's perceptionsabout the project impacts and felt needs. 4.2 RECONNAISSANCE Teams comprising of social scientists, engineers and environmental planners undertook reconnaissanceof all the contract package road stretches.The purposeof the reconnaissance was to have an overview of the likely extent of impact on people because of the impending developmentof the highway. 4.3 DATA FROM SECONDARYSOURCES Secondary sources of information such as the District Census Handbooks and District Gazetteers (of the districts of Uttar Pradesh and Bihar, traversed by the GTRP) had been examined. Understandingwas created about the physical, social, economic, and cultural set-up of the project area before undertakingdetailed field investigations. 4.4 VERIFICATIONEXERCISE Strip plans of the project road and the details of RoW were collected from NHAI. The sample format was field tested and perfected for wider use and application. Field teams comprised of social and environmental planners,field investigators,economists, and engineers. At times, the Distnct Level Authoritieswere on the team to facilitate the data verificationexercises. The format was used to record relevant information on squattersand encroachers. Verification exercises included collection of information on owner/occupant of the structures, type of the structures, building uses, approximate dimensions and locations within the RoW. Similarly, agricultural encroachmentswere also recorded. LeaAssociates 4-1 The legal boundaries of the RoW provided the basis for identifyingand enumeratingthe number of project affected persons. The verification exercises and consultationshave largely helped to modify the design, thus minimising negative impacts. Accordinglythe strip maps were updated. Also the PAPs (as per modifications in the designs) were identifiedand considered for further surveys. 4.5 THE CENSUS A census was carried out to ensure that all impacted persons are identified so that the entitlements could be worked out and budgeted. The Col was the most important parameter in determining the number of PAPs. Removing the encroachersand the squatters from the RoW does not guarantee that they would not reoccupy the area. Therefore, all estimations were limited to the Col only. The census was conductedthrough door-to-doorpersonal interviews.The census questionnaire was pre-tested (see Annexure 5.1 through 5.3 for details of the census questionnaires).Each and every structure within the Col was measured. The location, size and shape, type of construction of the structures were recorded.For the squatters, only a count was taken'. Names of the owners, addresses, possessionof legal documents (if any, towards the claim of property), tenure status, and the possible project inducedlosses were recorded. Informationabout the structure of the household/ family, occupation,literacy level, income and other social information to determine whether the households were to be categorized as vulnerable (for special considerations under the entitlement framework of the project) was collected. Revenue records were used for verifications of legal RoW and boundaries of private property likely to be within Col. Assets such as boundary wall, public property and institutionswere also recorded. With the completion of final designs for the project, only those within the actual Col had been considered eligible for entitlementunder the project. 4.6 SOCIO-ECONOMICBASELINE SURVEY A socio-economicsurvey was conductedon 25% of the PAPs to provide a database to develop indicators for the monitoring and evaluation of the RAP. Selection of the stratified samples was based on of the categoryof losses (as per the census). The baseline socio-economicsurvey includedthe following: * Maps of the project area. * Analysis of social structure and income resourcesof PAPs. * Inventories of the resources, which the PAPs use, as well as data on the systems of economic production. * The relationship of the PAPs to other local groups. This also includes production and marketing activities in which the PAPs are engaged. The entitlement framework of the project provides assistance but no compensationfor the illegal buildings or occupation. Therefore, measurements of the structure were unnecessary. LeaAssociates 4-2 Limitations of the Surveys In Package IIB, the design consultants(Sverdrup Civil Inc., et al) enlisted some limitations of the study. These are: * The investigators, in spite of sending prior intimation to the agricultural landholders, could not find the targeted responders.Therefore, only physical data about landholdings were collected. These physical data were later reconciled with the relevant information collected from land record offices of the respective districts. * Despite all efforts to make people aware about the purpose of the survey, there were a few who refused to provide details. In such cases, help of local leaders also sought. However, where there was total lack of cooperation, information could be collected related to the physicalstatus of the structures only. 4.7 CONSULTATIONS Consultations were undertaken to disseminate information about project to the potentially affected people, and to incorporate their views and suggestions in the RAP as well as the design. Consultations were carried out in 3 levels. These were at the district level and village level (focus group discussions), and the state level (public hearing and the stakeholders' consultationstook place). The locations for consultationsessions were finalised depending on the number of households potentially impacted, the magnitude of public properties to be impacted, etc. Investigators consulted individuals who belong to different social groups. These local consultations helpedto finalise various issues such as the location of proposed bus shelters and truck lay-byes, conservationof religious/culturalstructures, possible realignments,etc. Different social groups were consulted based on the sample size decided for the socio- economic surveys. Focus group discussions were held with women, SC, ST and other vulnerable and non-vulnerablegroups. This enabled the RAP to be suitable to the needs of the communityand the impacted groups. The objective of the district level consultations was to build awareness about the project amongst the people, district level administration and NGOs, and to enlist their support in preparationand implementationof the project. The state level consultations included consultations with representatives of key project stakeholders and organisations such as the Tribal Development Board, the Truckers' Association, State Planning Board and several others, on various related issues. Lea Associales 4-3 5. SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF THE PROJECT AREA The socio-economicand demographicprofile of the states and districts, traversed by the GTRP, had been appraised to develop an understanding-of the socio-cultural,political and economic dimensions of the affected areas. This also had helped to determine the nature of macro-level impacts due to the project. Geographical area, population and growth thereof, density and distribution of population, employment! occupation pattern, etc., were studied. These parameters reflect the stress and demandon infrastructure and other associated problemsof development. The other indicators of social characteristics studied included gender ratio, immigration/ emigration, the cultural factors, the political organisation, literacy levels, income and the social and economic status of the disadvantagedgroups. 5.1 PROFILEOF THE AREA The total stretch of the GTRP traverses from Agra to Dhanbad in the 3 states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Jharkhand'. Bihar and Jharkhand together comprise of about 30% of the GTRP stretches,while about 70% of GTRP is in UP (refer Table 5.1). Table 5.1: Location of GTRP Stretches Contract Description Length District State Package (km) I - A Agra- Shikohabad 50.840 Agra, Firozabad Uttar Pradesh I -B Shikohabad- Etawah Bypass (start) 59.020 Firozabad, Etawah Uttar Pradesh I - C Etawah bypass (end)- Bhognipur 72.825 Etawah, Kanpur (Rural) Uttar Pradesh 11- B Bhaunti - Fatehpur Border 51.330 Kanpur (Urban) Uttar Pradesh IV -A Raja Talab - Mohania 76.100 Varanasi (UP), Rohtas Uttar Pradesh (63.3km); (Bihar) Bihar (12.8km) IV -C Sasaram bypass 31.100 Rohtas Bihar V- B Raniganj - Barakatha 81.570 Gaya (Bihar), Hazanbag Bihar (11.5km); Jharkhand I (Jharkhand) (70.07km) Of the total 422.78km length of GTRP, length in Uttar Pradesh = 297.315km (70.3%); length in Bihar = 55.4km (13.1%); length in Jharkhand = 70.07km (16.6%). Source: NHAI, 2000. All the three states are known to be comparatively backward states of India. The socio- economic and development indices are low. Low literacy rates, comparatively lower income ranges and high populationgrowth rates are characteristicsof these states. Urbanisation is also comparatively lower in all 3 states. However, there are pockets of relative resources. Also, the development potential of these 3 states are high. UP is the highest producer of food grains and sugar in the country. Jharkhand has about 40% of all mineral deposits in India. Substantialindustrial infrastructurealso exists in all the 3 states. The state of Jharkhand had recently (15 November2000) been carved out of Bihar. LeaAssociates 5-1 The foilowing sub-sections describe in further detail, the socio-economic and development status of the states. As Jharkhand is a newly created state, no separate aggregate data is available. Therefore, for the description below, the data about Bihar includes those for Jharkhand also. S Uttar Pradesh Uttar Pradeshis the most populous state of India. It has a geographicalarea of 294,411 kM2, 68 districts, 702 urban centres and a population of 139 million (16.4% of the populationof India) according to the 1991 Census. Kanpur is one of the most densely populated cities (more than 2000 persons/kM2). Scheduled Castes 29.6% of the population, which is the highest in the country. The gender ratio is 879 females per 1000 males. The literacy rate is 41.6%, one of the lowest in India (55.7% among men and 25.3% among women). Uttar Pradesh also has a low per capita domestic production (at Rs. 2866 it is one of the lowest in the country). The average landholding size in the state is less than 0.5ha. With increasing population and with most of the land holdings being uneconomical, a majority of the population works as landless labourers and survive at subsistence level. An estimated 41% people are living below the poverty line in the state. Women are further vulnerable and are disproportionately represented. Uttar Pradesh (UP) is the largest producer of food grains in India, with a production of 38.9 million tonnes as against the nationalfigure of 185 million tonnes. 9 Bihar (and Jharkhand) Bihar is the eighth largest state in India in terms of geographicalarea (173,800km2). The state has 42 districts (18 of which comprise Jharkhand now), and 271 urban centres. Bihar is the second most populous state in the country (at 86.4 million, which is 10.2% of the populationof India in 1991). The state has a very high population density (497 persons/kM2). The state is predominantly rural (only 13.1% of the population lives in urban areas). Scheduled Castes and ScheduledTribes constitute 14.6% and 7.7% of the population, respectively.The gender ratio is 911 females per thousand males. Literacy rate is 38,5%, which is much below the national average. The literacy rates among male and female population are 52.5% and 22.9%, respectively. Agriculture is the mainstay of livelihood in Bihar and above 80% of the workforce is engaged in agricultural pursuits. Among them 43.6% are cultivators while 37.1% work as agricultural labourers. The erstwhile South Bihar or the new state of Jharkhand now, is known for its mineral resources. An estimated 40% of all mineral deposits in India occur in this area. The major minerals are coal, bauxite, mica and iron, etc. Almost all major industries in Eastern India in particular, and other parts of the country in general depend upon this area for raw material and fuel. 5.1.1 DEMOGRAPHY The demographicfeature of UP, Bihar (and Jharkhand), and all the districts traversed by GTRP has been provided in Table 5.2. Overall, the area is densely populated.Varanasi is the most populous district in the project area (4.8 million persons), whereas Auriya is the least populous (157,093 persons). In Etawah, the male population (66.2%) is about twice the female population (38.3%). On the other hand, LeaAssociates 5-2 'Z C7 Hazaribag in Bihar has a more equitable female population (gender ratio at 932 females per thousand males). Table 5.2: Population and Gender Ratio (1991) State/District Male Female Total Male % Female % Sex Ratio Uttar Pradesh 74035125 65076875 139112000 53.22 46.78 879.00 Agra 1515535 1235465 2751000 55.09 44.91 815.20 Firozabad 841614 691386 1533000 54.90 45.10 821.50 Mainpuri N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. Etawah 1406750 813875 2125000 66.20 38.30 578.55 Auriya 86547 70545 157093 55.09 44.91 815.11 Kanpur Dehat 1160758 977242 2138000 54.29 45.71 841.90 Kanpur Nagar 1325728 1092759 2418487 54.82 45.18 824.27 Varanasi 2563848 2296734 4860582 52.75 47.25 895.82 Chandauli NA NA NA NA NA NA Bihar 45202000 41172000 96374000 46.90 42.72 910.84 Rohtas 1534035 1366650 2900685 52.89 47.11 890.89 Bhabhua NA NA NA NA NA Hazaribagh 1472000 1372000 2844000 51.76 48.24 932.07 57108815 51088656 118101847 48.36 43.26 894.58 Source. District Census Handbooks, 1991. Note: Districts Mainpuri, Chandauliand Bhabua were created after 1991 and thereforeno census data is available. 5.1.2 POPULATION GROWTH Table 5.3 gives the populationgrowth rates for UP, Bihar and all the districts in the project area. The growth of population in UP was very high (25.5%) during 1981-91, and that of Bihar was comparable (23.5%). UP, Bihar and Jharkhand are 3 of the highest population growth states in the country (others are Rajasthanand Madhya Pradesh). Table 5.3: PopulationGrowth Rates (1981-1991) StatelDistricts Growth Rate State/Districts Growth Rate Uttar Pradesh 25.48 Bihar 23.54 Agra 16.65 Rohtas 23.58 Firozabad 18.06 Bhabhua NA Mainpuri NA Hazaribagh 21.46 Etawah 21.90 Auraiya 17.33 Source: District Census Handbooks, 1991. Kanpur Dehat 18.40 Note: Districts Mainpuri, Chandauliand Bhabua Kanpur Nagar 23.94 were created after 1991 and therefore, no census data is available. Varanasi 31.33 Chandauii NA LeaAssociates 5-3 The rate of population growth has shown marginal declining trend in the last two decades, but are still very high and it is estimated that these states will achieve zero population growth 50- 100 years later than most of the other parts of the country (between 2065-2100AD). District- wise, Varanasi had the highest population growth rate (31.3%) whereas that of Agra was the lowest (16.7%). 5.1.3 POPULATIONDENSITY AND URBANISATION Population density of UP and Bihar is 473 and 497, respectively. District-wise, the density of population is very high in Kanpur Nagar (2271) and Varanasi (955). Urbanisation is lowest in Kanpur Dehat District (5.7%) followed by Rohtas (10.1%). Kanpur Nagar is the most urbanised district (84.2%% of populationliving in the urban areas) followed by Agra. Refer Table 5.4. Table 5.4: Densityof Populationand Urbanisation(1991) State/Districts Rural Population Urban Total Urbanisation Population Density Population Population (personslkm2 ) Uttar Pradesh 111,506,000 27,606,000 139,112,000 19.84 473 Agra 1640,000 1,111,000 2,751,000 40.39 683 Firozabad 1,125,000 408,000 1,533,000 26.61 649 Mainpuri NA . NA NA NA NA Etawah 1,791,000 334,000 2,125,000 15.72 474 Kanpur Dehat 2,016,000 122,000 2,138,000 5.71 418 Kanpur Nagar 381,154 2,037,333 2,418,487 84.24 2271 Varanasi 3,538,334 1,322,248 4,860,582 27.20 955 Chandauli NA NA NA NA NA Bihar 75,021,000 11,353,000 86,374,000 13.14 497 Rohtas 2,606,489 294,196 2,900,685 10.14 498 Bhabhua NA NA NA NA NA Hazaribagh 2,330,000 514,000 2,844,000 18.07 167 Source: District Census Handbooks, 1991. Note: Districts Mainpuri, Chandauli and Bhabua were created after 1991 and thereby no data is available. 5.1.4 POPULATIONCOMPOSITION Hindus (more than 80%) and Muslims (about 15%) are the most predominant religious groups. Other religious groups present in the project area are Christians, Sikhs, Jains and Buddhists. In Bihar, a tribal groups following Swarna religion are also found (about 1.6% of the state's population).Table 5.5 shows the distributionof religiousgroups in the states of UP and Bihar. Table 5.5: PopulationDistribution by Religion(1991) State Hindu Muslim Swarna Others Population % Population % Population % Population % (in'000) (in'000) (in'000) (in'000) UP 113,712 81.74 24,108 17.33 - - 1,271 0.92 Bihar 71,193 82.42 12,787 14.81 1,417 1.64 944 1.10 Source: Census, 1991. Note: Others include Christians, Sikhs, Jains and Buddhists. LeaAssociates 5-4 12 G= Scheduled caste (SC) and scheduled tribe (ST)2 population is considered socio-economically the most disadvantagedpopulation groups in India. Other disadvantagedpopulation groups are known as the Backward Classes (BC), Other Backward Classes (OBC), and More Other Backward Classes (MOBC)3, etc. The government of India and the state governments follow a policy of positive discriminationwith regard to the SCs and the STs since 1950, and with regard to the BCs/OBCs/MOBCssince during 1980-92. Both UP and Bihar (and Jharkhand4) has a significant share of SC and ST population (refer Table 5.6). The SCs and the STs constitute about 22% of the populationof Bihar. The 3 states also have a substantial share of BC/OBCIMOBCpopulation (estimated at about 40% of the total population). Table 5.6: Populationof SC and ST (1991) State SC (in'00) ST (in'000) SCto Total STto Total Total Male Female Total Male Female Population(%) Population Bihar 12572 6570 6002 6617 3358 3259 14.55 7.66 UP 29276 - 287 21.04 0.21 Source: Census, 1991 5.1.5 LITERACY The literacy rate for UP and Bihar (including Jharkhand) were 41.6% and 38.5% respectively and were much below the nationalaverage (52.2%) in 1991. Women's literacy is very low in the states. Table 5.7 shows district-wise literacy rates. In all districts, female literacy is very low, except in Kanpur Dehat, where it (62.9%)is comparablewith male literacy rate (50.7%). Table 5.7: Literacy Rates (1991) State/Districts Mal FemaFe%) Total (4) State/Districts Male (%) Female (%) Total uttar Pradesh 55.73 25.31 41.6 Bihar 52.50 22.90 38.5 Agra 63.10 30.80 Rohtas 61.50 27.00 45.4 Firozabad 59.80 29.80 Bhabhua NA NA NA Mainpuri N.A. N.A. N.A. Hazaribagh 73.20 26.80 29.78 Etawah 66.20 38.30 Auriya 66.50 37.80 KanpurDehat 50.70 62.90 Source: District CensusHandbooks, 1991. Note: Districts Mainpuri,Chandauli and Bhabuawere created Kanpur Nagar NA NA NA after 1991 and thereforeno data is available. Varanasi 64.40 28.90 47.7 Chandauli NA NA NA 2 The population groups comprising the scheduled castes and the scheduled tribes are listed in the Eighth Schedule of the Constitutionof India. 3 The state governments identify the BC/ OBC/ MOBC populationgroups for the respective states, based on establishedprocedures. A group of population considered backward in one state may not be necessarilyrecognised as backward in another state. 4 The state of Jharkhand has been created, in fact, as an outcome of the policy of promoting ethnic-tribalrights of self-determination(followed in India since 1965). z , Lea Associates 5-5 : 5.1.6 OCCUPATIONALPATTERN AND WORK FORCE PARTICIPATIONRATES Majority of the workers in UP and Bihar (including Jharkhand) are occupied in agricultural pursuits. Important occupations are agricultural labour, livestock rearing, mining and quarrying, construction works etc. Table 5.8 gives the distributionof main workers and marginal workers among the total workers of UP and Bihar. The table also gives the rural-urban distribution of workers. Table 5.8: Distributionof Workers (1991) Statel Rural/ TotalWorkers (%) Main Workers (%) MarginalWorkers (%) Urban Total Male Female Total Male Female Total Male Female UP 53.7 82.9 20.8 49.7 82.5 12.6 4.1 0.4 8.1 Rural 56.1 84.9 24-0 51.2 84.4 14.2 4.9 0 5 9.8 Urban 44.9 75.7 7.9 44.0 75.5 6.3 0.9 0.2 1.7 Bihar 32.2 47.9 14.9 29.7 47.6 10.0 2.5 0.3 4.9 Rural 33.2 48.9 16.3 30.4 48.5 10.8 2.8 0.3 5.5 Urban 25.1 41.9 5.1 24.6 41.7 4.3 0.5 0.2 0.8 Soturce:Census, 1991. Note: Figures give the share of workers in different category among the total population. Marginal workers are those who find work for less than 6 months in a year. People finding work for more than 6 months in a year are considered main workers. In the rural areas, there is substantialmarginal employment.This is due to the over-dependence on "primary sector' activities. Agriculture is the mainstay of the economy, but due to the absence of adequate irrigation facilities, productive season is limited. An estimated 30 per cent of the total land available for cultivation is under double cropping.Three or four crops in a year are very rare. The work force participation rates for the two states and the districts are given in Table 5.9. District-wise, the participation rate is found to be highest in Varanasi (53.80%) and Firozabad (50.76%), whereas the lowest participationrate is found in Agra (23.40%). Table 5.9: Work Force ParticipationRate State/District WorkForce State/District WorkForce ParticipationRate (%) ParticipationRate (%) uttar Pradesh 53.7 Bihar 32.20 Agra 23.40 Rohtas 29.50 Firozabad 50.76 Bhabhua N.A. Mainpuri N.A. Hazaribagh 33.30 Etawah 27.34 Auriya N.A. Source:District Census Handbooks, 1991. Note:Districts Mainpuri, Chandauli and Bhabua were KanpurDehat 29.11 createdafter 1991 and thereby no data is available. KanpurNagar 26.70 Varanasi 53.80 Chandauli N.A. The high workforce participation rate in UP also indicates the phenomenon of "under- employment". Most of the non-primarysector employment in UP is in the unorganisedsector. In Bihar (and Jharkhand), there is relativelymore employmentin the organised industrial activities. 5-6 LeaAssociates 5.2 ANALYSISOF THE CENSUS DATA This analysisis basedon the cut-offdate for entitlementsassigned in the project.(The cut-off date for the non-titleholdersis the start of censusand socio-economicsurvey. For titleholders, the cut-offdate is the date of legalnotification under section 3(a) of the NationalHighways Act and/orunder section 4(i) of the LandAcquisition Act.) Despitethe caretaken to enumeratethe numberof PAPs,there might be a marginof error in the census.Therefore, this analysisis basedon theprovisional estimates of PAPs. Table 5.10 giveswiththe distributionof people affected by GTRP (for further details, see Annexure1 of the individualRAP reports for GTRP). Table 5.10: Distributionof Affected Population Package No. of PAPs No. of PAFs No. of PDPs No. of PDFs IA 1,777 1,215 1.050 643 IB 1,893 1,713 713 437 IC 2,118 1,764 1,605 833 11B 4,268 1,347 3,764 1,028 IVA 3,669 1,089 2,780 842 IVC 14,833 3,851 9,780 2,772 VB 1,285 176 413 59 Total 29,843 11,155 20,105 6,614 Source:RAP Reports, Package I to V, GrandTrunk Road Project Figure5.1: Distributionof the ProjectAffected and Displaced Population 16,000 ElNo. of PAPs ENo.of PAFs w- 14,000 0 '1 12,000 ONo.of PDPs 3No of PDFs ___l_|__ CL~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 10,000 __l U, = 8,000 - 6,000 0 4.00 E z 2000OO_ PackageI- PackageI- PackageI- Package Package Package Package A B C Il-B IV-A Iv-C V-B Although 11,155 families would be impacted by the GTRP, less than 60 per cent of them would be actually displaced. The number of affected persons is 29,483 while that of the displaced persons 20,105 (68.2% of the total affected persons). Size of the displaced families (3 persons per family) is significantly higher than that of the affected families (2.6 persons per family) who are not displaced (consists of squatters and encroachers, mainly). Package IV-C would impact 3851 families, and about 72 per cent of them would be displaced. Package V-B has the LeaAssociates 5-7 7 minimum displacement requirement(59 families) and has the minimum impact (on another 117 families). See also Figure 5.1. 5,2.1 PROFILE OF THE AFFECTED PEOPLE Tables 5.11 through 5.21 show the distribution of affected and displaced families by socio- economic categories like Scheduled Caste (SC), Scheduled Tribe (ST), people below poverty line (BPL), women headed household(WHH) and groups comprised of high caste Hindus and other religious groups (Others), etc. Tables 5.12 through 5.16 deal with the families who will be impacted by acquisition of land, residence and commercial structures along with assets other than these. Tables 5.17 through 5.21 deal with the families those who would be displaced. Table 5.11: Distributionof the PAFs and the PDFs |______PROJECT AFFECTED FAMILIES PROJECT DISPLACED FAMILIES CD X X a i 7- *Q E2 4 EU,( S ~~~~~~0,., o E ' o , n a E _E XEE 05 ~~ ~~~~oU 0) 0 4) + + I-A 742 36 383 54 1,215 236 22 370 15 643 (61.07) (2.96) (31.52) (4.44) (100.00) (36.70) (3.42) (57.54) (2.33) (100.00) I-B 1,159 187 342 25 1,713 269 61 97 10 437 (67.66) (10.92) (19.96) (1.46) (100.00) (61.56) (13.96) (22.20) (2.29) (100.00) I-C 781 349 549 85 1,764 500 149 143 41 8833 (44.27) (19.78) (31.12) (4.82) (100.00) (60.02) (17.89) (17.17) (4.92) (100.00) l1-B 76 316 811 126 18 1,347 17 270 655 72 14 1,020 (5.64) (23.46) (60.21) (9.35) (1.34) (100.00) (1.65) (26.26) (63.72) (7.00) (1.36) (100.00) IV-A 654 193 204 38 1,089 452 156 198 36 842 (60.06) (17.72) (18.73) (3.49) (100.00) (53.68) (18.53) (23.52) (4.28) (100.00) IV-C 3,674 35 135 7 3,851 2,676 9 84 3 2,772 (95.40) (0.91) (3.51) (0.18) (100.00) (96.54) (0.32) (3.03) (0.11) (100.00) V-B 20 59 29 68 176 10 13 12 24 59 (11.36) (33.52) (16.48) (38.64) (100.00) (16.95) (22.03) (20.34) (40.68) - (100.00) Total 7,106 1,175 2,453 403 18 11,155 4,160 680 1,559 201 14 6,614 (63.70) (10.53) (21.99) (3.61) (0.16) (100.00) (62.90) (10.28) (23.57) (3.04) (0.21) (100.00) Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, GTRP. Note:Figures in parenthesisindicate the %ageshare among the respectivetotals. Most of the impacts of the project are on agricultural properties. Overall, the distribution of impacts remains similar for both the displaced and non-displaced (but otherwise affected) people. In Packages Il-B and V-B, impacts on agricultural properties is comparatively less, and are more on predominantlyresidential (PackageV-B) or predominantlycommercial (Package II- B) properties. In Package IV-C, the impacts on agricultural properties are major, and on others, it is negligible.Other Packageshave the distribution similar to that of overall. This suggests that there is a trade-off between impactingagricultural land on one side, and residential/commercial properties on the other. Package IV-C is a best illustrationof this trade-off. In order to minimise impacts on the residential/commercialproperties within the built-up area of Sasaram, a bypass Lea Associates 5-8 C g1_ has been provided, consequently impacting a large number of agricultural plots (refer Table 5.11). Figures 5.2 & 5.3: Distributionof the Project Affected and the Project DisplacedFamilies by Type of Impact Fig. 5.2: Distribution of Affected Families Fig. 5.3: Distribution of Displaced Families 4,000 * Others *Others 3,500 . lResidential +Cornmerciall 3.500 | Residential +Commercial : Commercial l~~~~~~~~~ I Commercialc 3,000 * Residential _ __ 3 0 Residential EAgrcultural I Agricultural . 2,500 . _ .5_0 _ _ - - L1 2,000 c 2,000 _ _ _ _ . _ ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~LL'.L 2.000 - ___ 0)~~~~~~~~~~~~~ E _ 73 1,500 .E __. ..,00 iitl ,iz £ 500~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 0 Packages I-A I-B I-C Il-B IV-A IV-C V-B I-A lB lC II. I It is apparent that the impacts on residential propertieshave been adequately minimised. This is very significant considering that the GTRP stretches pass through densely built-up areas, on either side of the road. Impacts on the commercial areas have also been minimised similarly (see Figures 5.2 and 5.3). Table 5.12: Distributionof Affected Families - Agriculture WHH SC ST BPL Others Total Families Package - No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 16 2.16 118 15.90 2 0.27 160 21.56 446 60.11 742 100.00 I B 38 3.28 168 14.50 - - 153 13.20 800 69.03 1,159 100.00 I C 37 4.74 - - 1 0.13 109 13.96 634 81.18 781 100.00 11B - - 1 1.32 - 75 98.68 76 100.00 IVA - 12 1.83 18 2.75 624 95.41 654 100.00 VCC - 510 13.88 - - 1,024 27.87 2,140 58.25 3,674 100.00 V B 2 10.00 3 15.00 1 5.00 3 15.00 11 55.00 20 100.00 Total 93 1.31 800 11.26 16 0.23 1,467 20.64 4,730 66.56 7,106 100.00 Source:RAP Reports, Package I to V, GrandTrunk Road Project Note:Titleholders, tenants and non-title holders are clubbedtogether for eachcategory. Among the agricultural families affected, 93 are woman-headed. Almost all the woman headed families are in Package I (A, B and C). Scheduled tribes are also marginally present, mostly in 5-9 Lea Associates Package IV-A only. In the areas (or districts) with comparativelyhigher ST population, such as in Rohtas and Hazaribag (in Bihar and Jharkhand),no ST family is being affected with regard to agricultural properties. This signifies either the ST populationdo not have agricultural properties close to the road, or the ST families in the vicinity of the NH-2 do not have agricultural properties at all. SC population affected by impacts on agricultural properties is also not very large (refer Table 5.12). Only 2 ST families are affected with regard to impact on the residential property (in Package V- B only). Woman headed families and the SC families together, and the poor families on the other side, each constitute about one-fourth of the people affected by impact on residential property (refer Table 5.13). Table 5.13: Distributionof Affected Families- Residential WHH SC ST BPL Others TotalFamilies No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 4 11.11 1 2.78 11 30.56 20 55.56 36 100.00 I B 17 9.09 51 27.27 35 18.72 84 44.92 187 100.00 IC 4 1.15 - - 137 39.26 208 59.60 349 100.00 11B 130 41.14 82 25.95 53 16.77 51 16.14 316 100.00 IVA - - 8 4.15 48 24.87 137 70.98 193 1C00.00 Iv C - - 5 14.29 5 14.29 25 71.43 35 100.00 V B 9 15.25 2 3.39 2 3.39 6 10.17 40 67.80 59 100.00 Total 164 13.96 149 12.68 2 0.17 295 25.11 565 48.09 1,175 100.00 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, GrandTrunk RoadProject Note Title holders, tenants and non-title holders are clubbedtogether for each category. Like the families affected by impact on agricultural properties, only one-third of the families affected due to impact on the commercialproperties belong to the vulnerablegroups. Unlike the former, the vulnerable families affected due to impacts on commercial property include sizable number of woman headed families and ST families. This is interesting.The low impact on these groups with regard to the agricultural properties may be attributed to low property ownership (of these groups). The higher numbers of such groups in the 'commercial' category again is an indicator of low property ownership, and not of having a representative share in commercial properties. The commercial properties enumerated include a large number of small roadside kiosks5 (average about lmXlmx2m boxlike semi-permanent or temporary structures selling petty roadside consumables, such as cigarette, tobacco, etc.). These are marginal commercial activities, are informal and do operate without licensing. It appears that most of the vulnerable group families enumerated in Table 5.14 operate such roadside kiosks, in absence of any other sustainable source of livelihood (including meaningful agricultural activity). The roadside kiosks (semi-permanentor temporarystructures) are worth Rs.5000 on the average, and can be as low 5 Three-fourth of the families affected due to impact on commercial properties are non- titleholders, of whom 58% are squatter commercial structures, essentially meaning the roadside kiosks engaged in petty commercial activities. In the EntitlementFramework of GTRP, mobile vendors licensed to operate in fixed locations are also treated equivalentto the roadside kiosks. The other non-titleholderfamilies engaged in commercial activities and affected by the project are the encroachers and the tenants. While encroachers are defined as the families owning abutting land or property, the tenants are clearly the families who are not expectedto own properties,not at the roadside, at the least. 5-1- LeaAssociates 5- 1 0 as Rs.2000 (these are squatters and do not own the land they squat on). Owning such structures, therefore is an indicationof the lack of property,and consequently,livelihood. Table 5.14: Distributionof Affected Families- Commercial WHH SC ST BPL Others Total Families Package r No. % No. % No. % . No. I % No. I % No. % I A 3 0.7B 70 18.28 2 0.52 68 17.75 240 62.66 383 100.00 I8 16 4.68 46 13.45 - - 115 33.63 165 48.25 342 100.00 I C 15 2.73 - - 22 4.01 152 27.69 360 65.57 549 100.00 11B 51 6.29 90 11.10 6 0.74 141 17.39 523 64.49 811 100.00 IV A - - 10 4.90 4 1.96 45 22.06 145 71.08 204 100.00 Iv C 12 8.89 - 6 4.44 117 86.67 135 100.00 V B 1 3.45 1 3.45 1 3.45 26 89.66 29 100.00 Total 85 3.47 229 9.34 35 1.43 528 21.52 1,576 64.25 2,453 100.00 Source:RAP Reports, Package I to V, GrandTrunk Road Project Note: Titleholders, tenants and non-title holdersare clubbedtogether for each category. About 3.5% of the total project affected families are affected due to the impact on their building structures, which are residentialbut have commercialextensions. Thirty per cent of them belong to the vulnerable groups. There is no vulnerable family among the families affected due to the impact on residential-cum-commercialproperties in Packages IV-A and IV-C (refer Table 5.15). Overall, this is a trend more akin to the families affected due to impact on residential structures (refer Table 5.13). Most (281 out of 403, or about 70%) of the residential-cum-commercial structures belong to the titleholders,and the predominantuse is that of residences.This again show that the relative absence of the vulnerablegroup populationin property ownership. Table 5.15: Distributionof Affected Families- Residential-cum-Commercial WHH SC ST BPL Others Total Families No. % No. % No. % No. % No.I % No. % IA 5 9.26 1 1.85 15 27.78 33 61.11 54 100.00 I B 4 16.00 - - 7 28.00 14 56.00 25 100.00 I C - 8- 9.41 24 28.24 53 62.35 85 100.00 11B 20 15.87 6 4.76 1 0.79 12 9.52 87 69.05 126 100.00 IVA ------38 100.00 38 100.00 IV - -r 7 100.00 7 100.00 V B 2 2.94 2 2.94 3 4.41 8 11.76 53 77.94 68 100 00 Total 22 5.46 17 4.22 13 3.23 66 16.38 285 70.72 403 100.00 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project Note: Title holders, tenants and non-title holders are clubbed together for each category. Only 18 families lose (or are impacted by the impact on) properties other than agricultural, residential,commercial, or the combinationof the later two. All of them are in Package Il-B (see Table 5.16). The distribution among the vulnerableand the non-vulnerablegroups are similar to that of the families affected due to the impact on agricultural properties. However, these properties are all expected to be low-value property, and hence do not deviate from the overall pattern of property ownership. 5-11 LeaAssociates 5-1 1 =C J7 Table 5.16: Distributionof Affected Families- Other Properties WHH SC ST BPL Others Total Families Package_ No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 1 5 2 1 1 1 6 6 18 IC l1B 1 5.56 2 11.11 - - 3 16.67 12 66.67 18 100.00 IVA ------ V B Total 1 5.56 2 11.11 3 16.67 12 66.67 18 100.00 Source: RAP Reports,Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project Note: Titleholders, tenants and non-title holdersare clubbed together for each category. With regard to the agricultural properties (see Table 5.12), compared to the affected families, the displaced families have a slightly higher share of vulnerable group population (see Table 5.17). The share of the displaced families among the affected families is higher for the SC, ST and BPL families. Table 5.17: Distributionof DisplacedFamilies - Agriculture WHH SC ST BPL Others Total Families Package-- No. % No. % No. % No. | % No. % No. % IA 9 3.81 46 19.49 - 48 20.34 133 56.36 236 100.00 I B - - 39 14.50 - - 51 18.96 179 66.54 269 100.00 I C 31 6.20 57 11.40 1 0.20 74 14.80 337 67.40 500 100.C0 11B _ 17 100.00 17 100.00 IVA 12 2.65 14 3.10 426 94.25 452 100.00 IV C - - 440 16.44 - - 781 29.19 1,455 54.37 2,676 100.00 V B 1 10.00 2 20.00 - 2 20.00 5 50.00 10 100.00 Total 41 0.99 584 14.04 13 0.31 970 23.32 2,552 61.35 4,160 100.00 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project Note: Titleholders, tenants and non-title holders are clubbedtogether for each category. Among the families displaced due to loss of residential structures, the vulnerable group families account for about 45% (see Table 5.18). However,a comparison between Table 5.13 and Table 5.18 indicates that the share of displaced families among the affected families is lower among the vulnerable group vis-a-vis the non-vulnerable group families. Table 5.18: Distributionof DisplacedFamilies - Residential WHH SC ST BPL Others Total Families No. % No. % No. % No. % No. | No. % IA 4 18.18 - | | | 7 31.82 11 50.00 22 100.00 I B 13 21.31 22 36.07 - - 18 29.51 8 13.11 61 100.00 IC 1 0.67 14 9.40 - - 63 42.28 71 47.65 149 100.00 1IB 31 11 48 61 22.59 - | 34 12.59 144 53.33 270 100.00 IVA - | 8 5.13 | | 30 19.23 | 118 75.64 | 156 | 100.00 5-12 LeaAssociates 5-12 TC7 WHH SC ST BPL Others Total Families No. % No. | % No. 0/0 No. % No. % No. % IV C _ _ - 4 44.44 5 55.56 9 100.00 V B 1 7.69 12 92.31 13 100.00 Total 49 7.21 105 15.44 157 23.09 369 54.26 680 100.00 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project Note: Titleholders,tenants and non-titleholders are clubbed together for each category. In contrast to the case of residential properties, there is a slightly higher incidence of displacement for the vulnerable group families (among the affected families) due to the loss of commercial property (see Table 5.14 and 5.19). This is understandable, considering that vulnerable group families run the majority of the roadside kiosks. Table 5.19 however, shows that very few SC, ST or WHH families are being displaced,in absolute terms. Table 5.19: Distribution of Displaced Families - Commercial WHH SC ST BPL Others Total Families Package-- 1 No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 3 0.81 67 18.11 2 0.54 62 16.76 236 63.78 370 100.00 I B 9 9.28 19 19.59 - - 24 24.74 45 46.39 97 100.00 IC 9 6.29 46 32.17 18 12.59 70 48.95 - 143 100.00 11B 51 7.79 70 10.69 2 0.31 112 17.10 420 64.12 655 100.00 IVA - - 10 5.05 4 2.02 41 20.71 143 72.22 198 100.00 ivc 7 8.33 - - 6 7.14 71 84.52 84 100.00 V B 1 8.33 - - - 11 91.67 12 100.00 Total 72 4.62 220 14.11 26 1.67 315 20.211 926 59.40 1,559 100.00 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project Note: Titleholders,tenants and non-title holders are clubbedtogether for each category. In the case of residential-cum-commercialproperties, the distribution of displaced families is similar to the affected families. The incidence of displacement is slightly less among the vulnerablegroup families (see Tables 5.15 and 5.20). Table 5.20: Distribution of Displaced Families - Residential+Commercial Package WHH SC ST BPL Others Total Families No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA - - 5 33.33 1 6.67 7 46.67 2 13.33 15 100.00 I e - - - l 2 20.00 8 80.00 10 100.00 IC - - 13 31.71 1 2.44 15 36.59 12 29.27 41 100.00 II B 20 27.78 6 8.33 1 1.39 7 9.72 38 52.78 72 100.00 IVA ------36 100.00 36 100.00 IVC - - - - - 3 100.00 3 100.00 V B - - 1 4.17 3 12.50 7 29.17 13 54.17 24 100.00 Total 20 9.95 25 12.44 6 2.99 38 18.91 112 55.72 201 100.00 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project Note: Titleholders,tenants and non-title holders are clubbed together for each category. Lea Associates 5-13 C In 14 of the 18 cases of 'other' properties,the affected families will be displaced.While this is a high incidence of displacement, this will occur only in Package Il-B. Displacement among the vulnerablegroup affected families will be a little lower than the non-vulnerablegroup families (refer Table 5.16 and 5.21). Table 5.21: Distributionof DisplacedFamilies - Other Properties WHH SC ST BPL Others Total Families Package___ No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA , _ _ -X - - II B - - 1 7.14 3 21.43 10 71.43 14 100.00 IVA ------ Total - 7.14 - 3 2143l 10 71.43 14 0.0 Source:RAP Reports, Package I to V, GrandTrunk Road Project Note:Titleholders. tenants and non-title holders are clubbed together for eachcategory. The following Tables 5.22 and 5.23 summarises all the tables given above for the affected and the displaced families. Table 5.24 gives the share of displaced families among the affected families (for all kinds of impacts). The ST families are only 66 (about 0.6%) among the 11,155 project affected families. Woman headed families are also small in number. The vulnerable group families are mainly composed of the BPL families (about 21%) and the SC families (about 11%). Vulnerable group families are more predominantin Packages l-(A, B and C), and Il-B. Table 5.22: Distributionof Affected Families- All Families WHH SC ST BPL Others Total Families Package No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 23 1.89 194 15.97 5 0.41 254 20.91 739 60.82 1,215 100.00 IB 71 4.14 269 15.70 - - 310 18.10 1,063 62.05 1,713 100.00 I C 56 3.17 - 31 1.76 422 23.92 1,255 71.15 1,764 100.00 11B 202 15.00 181 13.44 7 0.52 209 15.52 748 55.53 1,347 100.00 IVA - - 18 1.65 16 1.47 111 10.19 944 86.69 1,089 100.00 IV C - - 527 13.68 - - 1,035 26.88 ' 2,289 59.44 3,851 100.00 V B 13 7.39 8 4.55 7 3.98 18 10.23 130 73.86 176 100.00 Total 365 3.27 1,197 10.73 66 0.59 2,359 21.15 7,168 64.26 11,155 100.00 Source:RAP Reports, Package I to V, GrandTrunk Road Project Note.Titleholders, tenants and non-title holders are clubbed together for eachcategory. Overall, the displaced families have low share of ST and WHH families. The number of ST population displaced is only 45; that too dispersed over the entire 422km length of GTRP (about 1 family per 10km). In the tribal district of Hazaribag,there is no ST family to be displaced.This also means that the ST families found in the other Packages are landless worker families (sometimes involved as sharecroppers,but mainly running roadside kiosks or petty businesses). There are 182 WHH families, almost all of them are in Packages l-(A, B and C), and Il-B. The 5-14 LeaAssociates largest number of vulnerable group displaced families6 is in Package IV-C, which is a natural corollary of the maximum number of displacedfamilies there. Table 5.23: Distribution of Displaced Families - All Families WHH SC ST BPL Others Total Families Package_ No. % No. % No. N No. % No. \ % No. % IA 16 2.49 118 18.35 3 0.47 124 19.28 382 59.41 643 100.00 IB 22 5.03 80 18.31 - - 95 21.74 240 54.92 437 100.00 I C 41 4.92 130 15.61 20 2.40 222 26.65 420 50.42 833 100.00 11B 102 9.92 138 13.42 3 0.29 156 15.18 629 61.19 1,028 100.00 IVA - 18 2.14 16 1.90 85 10.10 723 85.87 842 100.00 IV C - - 447 16.13 - - 791 28.54 1,534 55.34 2,772 100.00 V B 1 1.69 4 6.78 3 5.08 10 16.95 41 69.49 59 100.00 Total 182 2.75 935 14.14 45 0.68 1,483 22.42 3,969 60.01 6,614 100.00 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, GrandTrunk Road Project Note: Titleholders,tenants and non-title holders are clubbedtogether for each category. Table 5.24 shows that proportionof the displacedfamilies is slightly higher in the case of the vulnerablegroup families comparedto the non-vulnerablegroup families. The vulnerable group families constitute a major share among the non-titleholders,and consequentlyare more likely to be evicted from the public RoW. Table 5.24: Share of Displaced Families among All Affected Families WHH SC ST BPL Other Total (%) Remark (%) Remark (%) Remark (%) Remark (%) Remark (%) IA 69.57 H 60.82 H 60.00 H 48.82 L 51.69 L 52.92 I B 30.99 H 29.74 H - 30.65 H 22.58 L 25.51 I C 73.21 H - 64.52 H 52.61 H 33.47 L 47.22 11B 50.50 L 76.24 L 42.86 L 74.64 L 84.09 H 76.32 IV A - 100.00 H 100.00 H 76.58 L 76.59 L 77.32 IV C l 84.82 H - - 76.43 H 67.02 L 71.98 V B 7.69 L 50.00 H 42.86 H 55.56 H 31.54 L 33.52 Total | 49.86 L 78.11 H 68.18 H 62.87 H 55.37 L 59.29 Source: RAP Reports, Package Ito V, GrandTrunk Road Project Note: Titleholders,tenants and non-title holders are clubbedtogether for each category. H = Higher than the respective shareof displaced familiesamong all affected families;L= Lower than the respective shareof displaced familiesamong all affected families However,the slightly higher displacementamong the vulnerablegroup families, when compared to the affected families is not a common trend. In Packages, such as Il-B, the vulnerablegroup families are less displaced.Similarly, the WHH families are less likely to be displaced than the non-vulnerable group families. Overall, comparatively a little more vulnerable group families would be displaced because they squat closest to the road. The project has tried to minimise the displacementboth among the vulnerableand the non-vulnerablegroup families. 6 However, in percentage terms, this large number of vulnerable group displaced families constitutes about 45% of all displacedfamilies, which is comparableto all other Packages (where the share of vulnerable group displaced families among all displaced families varies between 30% and 50%, except in Package IV-A, where it is about 15%). 5-15 LeaAssociates 6. COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION AND CONSULTATION Involuntaryresettlement creates a feelingof insecurity,curiosity and misunderstanding amongst the PAPs Social assessment and public/communityparticipation help remove such uncertaintiesand at the same time help the- project-proponentto incorporatevaluable indigenoussuggestions and perceptionsof development.In the process,stakeholders get the opportunityto addressissues, which are resolvedafter makingappropriate changes in design and alternativefinalisation. The stakeholdersbecome aware of the developmentschemes and at the same time influenceand sharecontrol over these initiatives,decisions and resources. Communityconsultations also help avoidopposition to the project,which is otherwiselikely to occur. The overall objectivesof the consultationprogram in GTRP were to disseminateproject informationand to incorporatepublic and PAPs' views in Resettlementand Environmental ActionPlans, which are guidedby specificobjectives like: * Awarenessamongst stakeholders; * Improvementin project design minimising potential conflicts and delays in implementation; i Facilitatedevelopment of appropriateand acceptable entitlement options; i Increaseproject sustainability; * Reduceproblems of institutionalco-ordination; * Makethe R&Rprocess transparent and reduceleakage; • Increasere-settler commitment, ensure effectiveness and sustainabilityof the income restorationstrategies, and improve coping mechanisms. 6.1 PARTICIPATIONOF STAKEHOLDERS 6.1.1 IDENTIFICATIONOF THE STAKEHOLDERS The stakeholders are all the people getting affected by the project, or are responsiblefor the project, whether directly or indirectly. The community participation programmes in GTRP ensured that informationis disseminatedto all the PAPs and other stakeholders in appropriate ways. The information dissemination has taken place in vernacular, detailing about the main project features and the entitlement framework. Due consideration has also been given to addressthe views of the vulnerablegroups. Certain issues conditionedthe participationof the stakeholders,as follows: * Who might be affected (positivelyor negatively)by the proposed development? * Who are voiceless for whom special efforts may have to be made? * Who are representativesof those likely to be affected? * Who is responsiblefor what is intended? * Who can make what is intended more effective through their participation or less effectiveby theirnon-participation or outrightopposition? * Who can contributefinancial and technicalresources? * Whosebehaviour has to changefor the effortto succeed? Lea Associates 6-1 --- X f -W t ------t Y ...... 1 Both primary and secondary stakeholders were identified, based on the above criteria. They were invited to take part in the consultation series, and were solicited to participate in planning and implementationof the R&R programme. Primary stakeholders included those affected negatively or positively by the project, like the PAPs, project beneficiaries and project implementing agencies. Secondary stakeholders included other individuals and groups, with an interest in the project, viz., the World Bank, the highway users, the state publicworks departments-(PWDs),etc. 6.1.2 PARTICIPANTSAT DIFFERENTLEVELS The consultationprogramme has been tiered and conductedat several levels, such as: * Heads of the households,likely to be impacted; * Members of the households,likely to be impacted; * Clusters of PAPs; * Villagers; * Village Panchayats; * Local voluntary organisations,and CBOs/NGOs; * Governmentagencies and departments; * Other project stakeholders, such as women, tribal and ethnic communities, road user groups, health professionaland others. All of them were, again, consulted,as applicable,at the 3 broad levels: * Local level * District level * State level. The following sub-sections describe the consultation processes during the project preparation stage. 6.2 LOCAL LEVEL CONSULTATIONS Efforts had been made to contact each and every PAP during the conduction of the census and the baselinesocio-economic survey, which was conducted door-to-door, 6.2.1 OBJECTIVESAND CONTENTS At the village level, PAPs and local government leaders had been consulted. Techniques like participatory rural appraisal (PRA), focus group discussion (FGD), environmental resource mapping, livelihood analysis, and other consultative and assessment techniques had been deployed. However,most of the consultationswere focus group discussions,based on an open- ended schedule. The minutes of the meetings had been recorded/documented(these minutes are given in the annexes to the IndividualRAP Reportsprepared by the primary consultants). The main objective of the local level community consultation was to generate feedback to minimise negative impact inflicted upon the local communities by the project, and to spread awareness regardingthe project. During the consultations,efforts were also made to: * Understandviews of peopleaffected with referenceto the impacts of the road; * Identify and assess all major economic and sociological characteristics of the village to enable effective planningand implementation; * Resolveissues relating to impacts on community property; and, * To establish an understanding for identification of overall development goals and benefits of the project. Lea Associates 6-2 A 100% sample was taken up for individual household consultation (door-to-door personal interviews), and about 10% for the focus group discussions (by conducting consultation sessions at 30 villages). Table 6.1 present the Local Level Consultation details (including reference to the location of the villages, the issues raised by the community at these locations, and corresponding mitigation or management efforts). Note that the consultations were conducted to generate feedback on both social and environmental issues affronting the communities. However, in Table 6.1 only those issues related to R&R are summarised. For a description of the environmental issues (including cultural and common property resources), refer the Section on CommunityConsultation in the ConsolidatedEIA Report. Table 6.1: Summary of Local Level Consultations Package Level Sites Issues Raised Suggestions/ Demandsof ProbableMitigation Measures/ PAPs AssurancesGiven By The NHAI I-A Local Tundla * Encroachmentat * Demand of service roads for * Crossing to be redesigned Level Tundla crossing safe movement of local * Relocation of the demolished *Size of shops is people shops by shifting the bus small but total * Suggestionsfor shop stop encroachment relocation * Shifting of the bus stop will area is four times also save demolition of the more than the two and three storied shop area residentialand commercial * Relocation of buildings shops * A double story-shopping * Drainageand complex can be built on the sewage problem land of the bus stop lConstruction of service roads and strict enforcement of parking and traffic rules will have to be implementedto discipline the traffic flow I-A Local Ussaini * Land acquired on * Land for land is desirable * Land acquired on one side of Level one side of the * Land should be allocated the road to avoid and roadis seen as a within the village minimise loss of land/assets authoritaiestf the Compensationfor the crops * The villagers were told about ' has to be provided the replacementcost for * Compensationto land, which could enable the PAPs *Adult sons of PAPs should them to purchase land. be given Jobs.. .. bePeopl jobsingl prefer * The policy provisionsof oPeople loosing land prfr payment of compensationfor jobs or some skill training for standingand non-perennial starting new commercial crops were explained to the ventures PAPs. .The provision for support for livelihood options and skill training as a part of the economicrehabilitation was : ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~explainedto them. I-A Local Nagla *PAPs expressed * Land for land preferably * Adequate measureswould Level Shahedlal their concernfor within the village be provided to check the safety of their anticipated increased rate of childrendue to accidents fast moving traffic after four laning I-A Local Giridharipur * Avoid * All farmers loosing total land * Points have been noted for Leve construction of should be compensated considerationin the RAP. Bypass @Rs.7,00,000/acre,as the prevailing market price. * Literate children of the affected PAPs should be provided with jobs. * Others may be providedwith suitable livelihood options. LeaAssociates 6-3 Package Level Sites Issues Raised Suggestions/Demands of Probable Mitigation Measures/ PAPs AssurancesGiven By The NHAI I-A Local Rapakhurd * The land for * Irrigation facilities have to be * Points have been noted for Level Bypass is being restored. considerationin the RAP. acquired * The local people require * The villagers were made to * The land is fertile facilities for crossing understandthat the nearness and the farmers * All compensationbe paid at of the village to the city and are dependent on the rate of market value of the road would further the land for land prevailingat the time of facilitate mobility, hence, the livelihood. consultations (24.7.99) business options may be * Division of land * Literate peopleto be given profitable. due to the jobs. * The possibility of bypass Less educated PAPs be employment in the iProbiemsof given skill training for explained The contractors irrigation and reconstructingtheir livelihood arexplained.t Tempcontractr consequent and are able to regain the large numberof local redundnceof loss of inc-ome. worksmen, including the land skilled, semi-skilled and unskilledlabourers. I-A Local Jagmuri * An effort to avoid * If Bypass is constructed then * The points were taken note Level Kasba- land acquisition the following should be taken of for considerationin RAP. Sarai for bypass and into consideration: Haderpur strengthen the * Facilitateirrigation for the existingroad farmers whose land is getting divided into two. * Compensationto be considered@ Rs. 80,000 per Bigha, the market rate prevailingat the time of consultation (24.7.99) * Educated children of PAPs be given jobs. * Others may be provided with facilities for skill acquisition to reconstructtheir livelihood. I-A Local Ukherkhan * The land required * People donot want the * The points were taken note Level C for the Bypass is Bypass which is planned in of for considerationin RAP Dist fertile and the the north of their village Firozabad farmers are * All compensationhas to be dependent on the given at prevailing market land for value. livelihood. * The facility for crossing is * Drainagefacilities required for those whose are to be land is gettingdivided into provided. two. * Irrigationfacilities be provided for those who own tube wells, bore wells, and whose land is getting divided. * Farmers loosing total land be given rehabilitation assistance * Marginalfarmers are providedwith jobs for reconstructingtheir livelihood * Commercialland be compensated@ Rs.65 per sq.ft. -A Local Jasoli Kala * Problem of * Irrigation facilities to be * The points were taken note Level division of provided of for consideration in the agricultural land * Crossing facilities have to be RAP holdings provided * Problem of irrigation Lca Associates 6-4 Package Level Sites Issues Raised Suggestions/ Demandsof ProbableMitigation Measures! PAPs AssurancesGiven By The NHAI I-A Local Sarai * Problem of * All compensation has to be * The points were taken note Level Haivatpur irrigation given as per the market of for consideration in the * Acquisitionof value as the land is fertile RAP fertile land * Irrigation facilities be provided * Farmers loosing total land should be provided jobs I-B Local Katfori * Effect on the * People demanded that the * Suggestionsconsidered for Level structuresalong RoW should be reduced to the RAP the roadside due save the structures to road widening * The widening should not be * Relocationof the only on left hand side where shops would there are more houses. effect the Wideningshould be such, businesswhich which minimises the has been running displacement. for a long time * Gram Pradhan offered the 4- 5 acres of land available with Gram Sabha for relocation I-B Local Sarai * Poor people * 95% of people being below * Suggestionsconsidered for Level Murlidhar need poverty line need the RAP compensation compensation in form of built * Concernfor the up houses school, shops * Newhouses should contain and houses that basic modern facilities are getting affected I-C Local Muradganj * Building * PAPs suggested * The feasibility of the Bypass Leve structures, constructionof a Bypass. and the cost effectiveness houses and will have to be judged shops are getting affected I-C Local Anantram * The road * PAPs demanded that they * Service road and subway will Level traverses through should be given "Patta" for have to be consideredfor a densely the land compensation construction,to avoid populated accidents. locality, therefore * The PAPs were explained increasing the about the Policy provisions accidents and were assured that they * People would all get whatever they concernedabout are entitled for. compensation I-C Local Mahewa * Land and * People with large families (as * To avoid displacementand Level structures along large as 25 family members) demolitions,the extent of the road are demanded land for land or widening has to be getting affected market value to be paid as reconsidered. * People compensation. concerned about * Market should be compensation constructed in lieu of the shops that are being demolished. * Panchayat land could be made available for public purposes. I-C Local Mehmoodp * There are no * Demandfor service roads * The points had been taken Level ur & service roads. * Demandfor special note of for the realignment in Peetampur * The area consideration the design. (Dist, Mehmoodpuris Kanpur soon going to be Dehat) Tehsil Head Quarter, hence, the area has to be treated at par with Sikandra. Lca Associates 6-5 Package Level Sites Issues Raised Suggestions/Demands of Probable Mitigation Measuresl PAPs AssurancesGiven By The NHAI Il-B Local Bhanuti * Temples and * People are ready to relocate * People had been convinced Level shrines are the shrines in most places that better religious gettingaffected. structureswould be provided at propersites. Local Rooma * All * People are not interested in * Provision of bypass had Level encroachments getting rehabilitated, as the been made have to be area is a congested one. removed * People have suggested that * Trees are getting its better to have a bypass affected instead of demolishing the * Safety issues old structures. especiallyfor * People have agreed to children and participate in the process of cattle. identifying a site for the * Compensation, bypass. which may be * PAPs want that the lowerthan the community should be market price. consulted before the * Fear that cheap drawingsof the road are labourersfrom finalised other regionswill * Safety measures be adopted come increase * Compensation be made at competitionfor market prices the local community IV-A i Local Jagdishsar * The entire village * Shifting the centre line to the * New carriagewayhas been Level ai at the curve is north to save the existing shifted to the north and the getting affected village lying near the curve village has been saved by straightening the curve IV-A Local Chandauli * Shops allotted by * Suggestionsfor bypass were * Efforts have been madeto Level Zila Parishadand made to avoid large scale save maximum number of Nagar Panchayat demolition structures even then many should be saved structures could not be saved. *Provision of bypass was not feasilble. IV-A Local Saidraja * Religious * Bypass has been suggested * Bypass has been provided Level structuresgetting to save Mosque, shrine, affected madarsaand numerous * High accident other structures incidence near * Bypass would also reduce market area. the number of accidents near market area IV-C Local Moresarai * To save village * Suggested to shift the centre * Sasaram bypass provided Level which is on the line to the south, which north and close would not only save the to carriageway. village but also two temples on the north IV-C Local Sasaram * ExistingMazar * Unanimous suggestion for a * Sasaram Bypass provided Level on the centre of bypass was the solution for the road, temple, all problems including high a Post Office and rate accidents. a huge multi purpose hall are major obstruction. In addition, there are a numberof shops, which will be affected. * Accident is an issue: particularly for school children I Lea Associates 6-6 Package Level Sites Issues Raised Suggestions/Demands of Probable MitigationMeasures/ PAPs AssurancesGiven By The NHAI IV-C Loca Amea Amri * This is a market e Suggestionwas made to * SasaramBypass provided Level Talab of stone design the alignment in such crushers. Though a way so that the activities of the crushers are crushers remain confined on operating outside one side of the road. the ROW but * Also to check the dust and they use the sound pollution created by ROW for loading crushers enough plantation and unloading should be done particularly stone chips on the crushers side IV-C Local Karaudia * One big and two * Suggestionwas made to * SasaramBypass provided Level Village small temples as widen the road equally on well as village both sides so that the impact should be saved is minimal V-C Local Suara * The village is * Suggestionwas made to * Sasaram Bypass provided Level Village very close to the shift the alignment on the road on the south north. Therefore, many peopleare getting affected *Apprehension about compensation IV-C Local Coal * Temples are * Requestedto save the * Temples would be saved Level market, getting affected Brahmatemple and the * Service road has been Dehri on- associated Dharmashalaat provided on both sides Sone any cost * No parking place has been * This place being a Coal provided market, request was made to providefour truck parking bys (two for loading and two for unloading) IV-C Local Barun * Any time of the * Suggestionwas madefor * Rest areas had been Level day, on an providingproper truck provided in this section average 20 to 25 parking facilities trucks are found parked at two places in this section V-B Local Chouparan * Drainage * Minimise demolition of * Service road would be Level problem structures provided for the safety of the * Safety issue * Provideservice roads residents * Minimising * * Raised carriagewaywith four demolition drain system to solve the problem of drainage * Width of the median reduced to 1.5m from 3.5m V-B Local Barhi * Structures are * People demanded a bypass * Bypass has been provided to Level getting affected to minimise the demolition of reducethe demolition of * structures structures, primarily commercial structures V-B Local Barkatha * Drainage * Minimisedemolition of * Service roadwould be Level problem structures provided for the safety of the * Safety issue * Specal emphasis on solving residents * Minimising the drainage problme * Raised carriagewaywith four demolition . drain system to solve the problem of drainage * Width of the median reduced to 1.5m from 3.5m Source: Individual RAP Reports of PackagesI to V, GTRP Lea Associates 6-7 6.2.2 KEY FINDINGS The following are the key findings from the village/locallevel consultations. * Participantswere aware of the project; * In most of the villages, participantswere in favour of bypasses.They were ready to give up their agricultural land but not their house; * People were also concerned about the religious structures, burial/cremationground and trees with religiousvalues gettingaffected; * People, in most of the cases, agreed to participate in the process of identifyingalternate site for the road (particularly,the bypass); * The PAPs were of the view that the community should be consulted before the designs of the road are finalised; * Some of the potentially displaced PAPs were of the view that there is no need for the road. They feared that wider roads would result in more accidentsand increasedloss of lives; * The PAPs were also concerned about the compensationpayment, which they think will be lower than the market prices. Package wise descriptionof the issues raised is given in the following sub-sections. ® Issues in Package I-A The following issues came up, from the participants, * The PAPs were concerned about the large-scale removal of encroachments and squatters, and the resultantloss of livelihood. • The potential dangers to human life (propensity of accidents, due to the operation of NH-2), after widening and strengthening, are important issues, raised almost in all meetings. * Wherever a bypass is proposed, the PAP's are concerned about the fragmentationof agriculturalland and the consequent problemsof irrigation. e In Tundla, the PAP's had raised issues regarding problems of local drainage and sewage. * PAPs demand that the compensationsbe paid at 'current' market prices. 0 Issues in Package I-B The following by the participants in the meetings expressed the following concerns, which were discussedwith them in adequate details, * PAP's were concerned about the loss of livelihood as a result of relocation of commercial establishments; * The PAP's were particularly concerned about the loss of community assets like the schools; * 95% of the PAP's at Sarai Murlidhar wanted compensation in terms of "land for land". Almost all of them fall below the poverty line. ® Issues in Package I-C The participants in meetings held in Package I-C included a number of PAPs losing (part of) their land (there is proposal for a number of bypasses, and consequent land acquisition in this ILeaAssociates 6-8 package). However, the participantswere not unduly worried about the loss of land, and had focussed on other issues as well. The issues raised and discussed were, * The PAPs were concernedabout the compensationpackage; * At Anantram, road safety is the major concern as the road through the area is very congested; * At Mehmodpur,the PAPs demandedthe provisionof a service road; * Safety, especially of children and cattle is of concern to the communities. ® Issues in Package II-B This package involves very small amount of land acquisition (but a number of encroachersand squatters will be displaced).The major issues were, * A major concern was of the loss of templesand shrines; * Cutting of trees and reduction in the green cover was also an issue of concern amongst the communities; * The PAPs demandedthat the compensationsbe paid at the 'current' market prices. o Issues in Package IV-A The issues of concern in this package were, * At Chandauli the PAPs demanded that the shops allotted by Zila Parishad and Nagar Panchayatshould be saved, therefore requirementof a Bypass was put forth; i The loss of religious structures and potential increase in the occurrence of accident are issues of concern to the communities. o PACKAGEIV C The participantsin the meetings raised a number of issues, which were resolved by proposing a bypass around the town of Sasaram. The residual issues raised were, * At Sasaram, the potential impact on the religious structures (a temple and a mazar) was of concern.Which resulted in the propositionof a bypass; * At Amea Amri Talab, the sustenanceof the stone-crushingunits would be at stake, and therefore, it was sought to modify the design so as their livelihoodsare not disrupted; * At Barun, the PAPs demanded a truck parking space (due to the large accumulationat the existing truck parking throughout the day); • Elsewhere along the package, impact on religious structures was of significant concern to the communities. 9 PACKAGEV B Package V-B has the minimum resettlement or displacement requirement. However: the participants were of the view that the potential displacement be absolutely minimised. The issues raised and discussedwere, * The PAP were concerned about the large-scale impact of the project and possible and loss of livelihood * Loss of religious structures was also an issue of concern At Champaran and at Bara Katha, existing drainage problems were an issue of concern to the PAPs. 'La Associates 6-9 6.3 DISTRICT-LEVELCONSULTATIONS In conjunction with the detailed engineeringdesign and social & environmentalassessment of the project, district level consultationswere arranged to solicit public and stakeholders' inputs. These consultations were also intended to establish the district committees to support RAP implementation. District level consultations were scheduled to coincide with the onset of the census of the PAPs and the baseline socio-economic surveys. These consultation sessions were intended to be complementaryto the local and village level consultationsalong the project corridor. 6.3.1 OBJECTIVESAND CONTENTS The objectives of the district level consultationswere, * To expand awareness of the project among the public, local government leaders and district officials in areas traversed by the project corridor. * To identify social and environmental sensitivities and other concerns in the affected districts, and to incorporatethese into the project design and planning; * To review the potential impacts of the project identified in social and environmental assessments; the measures taken to avoid, reduce or mitigate adverse impacts and to minimise displacement, and to incorporate provisions in the project's Environmental ManagementAction Plan (EMP)and ResettlementAction Plan (RAP); * To explain the principlesand the proceduresproposed for land acquisition,resettlement and relocation; and the compensationand assistance that will be provided to project affected persons/households/groups,who may lose land or assets or suffer other losses during or in consequenceof the project; * To increase cooperationamong local governments and district officials in planning and implementation of the project, including follow-on village and local level consultations along the project; * To introduce the house-to-housesurveys, assets-verificationvideography, village Ivel consultations and other activitiesabout to began along the project road, and assure that local inputs are considered in project preparation. Workshops and seminars are some of the most effective tools of people's participation. These are the ways of bringing administrative units, implementationunits and people (PAPs) together on the same platform, discuss the matter in congenial atmosphere and encourage them play their role in the decision-makingsystem. For organising the workshop the following activities were undertaken, * Prepared literature in Hindi and English for the workshops; * Fixed the date, place-venue and time in consultation with NHAI. Published the programme in local newspapers and invited PAPs to participate. Loudspeakers were used to remind the people; * Written invitations were extended to all the district magistrates,and other administrative officers (the block developmentofficers, the community officers, etc.) of the concerned districts; * Active NGOs of the area and general public, specially senior and experiencedresidents were invited; * The press and some of the photographerswere also informed and invited; Lea Associates 6-10 * Literature, which was specially prepared for the workshop, was distributed among all the participants; * Minutes of the sessions were noted and recorded. Table 6.2 gives the details the district level consultations, including the issues raised, correspondingsuggestions from the participantsin the meetings,and the proposals. Table 6.2: District Level Consultations Packages Levels Sites Issues Raised Suggestions! Demands of the Probable Mitigation Measures/ Participants Assurances Given By The NHAI IA, I B District Firozabad * Issue of road * Widening of road would be * Suggestions given at the Level widening road carried out on one side. stakeholders meeting will be would be carred * Bypass be aligned and should considered for RAP. out on one side. begin from Bachhu Baba * Information disseminabon on * Reclamation of Ashram and end at Asfabad, to project plan, and compensation Raja ka Tal avoid destruction of temples and Rehabilitation assistance as Pond be and mosques on the original per the policy would be made reclaimed and be plan stretch within Firozabad known to people. developed for and Raja ka Tal. commercial * Efforts should be made to purposes. bypass Firozabad town as it is * People are in congested. panic regarding * Bypass to be considered at loss of land and Shikohabad to avoid 200 old income. big buildings, mosques, temples, and churches. * Raja ka Tal pond be reclaimed and be developed for commercial purposes. * A bypass for Sirsaganj as there are large scale encroachmsents on either side of the highway. District Etawah * The increasing * Realignment of road has been * The realignment would be Level rate of accidents suggested. considered. at Jaswantnagar * The suggestion was to avoid all * The District Magistrate offered all * The congestion the congestion points, the possible support to the affected at Ekdil, existing plan of Ekdil could be people and declared that the Chief Wakebar, stretched from along the Development Offices would be the Baburpur and Bypass. Nodal Officer for Implementation of Ajitmal. * People have demanded that the Project * Problem of resettlement should be at one drainage at place and same type of Etawah Bypass standard and quality of houses which is half should be maintained complete * People demanded house for * Proper parking house, shop for shop and land space for trucks for land to be provided IC District Auriya * Compensation to * Gaon Sabha land is available * Construction of bus shelters would Level the PAPs for loss for relocation. organise the traffic and local of structure. * Efforts have to be made to people. Hence, bus shelters have * Special save these structures of to be provided. compensation for religious and cultural * The NHAI Policy and the World the PAPs for the importance. Bank conditionality for R&R was loss of their land. explained to the PAPs. * Provision of * Culverts require strengthening proper drainage * Trees should be protected and system for more trees to be planted to absorb eliminating water pollution from the increased logging. number of vehicles. * A very old shrine and a temple are coming under land acquisition. Lea Associates 6-11 Packages Levels Sites Issues Raised Suggestions/Demands of the Probable Mitigation Measures/ Participants AssurancesGiven By The NHAI IC District Kanpur * The Old Fort at * As per the Collector, a * Acquire land on one side to avoid Level Dehat KhwajaPhoolpur reserved forest area is coming huge displacements,demolition of is at risk as the under acquisition, therefore,a property affecting large numberof wall of the fort is special permissionwould have PAPs. almost touching to be acquired as well as * Realignmenthas to be considered the road and the compulsory afforestation to avoid felling of trees and vibrations from required to be carried out. destructionof forestland. increasedtraffic * Transport Nagar should be and heavy planned for creating extra vehicles would parking place for the heavy damage the Old vehicles. Fort wall. * Integrated development plan Removal of for the area has to be planned encroachments to ensure that the people's living standard are improved. * All encroachments have to be removed. * Save Old Fort Wall at Khwaja Phoolpur IIB Distnct Kanpur * Social and * Identify social and environment * Coordinationbetween Government Level Nagar environmental sensitivities Departmentsis vital for the issues * Explain principles and implementationsof the *Process of land proceduresproposed for land Resettlement Action Plans acquisition, acquisition, resettlementand resettlementand relocation relocation. * People were in favour of the project * Public representativesoffered to participate in the process of identifying alternatesite for the project * Compensationto be as per the market rates, land for land and assets with assets IV-A and District Raja Talab * Issue of safety at * To provide safe passage at the * Flyover provided in the start of IV-C Level (Varanasi VRM bypass and start of VRM bypass VRM bypass District) other congested * Suggestion of Sulabh Toilets in * Sulabh Toilets be provided if land urban stretches. urban areas is made available by the district * Suggestion of Underapass at authorities Urban areas * In congested areas Underpass * To provide safety measuresat would be provided Lanka-Chitaipurcrossing * Safety measures would be (before toll plaza) on VRM provided bypass * Efforts will be made as per R&R * A shopping complex for PAPs policy IV-A and District Chandauli * Minimising * Requested to widen the road in * Village saved IV-C Level (Chandauli impacts on such a way that the village is * Proper drainage schemehas been District) village saved proposed -Problem of * Requestedto provide proper * Special attention would be drainage drainage scheme provided to the vulnerable groups * Compensationto * Special attention to the as per R&R policy vulnerable vulnerable groups while * Bypass proposed * Impactof the providing compensation Existing religious structures corridor on (current market rate to be coming In COI wil be re- religious followed)for land acquisition established structures * Proposal for bypass to save large scale dismantling including a big mosque, shrines, and temples * Reestablishmentof religious structures| -LeaAssociates 6-12 Packages Levels Sites Issues Raised SuggestionslDemands of the Probable Mitigation Measures/ Participants Assurances Given By The NHAI District Sasaram . Disposal of water * Southern side bypass will be . Sasarambypass has been Level (Rohtas is oneof the cheapercompared to the proposedon Southernside of the District) majorproblems northernside. For southern existingNH 2 throughtown. bypass,proper action has to be . Religious takendue to the protected structuresat forest Sasararnm Dueto frequentaccidents and . Considerationof heavyair pollutionalong the bypass existingroad, bypass is the . Issueof frequent onlyalternative roadaccidents in . Religiousstructures cannot be the stretch. shiftedat Sasaram * Measuresto be takenfor reducingaccidents V-B District Hazaribagh . Issueof shifting . Identifysocial and . Assurancewas given that the local Level markets environmentalsensitivities due levelinputs would be considered in . Issueof to the project projectpreparation clarifications . Explainprinciples and . It is feltnecessary that the weekly regardingsocial proceduresproposed for marketsbe relocatedat a place and compensationof land convenientto the communityand environmental acquisition,resettlement and at thesame time kept away from impacts relocation the highway l Transparency . The newmarket location must . NHAImay open local offices in the regarding havethe necessary majorsettlements along the stretch acquisitionof infrastructurefacilities. whichprovide actual information landand other on policiesand other rehabilitation assetsand actonplan to the people compensation . Fixationof compensationrate measuresto wouldbe based on presentmarket betaken. . rates . Weeklymarkets inthe project areaare on the sideof the highwayresulting in frequent disruptionsin the movementof the vehicularand pedestriantraffic. Source: Individual RAP Reports, Packages I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project. 6.3.2 KEY FINDINGS By and large, the PAPs focussed their thinking on compensation against their loss. Some of them felt that they would lose their structure and/or agricultural land, and were ready for the same. People living along the highway wanted compensation at 'current' market rates. At places, participants suggested that NHAI should construct bypasses to leave the community undisturbed. The more significant findings (or expectations of the participants) are the following. * The people encroaching the NH land and people engaged in petty businesses by squatting on public land also expect compensation for their structure and losses. * The petty shopkeepers and squatters who will be evicted would lose their businesses. These PAPs expected their rehabilitation in a nearby location along the highway. * Weekly markets, in the project area, also abut the highway. Structures/shelters used for these weekly markets are generally very close to the highway (frequent disruptions in the movement of vehicular traffic and pedestrians result during the operation time of these markets). These are all accident-prone zones. It was felt necessary that these markets be relocated at a place convenient to the community and at the same time, should be away from the highway. The new market locations must have the necessary Lea Associates 6-13 infrastructure facilities. Hawkers, vendors and squatters should get adequate place to run their business. Issues raised at the district level meetings are described package-wise in the following sub- sections. 0 Issues in Packages I-A & I-B The following demands were raised, * The participants wanted bypasses at Firozabad and Shikohabad, due to heavy congestion on the highway on these locations, and concern regarding safety, large- scale impact on the likely PAPs and the loss of temples and mosques; * The participants suggested that 'Raja ka Tal' be reclaimed and redeveloped for commercialpurposes, say tourism; * There is a need for a proper and large truck parking space at Etawah. 0 Issues in Package I-C The following issues were raised, * ReasonableCompensations be paid to the PAPs; * Proper drainage system to be provided to check waterlogging in many stretches in the area; • The participantswere concernedabout the loss of cultural properties; e The old fort at Khwaja Phoolpur (Kanpur Dehat) needs be conserved. The participants felt that the increase in vibrations in future, due to the vehicular traffic would further damage the fort wall. Issues in Package II-B The major concern was regarding the compensationpackage for PAPs. The participants were satisfied to note that most of their issues have been resolved in the EntitlementFramework for the GTRP. G Issues in Packages IV-A & IV-C The participants were concerned about the existing lack of public conveniences along the highway. The other issues raised and discussed,were, * The participants expectedthat the VRM bypass would be designed as a safer highway, and said that the existing road is unsafe; * They wanted that provisionbe made for 'sulabhl Toilets', and underpassesin the urban areas or the built-up stretches; * There were concern for provisionof proper drainage on the highwayside; * Some of the participantsdemanded a commercialcomplex for the PAPs. * The participants expressed that the assistance and compensation mechanism should be developedwith an emphasis on the vulnerablegroup of people; Sulabh International is an NGO involved in providing access to clean and low cost sanitation facilities across India. Sulabh International has been very successful in this, and the low cost sanitationfacilities are now described as 'sulabh', as a generic term. LeaAssociates 6-14 Some of the participants demanded a bypass at Chandauli to save a number of religiousstructures. ® Issues in Package V-B The participantswere concernedabout the following, * Disposal of waste water at Sasaram; * Rising number of accidentsand the increasing air pollution; * Ambiguity about the principlesand proceduresof compensation; * Shifting of Markets in Hazaribaghdistrict (the participantsdemanded a new marketwith adequate infrastructureto be provided). The participants also demanded that there must be high degree of transparency regarding acquisitionof land. 6.4 STATE-LEVELCONSULTATIVE WORKSHOPS State level consultation workshops were held as an essential part of the assessment processin consultation with local experts and stakeholders. The state level consultative workshops were held in August 1999. The participantsincluded local people, social and environmentalscientists from academic and research organisations, NGOs, project preparation consultants, state pollutioncontrol board, NHAI, and others. The purpose of workshop was to promote awareness and understandingof the proposedproject, and further to notify the stakeholders. Preparation for the stakeholders' consultative workshop included contacting numerous social and environmentalNGOs, and other project stakeholders. 6.4.1 CONTENTS The stakeholders'consultative workshops were participatoryones. The workshopswere broadly divided into three sessions. The opening sessions focussed on project description,the Gol and the WB requirements of the project, the social and environmental assessment processes, rehabilitationand resettlement processes in the project. Sessions II and IlIl were smaller group discussionson various aspects of the project (and its potential for positive and negative impacts on people and environment), followed by a plenary session where findings of the group discussionswere summarizedand presented. At the state level, the consultation process also included consultation with representativesof key project stakeholders and in-depth discussions with organisations such as the Tribal Development Boards, the Truckers' Association, the State Planning Boards and others. Numerous meetings and exchanges were also arranged with organisations and agencies concerned with highway safety, healthcare, tribal rights and welfare, and other social impacts includingtrauma treatment and health organisationsworking on issues such as AIDS and STDs along the highway. Table 6.3 describes, summarily, the issues raised in the state level consultation sessions, and the suggestions/demandsmade by the participantsin these sessions. A number of issues were raised and resolved in these sessions. Some of the issues raised were already been providedin the design of the project, or in the Entitlement Framework proposed for the GTRP. In many cases, there were apprehensionsthat the project is proposing large-scale land acquisition,and most of the people close to the highway would be impacted. The project proponents have discussed the designs and plans of the project in detail, and the participants were reassured LcaAssociates 6-15 that properties would only be acquired only when absolutely necessary. The participants were also informed about the generous provisions made in the Entitlement Framework of the GTRP, and most of the issues regarding compensation, etc., were naturally resolved. Table 6.3: State Level Consultations Issues Raised Suggestions/ Demandsof the Participants Probable Mitigation Measures/Assurances Given By The NHAI Construction . Proper care has to be taken of existing road . The road will be maintainedtill the constructionof of Sasararn till the constructionof Sasarambypass Sasarambypass bypass . Suggestionsof parks etc. along the road in . Environmental improvementswill be done as per * Environmental orderto improvethe Environment finalrecommendation of forestauthorities enhancement . Proper drainage scheme should be . Drainage would be provided • Problem of provided at Mohania drainage * Positive and . Explaining the compensationprinciples and . The emphasis is on speeding up of the negative procedure compensation payment process impacts on . A need to work out the modalitiesfor . Special care would be taken in removing or shifting the squatters and encroachers the sacred trees, religious, cultural and historical community . Compensation to be as per the market places * Compensation rates, land for land and assetsfor assets . Coordination between GovernmentDepartments is principles and - The land allotted as compensationshould vital for the implementationsof the Resettlement procedure not be fragmented and their location and Action Plans and provisionand maintenanceof • Provisions for type is important infrastructure along the road non- . Relocation and resettlementshould be . NHAI would adopt the R&R policy only after titleholders minimised acceptance by the people * Emissions - PAPs want to be moved along with their . Loss of access to livelihoodwould be wrorsroad peer groups compensatedin terms of development based worksah gher E s employment generation and occupation traffic volume lEfforts should be made to prevent loss of sustainable in local social-environmentalcontext etc would livelihoods deteriorate the . Safety is an important issue especiallyfor . The vulnerable groups would be identified to be air quality children,women and cattle given special considerationfor resettlemenU leading to rhbltto npirt ai various thealth Acquisition of land and other immovable rehabilitationon prority basis hazards and properties and resettlementshould be on . Local flora and fauna need protectionon priority damage to the basis of "do first, then remove" basis vegetation . Provision for the bypasses and alignments . Natural landscape and landuse patterns would be *Source of in the interest of social safety and maintained and improved upon by controlling soil water would environmentalprotection were emphasised erosion etc. be affected - People encroaching the NH land also . Project would design mitigationplan for the expect compensationfor their structures sources of water getting affected and losses . Accidents would be controlled through various . Measures to be taken to improve safety measures.Trauma hospitals and environmentalquality emergencyfacilities on the roadwould be provided 6.4.2 KEY FINDINGS The key findings and recommendations from the workshop are summarised below: * Social environment and communities will experience the positive and negative impacts due to the project. Better transport, communication, economic activities, marketing of agricultural products, etc., are seen as positive impacts. While physical relocation, accidents, social problems, etc., may be negative impacts. * Rich people, traders and migrants may turn to be major beneficiaries, while indigenous people may not gain immediately and directly from the project. * Scheduled castes, scheduled tribes, woman headed households and other vulnerable social groups affected by the project roads should be identified. They require special consideration for resettlement/rehabilitation on priority basis. * A major emphasis was that the compensation should be on the basis of 'land for land' and 'house for house'. There is a need for clarification on the standards of LeaAssociates 6-1 6 compensation.Next, there is a need to speed up the land acquisitionand compensation payment process. The location and type of land is important and the land for resettlement should not be allotted in fragments. There is a need to workout the modalitiesfor eviction of squattersand encroachers. * Physical relocation and resettlement should be minimised. The social fabric of the persons relocated should be maintained,or in other words, the PAPs should be moved along with their peer groups. Efforts should be made to prevent loss of access to livelihood and the PAPs need to be fully involved in relocation planning right from the project preparation stage. Safety is an important issue especially for children, women and cattle. The time factor in any resettlementprogramme is crucial. * Acquisition of land and other immovable properties and resettlementshould be on the basis of "do flrst, then remove",with a simplified procedure and timely implementationof the same. * Special care should be taken in removing or shifting the sacred trees, temples, mosques and other places of cultural and historical significance (by following the rituals and customs of community concerned). * Proper coordination among the NHAI, the public health engineering departments, the revenue departments,and the other line departments is essential for the provision and maintenanceof infrastructurecreated along the road and to provide respective services in rural areas. * Notification about the cut-off date by the government through the media and press will prevent new encroachment. * NHAI should adoptthe R&R policy only after acceptanceby the people. * Loss of access to livelihood should be minimum and the losses are to be compensated in terms of development based employment generation and occupation sustenance in local social-environmentalcontext. * Community participation is essential to sustain the project. Timely dissemination of project related information to the PAPs through public consultations (Chaupa? meetings) is mandatory. * Stray cattle, domestic and wild animals accentuate road accidents. Emissions from roadworks, higher traffic volume, etc., will deteriorate air quality leading to various health hazards and damage to the vegetation. Local flora and fauna need protection on priority basis. * Natural landscape and land use patterns need to be maintained and improved upon by controllingsoil erosion, etc. * Hand pumps, tanks, wells and other traditional sources of surface water may get affected due to the project; thereforeproject should design mitigationplan for the same. * Accidents need to be controlled through various safety measures.Trauma hospitals and emergencyfacilities on the road should be provided. * The participantsemphasized the provision of bypasses and aligning the highway in the interest of social safety and environmentalprotection, repeatedly. 2 Chaupalis the informalmeeting place in a typical North Indian village. Lea Associates 6-17 These recommendationsof the state/ district or local/village level consultationswere carefully considered in the design. They also guided social assessment inputs to detailed engineering designs. While finalising the designs, the views of the PAPs, and outcome of the district and state level consultationswere considered. These contributedto reducing the number of PAPs significantly. 6.5 PLAN FOR CONTINUEDPARTICIPATION The following set of activities is required for proper implementationof the RAP. These will help the process of resettlement and rehabilitation to be effective, and will ensure time-bound achievements. 6.5.1 INFORMATIONDISCLOSURE The RAP will be disclosed at several locations,for the benefit of the interested community,and the stakeholders.There are the following componentsof disclosureof project information. ®3 Public Disclosureof the RAP Report The RAP will be disclosed and kept for public reference at the following locations, * State Public Library at Lucknow,Uttar Pradesh; • State Public Library at Patna, Bihar; * State Public Library at Ranchi,Jharkhand; * District Public Library at Agra; Uttar Pradesh; * District Public Library at Firozabad,Uttar Pradesh; * District Public Library at Mainpuri,Uttar Pradesh; * District Public Library at Etawah,Uttar Pradesh; - District Public Library at Auriya, Uttar Pradesh; i District Public Library at Kanpur, Uttar Pradesh; e District Public Library at Varanasi, Uttar Pradesh; * District Public Library at Chandauli, Uttar Pradesh; a District Public Library at Mohania,Bihar; * District Public Library at Bhabua, Bihar; * District Public Library at Hazaribag,Jharkhand. All these places are open to the public without any restriction whatsoever on access. It is proposed that the copy of the RAP Report should be placed in the 'reference' section of these libraries (as only one copy of the report will be placed at each of these libraries, it is advisable that the reports are not issued to the public to be taken away from the library, but be referred to within the library itself). The report will be available to the public at the WB infoshop at Washington DC, as per the WB disclosurepolicy. In additionto these, copies of the RAP report will be available at the NHAI headquarter library at New Delhi, and at the NHAI project implementationunit offices at Agra, Kanpur and Varanasi (all in Uttar Pradesh), and Jumri Talaiya (Bihar). The report from these places will be available to the public on requestfor reference. Lea Associates 6-18 Moreover,NHAI proposesto include the report in the NHAI website in near future. Public Information Sharing and transparency NHAI project implementationunits' (PlUs) offices in the 4 major settlementsalong the stretch (Agra, Kanpur, Varanasi and Jumri Talaiya) will provide actual informationon policies and other rehabilitation action plan to the people, in a continuous manner. For this, the following are proposed, * The NGOs involved in implementationof the RAP will organise public meetings,and will appraise the communitiesabout the progress in the implementationof R&R works. * There will be grievance redressal committees (GRCs) for each district through which the project highway passes. The PAPs will be associated with such committees (each of the committeeswill include one representativeof the PAPs). * The resettlement sites, and other amenities and facilities to be made available to the PAPs will be made in consultationwith the communities. * The NGOs will organise public meetings to inform the community about the payment and assistance paid to the community. Regular update of the progress of resettlement component of the project (a summary version of the quarterly report submitted by the NGO) will be placed for public display at the PlUs' offices. * All monitoring and evaluation reports of the R&R components of the project will be disclosed in the same manner as that of the RAP Report suggestedabove. ® Community Participation To implement the RAP in a proper way, it is essential to provide scope of involving communities and affected persons in the process. Stakeholders'participation throughout the stages of project implementation and early operation (or the defects liability period) will be integrated in the project. Table 6.4 gives the mechanism for continued community participation in the project, detailing the differentstages of participation,and the roles of the stakeholders. Table 6.4: ContinuedParticipation Mechanisms ProjectStage PAPs and NGOs Local officials (in Host Community Representatives project and host areas) Identification * Receive information * Design and carry * Assist in census * Improve on project impacts. out information and and socio-economic information and * Participate in suggesbon survey. inputs to design of coordination * Assist in census * Assist NGO in income generation committee. and socio-economic information programmes. * Participate in census survey dissemination Identify existing surveys. * Participate in * Participate in and right and income * Participate in coordination arrange generation consultationsto committee consultations schemes develop IG programs. * Participate in * Arrange PAP * Discuss areas of * Keep records of consultations transport to sites possible conflict consultations * Representationon * Help to document * Choose resettlement grievance tribunal consultations alternatives or housing * Train VRWs where * SupportVRWs work schemes. required * Examine feasibility . Inputs of design of * FacilitatePAP of iG programs and resettlementlocations intergroupmeetings discuss with PAPs . Participate in grievance tribunal Lea Associates 6-19 Project Stage PAPs and NGOs Local officials(in Host Community Representatives project and host areas) Implementation * Monitor provisionof * Provide ongoing * Process IG * Assist PAPs in use entitlements information for proposals of new production * Labour and other input PAPs and hosts. * Participate in systems at site * Provide support in grievance redressal * Form joint * Credit and other group group management. * Provide assistance management scheme management * Monitor entitlement under local groups for * Managementof sites provision and schemes common resources and projectinput. implementationof * Membershipof * Managementof IG programmes. implementation common property * Members of committee resources. implementation * Process documents * Managementof committee for welfare and community socio-economic developmentfunds. services (ration * Memberof card, BPL card). implementation committee Monitoringand * Participate in * Provide information * Ongoing interaction * Provide inputs to Evaluation grievancetribunals. to project staff on with PAPsto M&E of R&R * Reportto project o IG vulnerable groups identify problems in schemes * Act as external IG programmes. * Reports on service monitors for project * Participants in quality at sites (where not correctional previously involved) strategies Lea Associates 6-20 7. THE ENTITLEMENT FRAMEWORK The Resettlement and RehabilitationPrinciples and Policy Framework for the Fourth National Highway Project provides with guidelines to be followed to prepare the Resettlement Action Plan (RAP). Since the RAP proposes to deal with the resettlementand rehabilitationof different categories people affected by the GTRP adequately addressing the various impacts on them, there is a need to define different categoriesof peoplewho directly come under the purview of the resettlement and rehabilitation issues, being affected or displaced due to the Project. It is also important to define the cut-off date and delineate criteria for eligibility for compensationand assistance. 7.1 DEFINITIONOF PAPS AND THE ELIGIBILITYCRITERIA The following definitions are found in the individual RAP reports prepared by the primary consultants.Several other definitions are part of the NHAI EntitlementFramework (see Section 6.4, sub-section4), and are not repeated here. ® Project Affected Person (PAP) Unless otherwise specified in the Policy paper, a project affected person is a person who in consequence of the project, sustains damages (a) by reasons of severing such land or (b) by affecting his/her immovable properties in any manner or (c) by adversely affecting his/her livelihood/earnings calculated by an objective assessment. Project affected persons include project displaced persons. 0d Project Displaced Person (PDP) A displaced person is a person who is compelled to change his/her place of residence and /or work place or place of business,due to the project. O Project Affected Group (PAG) Groups or Communitiesthat may be affected by the project are projectaffected groups. O Titleholder / Private Property Owners A tittle holder or a private property owner is a person who has legal title to structures, land or other assets and is accordinglyentitled to compensationunder the National HighwayAct (NHA), 1956 (amended 1997). In the case of joint-title deed, the replacementland or pecuniary compensationwill be given to the joint holders who will be treated as a unit. 3 LandlessAgricultural Labourer A Person who does not hold any agricultural land and who has been deriving his main income by working on the lands of others as sub-tenantor as an agricultural labourer prior to the cut-off date. LeaAssociates 7-1 3 Income Income of a project affected person shall mean the amount of income as shown in his Income Tax Return prior to the cut-off date. In absence of such a return, his income shall be calculated by an objective assessment applying the same method as adopted by the Government agenciesfor identifyingbelow poverty line families. ® Vulnerable Person Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in this document, a person who has been designatedc falling under 'Below Poverty Line' category as identified by the concerned State Government, and earning up to 15% above the official poverty level will be considered as a vulnerable person. Disadvantagedpersons belonging to Scheduled Castes (SC), Scheduled Tribes (ST), mentally or physically challenged, orphans, destitutes and woman-headed householdsare also recognised as vulnerable persons. Special consideration of age should be made for orphan or destitute squatters. Orphan or destitute squatters, even below the age of 18 years, are found to run small shops and thus earn a living. Such a person displaced by the project shall be considered a vulnerable person and shall be eligible for assistance even falling below the standard age of 18 years considered for compensation/assistance in the project. (D Tenant (T) A tenant is a non title-holder person living or working or having a business in the area of a titleholder,affected by the project. G Entitled Person (EP) An entitled person is a project affected person who qualifies for, or is entitled to, assistance/ compensation since being negatively impacted by the project. The EP is deemed to include PAF, PDP, PDF, VP and WHH. E) Compensation Compensation refers to restitution made to titleholders / property owners whose land and/ or other assets have been acquired under National HighwaysAct (NHA) or Land Acquisition Act (LAA). Compensationshould be made at replacementcost of the property acquired. It may be in terms of land for land and/ or pecuniaryassessments. Compensationas above will be paid by the National HighwayAuthority of India (NHAI). LeaAssociates 7-2 0 Assistance Assistance refers to all other support mechanisms such as grants, assets, services, etc., given to the eligible persons (such as squatters, encroachers,vulnerable persons etc.). Assistance will be financed by the project. 7.2 CUT-OFF DATES The cut-off date shall mean a) In the cases of land acquisition affecting legal title holders, the cut-off date would be the date of issuing the notice u/s 3A of the NHA or u/s 4(i) of LAA. b) In the cases where people lack title, the cut-off date shall be the date of start of the Census survey undertakenby the projectauthority. Private land acquisitionunder the NHA or LAA provides the first notification under law and is the cut-off date for land covered under private land acquisition. For all other land and assets the census of project-affected people is the cut-off date. The NHAI may evict people who move in after the census, or project affected peoplewho do not move from the RoW after the 'notification period' has elapsed. It is recognised that there could be a margin of error in the census and any person who has not been surveyed during the census but can show document of evidence that the person is rightfully an EP will also be considered (power of such recognition is vested on the Social Cell, Grand Trunk Road Project). Disputes or grievances arising out of the definition of any category or entitlement of a person will be resolved through the verification process and the grievance redressal mechanism administeredby the Grievance RedressalCommittee for the project. 7.2.1 PACKAGEWISE CUT-OFF DATES For titleholders in all the packages the cut-off date for land acquisitionwill be the date of issuing of notice for the said purposeu/s 3a of NHA or u/s 4(i) of LAA. For non-titleholders,the start date of the census survey of project-affectedpersons under each package has been the cut-off date. Cut-off date for packages IA, iB, IC, IVA and IVC has been 4 th January 1999. For packages 118it has been 16th August 1999.Cut-off date for packageVB is 01 May 1999. 7.3 CRITERIA FOR ELIGIBILITYFOR COMPENSATION The World Bank operational directive on involuntary resettlement (OD 4.30) mentions the criteria for eligibility for compensationin the case of people affected by the project. Project affected peopleeligible for compensation,are: * those who have formal legal rights to land or other assets (including customary and traditional rights recognizedunder the laws of the country, and * those who do not have formal legal rights to land or other assets at the time of beginning of census but have a claim to such legal rights-providedthat such claims are recognized under the laws of the country or become recognized through a process identified in the resettlement plan. Such rights could be derived from adverse LeaAssociates 7-3 possession, from continued possessionof public lands without Government action for eviction (i.e, with the implicit leave of the Government)or from customaryand traditional law and usage etc. • The absence of legal title to land or other assets is not, in itself, a bar to compensation for lost assets or other resettlementassistance. * Displaced persons irrespectiveof legal title holding are also entitled to compensationfor loss of other assets such as structures and crops and are eligible for receiving other resettlementassistances. 7.4 NHAI FRAMEWORKFOR RESETTLEMENT& REHABILITATION The following (the entire content of the remaining part of this Section) is from the NHAI Entitlement Policy Frameworkfor the Third National Highway Project (Italics added for the GTRP). This framework has been already approved by the Government of India and was endorsed by the World Bank. 1. INTRODUCTION National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) on behalf of the Governmentof India, is preparing the Third National Highway Project (and GTRP). The aim of the project is to undertake four- laning and strengthening of the existing two lane stretches of Agra-DhanbadSection of NH-2 and Chennai-Trichy Section of NH-45 as well as Trichy-Madurai section of NH-45 B. The total length of the proposed project is about 1400 km. It is proposed to split the construction activities into different construction packages,which could be taken up independentlyfor which the R8R policy brought out in this document is applicable. (The GTRP is set to follow the same principles and policy framework.) This Resettlement Policy document describes the principles and approach to be followed in minimizingand mitigatingnegative social and economic impacts caused by the project. 2. BROAD PRINCIPLES 2.1 These guidelines are prepared for addressing the issues limited to Third National Highway Projects for resettlement and rehabilitation of the Project Affected People (PAP) and assistance in re-establishing their homes and livelihoods in course of developmentalprojects. Involuntaryresettlement is an integral part of the project design and should be dealt with from the earliest stages of the project preparation.The broad principlesof the R&R policy are as below: * The negative impact on persons affected by the project should be avoided or minimized. * Where the negative impacts are unavoidable, the project-affected persons should be assisted in improvingor regainingtheir standard of living. * People's participation should be undertaken in planning and implementationof the project. 2.2 All acquisitionof land would be under National Highways Act or under Land Acquisition Act, which provides for compensationfor properties to be acquired and support to be extended for meeting the replacementvalue of the property. The persons affected by LeaAssociates 7-4 the project who do not own land or other properties but who have economic interest or lose their livelihoodsshall be assisted as per the broad principlesbrought in this policy. 2.3 Most of the widening and strengthening work planned for the Third National Highway Project (and GTRP)will take place within the ROW and any major land acquisition is not foreseen, except at locations where the existing alignment may involve shiftirtg to accommodate bypasses, geo-metrics -and other cost effective improvements. Engineering design proposed to be adopted at congestedlocations is to raise the 4-lane carriageway with footpaths and drains connected through an underpass at such locations. This besides ensuring unhindered mobility to the through traffic will also ensure that people residingor doing their daily activities are not disturbed. 2.4 Before taking possessionof the acquired lands and properties,compensation and R&R assistance must be made in accordancewith this policy. 2.5 There should be no/or minimum adverse social, economic and environmentaleffects of displacement on the host communitiesand specific measures would be provided in the Resettlement Action Plan. 2.6 Broad entitlement framework of different categories of project affected people shall be as per Annex 1. The suggested format for detailed entitlement matrix shall be as per Annex 11. 3. ABBREVIATIONS AND TERMS Followingabbreviations and terms have been used in the policy: Abbreviations B.P.L. Below Poverty Line B.S.R. Basic Schedule of Rates C.G.1 Corrugated Galvanised Iron C.O.1 Corridor of Impact C.P.R. Common Property Resources EP Entitled Person Ha Hectare L.A.A. Land Acquisition Act M.E.H. Minimum Economic Holding N.G.0. Non-Govemment Organisation N.H. A. National Highway Act P.A.P. Project Affected Persons P.D.P. Project Displaced Persons R.A.P. Rehabilitation Action Plan R.O. Rehabilitation Officer R.O.W. Right of Way R&R Resettlement and Rehabilitation S.E.S. Socio-Economic Survey S.E.S. Socio-Economic Survey SC Scheduled Caste S.T. Scheduled Tribe uis Under Secton Terms Acre A unit for measuring land area (Acre Pradhan Elected head of a Panchayat equals 4840 square yards) Panchayat Local Self-Governing body at Block level Divisional Administrative head of a division comprising a Samiti is Panchyat Samiti Commissioner number of districts District Administrative head of a District Ghair Khatedars Includes allottees, holders of "Muafi lands" Collector Hectare A unit measuring land area. One Share-Croppers Persons who cultivate land of a Khatedar on 2 (ha) Hectare equals 1 0,000m or 2.475 acre terms of sharing income there from with the Khatedar LeaAssociates 7-5 Khatedar Accordingto Law,all landbelongs to the FamiliesBelow A familywhose annual income from all sources or tenant Stateand all so-calledland owners are PovertyLine is lessthan a designatedsum as fixedby the tenantsof theState. They are called concemedState Govt. in which the project Khatedars falls,will beconsidered to bebelow Poverty Line. Panchayat Electedlocal self-goveming body at Jamabandi Basicrecord of landrights villagelevel 4. DEFINITIONS 4.1 Cut-off date Cut-of date shall be the following: * In the cases of land acquisition affecting legal titleholders,the cut-off date would be the date of issuing the notice u/s 3A of the NHA or u/s 4 of LA.A. * In cases where people lack title, the cut-off-date shall be the date of start of the Census survey undertakenby the project authority. 4.2 Project Displaced Person A displaced person is a person who is compelled to change his/her place of residence and/or work place or place of business,due to the project. 4.3 Project Affected Person Unless otherwise specified in this Policy paper, a project affected person is a person who in consequence of the project, sustains damages (a) by reasons of severing such land or (b) by affecting his/her immovable properties in any manner or (c) by adversely affecting his/her livelihood/earnings calculated by an objective assessment. Project affected person includes Project Displaced Person. 4.4 Definition of Family (i) A "Family" shall mean karta (head of the household), spouse (husband/wife),and minor children. (ii) Every son or unmarrieddaughter who has attained the age of 18 years on or before the cut-off-date will be treated as separate family. (iii) Every divorced or widowed daughter living separately or with the family on or prior to cut off date will be treated as separate family. 4.5 LandlessAgricultural Labourer A person who does not hold any agricultural land and who has been.deriving his main income by working on the lands of others as sub-tenant or as an agricultural labourer prior to cut off date. 4.6 Encroacher A person, who has trespassed Governmentland, adjacent to his/her own land or asset, to which he/she is not entitled, and derivinghis/her livelihood therefrom, prior to the cut-off date. 4.7 Squatter Squatter is a person who has settled on publicly owned land without permission and has been occupyingpublicly owned building without authority prior to the cut-off date. Lea Associates 7-6 4.8 Small farmer A farmer holding 2ha of unirrigatedor 1ha of irrigatedland shall be treated as a small farmer. 4.9 Marginal Farmer A farmer holding 1ha of unirrigatedor 0.5ha of irrigatedland shall be treated as marginalfarmer. 4.10 Minimum Economic Holding (MEH) MEH is a holding equivalent to 2ha of unirrigatedor 1ha of irrigatedland. 4.11 Income Income of a PAP shall mean the amount of income as shown in his Income Tax Return prior to the cut-off date. In absence of such a return, his income shall be calculated by an objective assessment applying the same method as adopted by the Govt. agencies for identifying BPL families. 4.12 VulnerablePerson Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in this document, a person who has been designated falling under 'Below Poverty Line' category as identified by the concerned State. Govt. and earning up to 15% above the official poverty level will be considered a vulnerable person. Disadvantaged persons belonging to SC, ST, disabled, handicapped, orphans, destitute persons and woman headed householdare also recognised as vulnerable person. 5. BROADPROCEDURES 5.1 Basic Approach (i) During project design and preparation, every effort should be made to minimise acquisition of land and other assets and to reduce negative socio-economicimpacts. The structures/assetsfalling outside the Corridor of Impact would as far as possible be left undisturbed. (ii) Project expects to encountertwo types of persons. (a) PDPs and PAPs who get affected due to the acquisitionof their land and assets or due to the fact that such land or assets so acquired had been a source of livelihoodto them; and (b) Encroachersand squatters who are the illegal occupants/users of public property/land/structurefalling within the ROW and accordingly live and/or earn their livelihood by operating within the ROW of NH land. The policy principle is to provide adequate compensationincluding R&R assistance if any, to PDPs and PAPsbelonging to category (a) above. (iii) No compensationfor land will be provided to the encroachers and squatters keeping in mind their illegal possession. However. R&R assistance will be provided to encroachers and squatters who belong to the disadvantaged vulnerable groups among them as per the entitlement framework. Compensationfor structures and or lost assets, required for the project, will be paid at the replacementvalue to encroacher/squatterswho belong to the vulnerablegroup. (iv) In the absence of titleholder ration cards, identification of encroachers and squatters would be sought from voters' list or from any other legal documents or information from the community. In the absence of any supporting legal documents,findings of the Census survey shall be relied upon. LeaAssociates 7-7 (v) Efforts should be made to ensure involvementof the people and stakeholders in planning, implementationand monitoringof the projectthrough focus group discussions,workshops at district and state level. (vi) Copies of resettlementnorms/rehabilitation policy for displaced or affected persons of the project, information of its salient features or its official Executive Summary, will be displayed at the notice board of the offices of the project authority for general information to the public. Policy translated in local language should he distributed to the affected people. Interested public may contact RehabilitationOfficer for further details. (vii) The R&R assistance should be determinedas per their respective entitlement framework as defined hereinafter. (viii) Both PDPs and PAPsshall be treated at par in matters of rehabilitation. 5.2 Compensationand R&R All PAPs as defined in para 4.3 shall be entitled to resettlement and rehabilitation besides compensationas stipulated hereinafter.Those PAPs who are not entitled for compensationmay get R&R benefits as per their respective entitlement framework if they belong to vulnerable group. The compensation for land and building shall be provided within the ambit of the NH Act or LA.A.,and to meet the replacementvalue, R&R assistancewill be provided. All losses, including loss of income, should be compensatedwithin the overall R&R package as per the broad entitlement frame work. The unit of entitlement framework shall be the, family as defined in para 4.4. In case of acquisition of houses/buildings other assets, the replacement cost should be considered. The replacementvalue will be assessedas per procedure laid down in para 7.5. In case the replacement cost is more than the compensation at market price determined by competentauthority, the difference is to be paid by the project in the form of assistance. Replacementvalue of land will be assessedas per procedurelaid down in para 7.4. The entitlement of compensationand assistance will be extended to only those PAPs who are so identifiedon or prior to the cut off date. Claims regarding R&R assistance should be dealt by the Grievance RedressalCommittee. 5.3 Project Assistance to PAP & PDP The shifted population shall be assisted in getting their names included in voters' lists of the area of their resettlement. PAPs falling under vulnerable groups shall be provided suitable assistance to minimise the adverse impacts through various means includingimplementation of developmentactivities. 6. SOCIAL IMPACT ASSESSMENTAND RESETTLEMENTACTION PLAN 6.1 Surveys 6.1.1 For proper rehabilitation of the project affected and displaced persons, social impact assessment shall be undertaken. This would help in assessing the magnitude of displacement, losses to be sustained by PDPs and PAPs, better targeting of vulnerable LeaAssociates 7-8 groups, ascertaining the cost of R&R, drawing out the rehabilitation package and administeringthe same. 6.1.2 The social impact assessmentshall consist of two surveys namely: * Census survey of 100 percent of PAPs. * A baseline socio-economic survey of 25 percent of the PAPs to establish the monitoring and evaluatingparameters. The baseline survey shall be completed prior to the date of notification, under Section 3A of NHA or u/s 4 of LAA. If declaration under sub-section(1) of section 3D of NHA or u/s 6 and 9 of LAA is not issued within the stipulated period as specified in the National Highways Actor Land Acquisition Act, the survey will be undertakenagain and the notification under section 3A of NHA or us 4 of LA shall be reissued. 6.1.3 The Census will inter-aliainclude collection of informationabout the following: (i) The resource base including land, water, and forest etc., with an assessment of its developmentand ecologicalpotential in the pre-project conditions. (ii) The economy base of the affected people including the modes and magnitude of production, consumption pattern, related economic institutions and allocation of various productiveresources. (iii) Household census covering immovable property owned by the PAPs and other resources in their possession/use. These surveys would be carried out in association with local and host communities as well as with the local representatives. (iv) The social structure, norms, customs, cultural centres, traditions, patterns of leadershipand institutionsof social networking. (v) The census surveys will, prima-facie, identify sub-tenants, sharecroppers, encroachers, agricultural day labourers. During such census survey, those PAPs who do not hold land as Khatedars but are dependant on it for their livelihood, shall also be identifiedand listed along with their identified income. Besides this, the survey will also identify PDPs and PAPs, the Tribal and S.C. in accordance with the S.T. and S.C. lists of the Govt., 'the vulnerable PAPs such as the old, handicapped,infirm, orphans and destitutes. Base data of the survey should also include: (i) Accurateup to date maps of the area of project. (ii) Analysisof social structure and income resources of the population. (iii) Inventories of the resources, which the tribals use as well as data on their systems of economic production. (iv) The relationshipof the tribals to other local and national groups. Baselinestudies should capture the full range of production and marketing activities in which the tribals are engaged. LeaAssociates 7-9 7 6.2 RehabilitationAction Plan 6.2.1 The census survey which serves to provide base line socio-economicinformation about the affected should be completedbefore initiation of preparation of RAP. 6.2.2 A comprehensive plan for resettlementwill be drawn up in advance by the project authorities based on the socio-economic surveys. The entire plan for resettlement should be prepared by the project authorities with the participation of local representatives,NGOs includingrepresentatives of PAPs. 6.2.3 The RehabilitationAction Plan (RAP) shall be brought to the notice of the displaced and affected persons with the help of the local NGOs, the representativesof PAPs and the host communitiesso that they are able to make their suggestions. 7. ACQUISITIONOF LANDAND PROPERTIES 7.1 Land surveys for payment of compensation shall be done on the basis of updated official records and ground facts. The land records shall be updated relating to title/classification current use of land expeditiously for ensuring adequate cost compensation and allotment of land to the entitled displaced persons. For determining classification/currentuse of land, official records as they are on the cut- off date shall be taken into consideration. 7.2 If 75 percent on more and holding of a PAP/PDP is acquired or when the part of a land remaining after acquisition becomes economically unviable after acquisition, the owner of such land/property shall have the right to seek acquisition of his entire contiguous holding/propertyprovided the residualland is less than MEH. 7.3 The compensationon amount for the land and properties to be acquired shall be paid according to the provisionsof the NHA or LA as the case may be in accordancewith the provisionsof the Act. 7.4 The project authority should determine the possible replacementcost of land and asset to be acquired. For this purpose, land market surveys will be done by project authorities in association with representatives of PAPs and professional assessees. While determining the replacementcost of the land project authority will take recourse to the systems of assessmentdescribed below: (i) Taking into accountsuch prescribed rates or the averageof the actual transaction on rates of similar lands for contemporary years for which sale deeds are registered. (ii) Taking into consideration20 times of the annual value of gross productionof the concerned land, averagedover precedingfive years. (iii) Fixing up market value of land equal to the minimum land value if so prescribed by the State Govt. under Indian Stamp Act for the purpose of registration of sale deeds under Indian RegistrationAct of 1908.The replacementcost to be fixed up by the projectauthority shall be the amount,which shall be the highest among the three amounts arrived at by the aforesaid three alternative methods. In case replacement cost is higher than the market value determined by competent authority,the difference shall be paid in the form of assistance. LeaAssociates 7-10 7.5 The value of the houses, buildings and other immovable properties of the PAPs including the PDPs shall be determinedfor the purpose of payment of compensationat the relevant B.S.R. 7.6 Compensation for properties be longing to the community or for common places of worship which are acquiredfor the project shall be provided to enable construction of the same at the new place through the local self-governing bodies concerned in accordance with the modalitiesdetermined by such bodies to ensure correct use of the compensation amount Ghair Khatedarswho are working on "Muafi Lands" pertaining to the common places of worship, shall be assisted for their R&R under special assistance scheme. 7.7 Compensation for trees will also be based on their market value in case of timber bearing trees and replacement cost in case of fruit bearing trees as per the rates decided by the competent authority in consultation with Deptt. of Agriculture, Forest, Horticulture, Sericultureetc. as the case may be. 7.8 Compensation shall be paid and efforts will be made to complete the R&R of PAPs/PDPs before taking possessionof the land/properties.The PDPs and PAPs shall hand over the land and properties acquired to the Government free from all encumbrances such as mortgage, debt etc., pertaining to the lands and properties acquired. However,in case of any loans, on such acquired lands and properties given to the PAP by any Govt. agency, remains unadjusted as per the information furnished by the PAPs or by the loaner agency then such amounts shall be deducted out of total compensation. 7.9 Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in this policy document, the payment of the amount should be made in accordance with sub-section (1) through (6) of the section 3H of National Highway Act or in accordance with the relevant Clauses of Land Acquisition Act, as the case may be. 7.10 Disposal of acquired properties (i) The acquiredland and properties shall vest in the department/organisationpaying compensationfor such lands/properties. (ii) Even after payment of compensation, PDPs shall be allowed to take away the materials salvagedfrom their houses and shops etc. acquired by the project and no charges will be levied upon them for the same by the Govt. A notice to that effect will be issued to take away the materials so salvaged within 48 hours of their demolition if not then the same shall be disposed by the Project Authority without giving any further notice. (iii) Displaced persons receiving compensation for trees shall be allowed to take away timber of their acquired trees for their domestic use. Trees standing on Govt. land shall be disposed off by open auction by the Revenue Department/ Forest Department. 8. RESETTLEMENTAND REHABILITATION FOR OTHER IMPACTS 8.1 Agricultural land compensationwill be provided to vulnerable person as defined in para 4.12 and will be allottedin the joint name of husbandand wife. Lea Associates 7-11 8.2 New resettlementsites or site for shopping complexshould be developed, if so opted by 25 or more number of families of PDPs or displaced shop owners,as the case may be, at one place preferably in nearby areas. However,where PDPs do not opt for such site and prefer cash, then adequate assistance towards the cost for facilities to be developedas per details of para 8.3 below. 8.3 At the new settlement centres, civic amenities like drinking water, internal and link roads, medical facilities, schools, electricity, etc. will be provided along with any other amenities, which the PDPs had at their abandonedplace. Any facilities provided by the Govt. & all common resource properties being availed by the displaced and affected persons prior to the project will as far as possible be provided/continuedat Government cost at the new place of their resettlementor at the old place, as the case may be. 8.4 Plots for houses/shops at the new resettlement sites will be.provided to the PDPs on payment basis except for the vulnerable person. The allotment of plot for house shop will be in the joint name of husband and wife. Cost of registrationto that effect would be borne by the projectauthority. 8.5 Other grants (i) Rehabilitationon assistance shall be provided to the affected people including the land less. (ii) Transitional allowance, shifting allowance, rent, assistance for loss of income etc. shall be provided to the affected people. (iii) Training or upgradation of skills or those related to income generation will be provided as part of Rehabilitationassistance. 8.6 The R&R activities in respect of the tribals should be adapted to their needs and environment. 8.7 Customary and land tenure system of the tribal PDPs and PAPs should be protected. 9. POST-PROJECTEVALUATION On completion of the R&R work, project authoritiesshall monitor resettlementand rehabilitation of the PAPs and the host population.Such evaluation may be done periodicallyfrom the date of commencement of R&R work by the Project Authority with the participation of the representativesof the PAPs till a specified time. Suggestions made in the evaluation report will be incorporated in the RAP/revised RAP to make the R&R programmes more effective. The monitoring would be done involving project affected people in assessingresults and impacts. 10. ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE 10.1 The entire stretch of Third National Highway Project has been divided into 7 number of packages'. NHAI has already established6 Project ImplementationUnits, each headed by a Project Director and assisted by a number of Managers and other support staff. The Project Implementation Unit will have an R&R Cell, which will be headed by a senior level officer at the headquarterswho will be supported by one Manager posted Lea Associates 7-12 under Project Director in each PIU. Project Director will be overall in-charge of all responsibilities pertaining the project authority. Manager will act as Rehabilitation Officer. The RehabilitationOfficer will work closely with NGOs who would be hired for providing counsellingservices. 10.2 R&R Cell will be further supported by District Level Committeescomprising the Project Director, Revenue Officer, any other representative from district administration, representativesfrom panchayats, representativesof PAPs/PDPs, NGOs and any other person of local eminence.District level committees will assess the replacementvalue of the property and advise the R&R Cell accordingly,as well any other matter concerning the social aspects of the resettlement. 10.3 A joint high power Committee will be set up at secretary level between state and project authorityto look into matters concerning the functioning the district level committees. 10.4 Monitoring and implementationwill be done by R.O. at PIU and senior level officer at the headquarters. 11. COST AND BUDGETING The cost of all compensation and R&R works and establishment shall be integral part of the overall project cost borne by agency requiring the project. The project concerned would thus provide financingfor its R&R programme. 12. GRIEVANCE REDRESSALCELL Grievance Redressal Committee shall be formed at each District Headquarter comprising of Project Director (NHAI), RehabilitationOfficer, District Magistrate or any other person nominated by District Magistrate and local representatives & NGOs to look into grievances of affected population. 13. SCOPEFOR MAKING AMENDMENTSIN THE R&R POLICY NHAI may from time to time make amendments in this R&R Policy as and when considered necessary. (Including the GTRP). The Project Implementation Units are responsible for both the TNHP and the GTRP. LeaAssociates 7-13 ANNEX - I BROAD ENTITLEMENTFRAMEWORK A summary entitlement framework for the project (GTRP) is provided below: Land acquisition Inside Right of Way Impacts and assistance criteria Vulnerable Non Vulnerable Non Vulnerable Vulnerable A. Corridorof Impact: Loss of land and other assets (Support given to families and households) 1 Consultation,counseling regarding alternatives, and assistance in / identifyingnew sites and opportunities. 2 Compensationfor landat replacementcost, plus allowances for fees / V or othercharges 3 Advancenotice to harvestnon-perennial crops, or compensationfor ,/ / V/ V/ loststanding crops 4 Compensationfor perennialcrops and trees, calculated as annual ./ producevalue for oneseason 5 Compensationof R & R assistancefor structuresor othernon-land V/ / V/ assets 6 Rightto salvagematerials from existingstructures / / VI V 7 Shiftingassistance / / / 8 Optionof movingto resettlementsites (in a groupof minimum25 ./ / / families)incorporating needs for civicamenities.nIs B. Corridor of Impact: Lost or diminished livelihood(Support given to adult individuals) 9 Rehabilitationand assistance for lostor diminishedlivelihood $ / / 10 Additionalsupport mechanisms for vulnerablegroups in re- / /I establishing or enhancing livelihood 1i1 Employmentopportunities in connectionwith project to the extent . V possible 12 Anyother impacts not yet identified,whether loss of assetsor Unforeseenimpact shall be documentedand livelihood mitigatedbased on the principles agreed upon in this policy framework C. Indirect, group oriented impacts in the vicinity of the road corridor 13 Group oriented support will be given to mitigate negative impacts on the community, and to enhance development opportunities.Addressing traffic safety needs of pedestrianswill target particular support at more vulnerable groups, for example. The categories and support mechanisms are described in more detail in the detailed entitlement matrix (vide Annex II). In case of any ambiguity in provisions of Annex l, and il, the provisions of Annex It shall govern. LeaAssociates 7-14 ANNEX - 11 DETAILED ENTITLEMENT MATRIX The entitlement matrix for the project (GTRP) is given below. Note that the unit of entitlement is 'household/family' in most of the cases and 'individual' or 'community' in some. Wherever compensation (as defined under the relevant Acts) is paid, it will be paid to the titleholder (deemed to be the representative of the household). No claim for compensation shall rise due to the fragmentation of the household into two or more families. However, the R&R assistance will be paid to all the families, apart from the individuals. Si. Category Type of loss Unit of Entitlement Details IA Private Agricultural Family Compensationat 1. If the replacementcost is more than the Property land and "replacement compensation (at 'market price" as determinedby assets cost' or "actual the CompetentAuthority as per the NHA or the market value" LAA),then the difference is to be paid by the project in the form of 'assistance". 2. PAPswill be explained the process and their views will be taken into consideration, while determining the market value. 3. If the residualplot(s) is (are) not viable i.e. less than MEH, there are three options to be given to the EP. * The EP remains on the plot, and the compensationand assistance paid to the tune of required amount of land to be acquired; * Compensationand "assistance"are given for the entire plot including residualplot, if the owner of such land wishes that his residualplot should also be acquired by the projectauthority provided residualland is quantified less than MEH. The residual plot so paid will be acquired by the project authority. * IF EP.is from vulnerable group, compensation for the entire land is by meansof land for land if so wished by EP provided that the land of equal of more productive value is available. 4. Transitional allowance for 9 months if the residual land is not viable or for 3 months when the residual land is viable. 5. In case of severance of agriculturalland, an additional grant of 10% of the amount paid for land acquisition. 6. All fees, taxes and other charges, as applicable under the relevant laws, incurred in the relocation and resource establishment,are to be borne by the project. 7. Altemative economic rehabilitaton support and training for up-gradationof the skills. LB Private Non- Family Compensation at 1. If the asset (part of full) in question in a residential Property agricultural "replacement structure, then the replacementcost will be land and cost" or 'actual calculated as equivalent to the cost of provisionof assets market value" residential structure of area equivalentto that lost, subject to relevant "quality standards" of BSR as maintainedby Government/LocalBodies Authorities. 2. If the replacementcost is more than the ______compensation (at "market price" as determinedby LeaAssociates 7-1 5 No. Category Type of loss entitlement Entitlement Details assistance for 2. Shifting assistance assets 3. Compensatedfor loss of structure at replacement cost 4A Additional Primary Family Additional 1. The assistance will be equivalentfor 1 year towards support to source of assistance to income generating or vocationaltraining option of vulnerable income training or the EP's choice group equivalent 2. The training includes starting a suitabie production or service activity 3. Economicrehabilitation support and training and in case the money not spent for training programme, the equivalent amount to be paid as per EPs choice 5A Shifting Mobile and Family They are not Ambulatory vendors licensed for fixed locations will be Business ambulatory eligible for consideredas kiosks. vendors compensation or "assistance" 58 Shifting Kiosks Family "Assistance"for 1. The Assistance will be paid as a flat sum. |Business business 2. Where numerousvendors are displaced,provision disruption of a "vendors markef', rent free for first six months, thereafter they would be collectively encouragedto purchase their market site. 3. For purpose of the above detail 2, only when 50 vendors are displaced,the provisionwill be in force. However, the PIU will decide whether such a vendor's market' needs to be provided, on a case to case basis, when the numberof displaced vendors is less than 50. 6A Community Common Community Conservation, 1. Easily replaced resourcessuch as cultural Infrastructure, property protection, propertieswill be conserved (by means of special cohesion and resources compensatory protection, relocation, replacementetc.) In amenities replacement consultation with the community. 2. Loss of access to firewood etc. will be compensated by involving the communities in a social forestry scheme, in co-ordinationwith the Departmentof Forests, wherever possible. 3. Adequate safety measures, particularlyfor pedestrians and children; landscapingof community common areas; improved drainage; roadside rest areas etc. are all provided in the design of the highways; 4. Employmentopportunities in the project, if possible. 5. Loss of trees will be replaced by compensatory afforestation. 68 Host Community Enhancementof 1. Such compensation/assistancewill be consideredif community community the total number of resettled people exceeds 200 or resources. 10% of host community's population. Replacementof 2. Compensation/assistancewill be provided in the likely to be form of provision of Community, recreational, depleted infrastructure facilities and help in organising resources income-generatingschemes, in consultationwith the host community. 6C Any other . Unforeseen impacts shall be documentedand mitigated impact not yet based on the principles agreed upon in this policy identified, framework whether loss of asset or livelihood Lea Associates 7-1 7 8. IMPACTS AND RESETTLEMENT / REHABILITATION The Grand Trunk Road Project on upgradationand strengtheningof 422.78km stretches of NH- 2 is expected to have both positive and negative impacts on the environmentand on the people of the project area (or in the vicinity of the highway).The positive impacts have been described in Section 2 of this report. Despite all the efforts taken for modifying the design of the projedt highway, a section of the communitiesalong the corridor are going to be negatively impacted, mainly due to land acquisition (and clearing of encroachments and squatters from the public RoW) for the project. Negative impacts also include loss of economic opportunities/livelihood, sources of earning, etc. Moreover, a significant number of community/culturalproperties are also going to be negativelyimpacted. The following sections deal with various aspects of impacts, resettlement and rehabilitation including acquisition of land, making provisions of resettlement site, income restoration and other related issues. 8.1 ACQUISITION OF LAND AND ASSETS GTRP requires land for widening, strengthening,realignments, and other development of the project highway stretches. The requirement of additional land has been assessed for the prospective improvements involving minor changes in alignment adjustments, for curve straightening, providing approaches to the newly constructed bridges, intersection redesign, railway over bridges and other up-gradation planned to improve engineering, user safety and traffic flow. Broadly two kinds of land are required for the project. One, land required beyond the existing boundary of the existing public RoW, and two, land within the RoW. While land beyond the RoW is under various ownerships, public or private, the land within the existing RoW is owned by the NHAI and is meant entirely for road building' purposes. Land within the RoW will be cleared to the extent necessary, with respect to the corridor of impact (described in Section 3 of this Report). As the land belongs to the NHAI, for legal compensation purposes, no estimation is required2. Privately owned land beyond the RoW will be acquired by the project by dint of the applicableexpropriation laws of the land. 8.1.1 REQUIREMENTOF LAND A four-lane carriageway, national highway requires a standard 60m right of way. This may be optimised to about 45m. However,to provide for scope of further development(say adding two more lanes, or service lanes) the requirementwill be close to 60m. As given in Table 3.1, the Road building includes building, constructingand providing all such facilities and services, which are essential parts of a road (such as, bridges, flyovers, traffic booths, etc.) or are so associated with the road that without those facilities or services the usefulness of the road diminishes (such as, toll plaza, rest areas, information booths, roadside landscape, etc). 2 No compensation for land will be paid to the encroachers and squatters. However, these illegal encroachers and squatterswill be given all R&R assistance (including replacement of buildings and land) as per the entitlement framework for GTRP, described in Section 7 of this Report. LeaAssociates 8-1 existing RoW is narrower than required in most of the places. Also several bypasses are proposed in the project (some bypassesare to be developedon available alignmentsof existing smaller roads, but most of the bypassesare to be developedon brand new alignments passing through agricultural fields). Considering a uniform 60m RoW, the additional normal land requirement is about 850ha (see Table 8.1). Even with this 850ha, the realignment needs (where the horizontal and vertical geometry is poor, or the approaches to new bridges to be constructed) will not be fulfilled. Additional land requirement for such realignment needs is approximately50ha. Therefore, the standard additional land requirementfor the project is in the order of 900ha. Table 8.1: StandardAdditional Land Requirementfor GTRP Average Row (mX Length of Stretch Area Available Overall Area Required Shortfall Average~ ~I(m) I (ha) I(ha) (ha) Standard Additional Land Requirementfor Widening of the Existing Stretches 19.00 530.00 1.01 3.16 2.17 22.50 270.00 0.61 1.62 1.01 27.50 600.00 1.65 3.60 1.95 3250 88,400.00 287.30 530.40 243.10 37 50 9,180.00 34.43 55.08 20.65 42 50 202,990.00 862.71 1,217.94 355.23 47 50 10,500.00 49.88 63.00 13.12 52.50 18,800.00 98.70 112.80 14.10 57.50 63,310.00 364.03 379.86 15.83 62.50 3,400.00 21.25 20.40 (0.85) 66 00 3,600.00 23.76 21.60 -(2.16) Sub-Total(a) 1,745.33 2,409.48 664.15 Standard Requirementof Additional Landfor Bypasses 60.00o 13,550.00* 46.68* 81.30* 34.62* 60.00** 64,392.00** 386.35** 386.35** Sub-Total (b) l 420.97 Existing Stretches Bypassedand Land Not Required in the Project(but included in Sub-Total (a)} Sub-Total(c) 77940 | 30 233.83 AdditionalStandard Land Requirementfor Realignments,etc Sub-Total (d) Lump sum 50.00 Total Standard Land Requirement(= a+b-c+d) 901.29 Source: Estimated (LASA, 2000) Deatiled Project Reports, Feasibility Study Reports, Packages I to V, GTRP. 'Bypasses proposed on existing smaller roads with narrow right of way; ** Bypasses proposed on brand new alignments However, the project has been able to minimise such land requirement, by proposing design alternatives, by reducing the design speed, by designing wall-to-wall pavement, etc, resulting into reduced corridors of impact (refer Table 3.2). The proposed land acquisition in the project is 666.16ha only. Therefore, by trying to reduce the impacts of the project, land acquisitionrequirement has been reducedby about 27%. 3) Estimates of Land Required for the Project Land requirementestimates have been shown in Table 8.2. Total land requiredfor widening and upgrading the project corridor is about 666ha of which 622ha will be acquired from private holdings and the remaining about 44ha will be transferred from government and forestlands. Package I-C has the maximum land requirement (about 216ha) followed by Package IV-C LeaAssociates 8-2 (about 140ha), while the minimum requirementis in Package Il-B (about 22ha) and IV-A (about 52ha). Table 8.2: ProposedLand Requirementin the Project Package Private land Land Vested in Reserved Institutional Total Land (AgricultureHomestead) the Government Forest Land Land Requirement IA 71.08 0.55 71.63 I B 103.33 . . 103.33 I C 216.41 - 216.41 11B 13.82 8.20 . 22.02 IVA 45.75 6.72 52.47 IVC 124.15 11.60 3.85 139.60 V B 47.82 12.88 - 60.70 Total 622.36 39.40 4.40 666.16 Source: RAP Reports, Package l to V, Grand TrunkRoad Project 3 Specific Purposes of the Land Required The above-mentioned666.16ha land will be acquired for different purposes, such as provision of bypasses, flyovers, realignment or widening, etc. Table 8.3 gives the distribution of land requirementaccording to specific purposesfor the different Packages. Additionally, land will be required for borrow areas. Table8.3: Land Estimates(ha) for Specific Purposesof the Project Category / Package IA IB IC 11B IVA IVC V B Total Road Widening & Junction Improvement 27.13 16.04 40.07 5.78 4.00 2.00 15.32 110.34 Flyover - - - - 3.20 - - 3.20 By Pass v 18.00 57.60 133.20 3.99 32.55 116.15 26.80 388.29 Lay Byes/ Bus stops/ Wayside Amenities 5.55 5.35 5.30 4.05 6.00 6 00 3.10 35.35 Tcll Plaza < 3.00 2.50 2.50 - - - 2.50 10.60 Tree Plantation 17.40 21.84 35.34 - - - 74.58 Sub-Total 71.08 103.33 216.41 13.82 45.75 124.15 47.82 622.36 Road Widening 0.55 - - - 6.72 7.27 By pass - 8.20 - 15.45 12.88 36.53 Sub-Total [ 0.55 = 8.20 6.72 15.45 12.88 43.80 TOTAL LAND FOR PERMANNENT USE 71.63 103.33 216.41 22.02 52.47 139.60 60.70 666.16 BorrowAreas Leased 13.00 24.00 21.00 45.00 17.00 1700 18.00 155.00 TOTAL LAND REQUIREMENTFOR GTRP 84.63 127.33 237.41 67.02 69.47 156.60 78 70 82116 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project (Figureshave been calculated based on various data contained in the individualRAP, individual FeasibilityReports, and the individual DetailedProject Reports). Land acquisition for all the purposes except borrow areas3 is of permanent nature. For borrow areas land is to be leased for the duration of construction activities only (and will be returned to 3 Further, land will be temporarily required for setting up of construction camps, storage area, etc. As these parcels of land will be returned to the leasser after construction is over, and without any change in the status or quality of land, these are not included in the land requirement estimates. Land required for construction and other waste disposal will LeaAssociates 8-3 the owner after borrowing of earth). The total land to be acquired in the project is 622.36ha; total land area to be transferredand leased are 43.8ha and I 55.Oha,respectively. (i Land Categories Table 8.4 shows distributionof acquired land according to land categories for all the packages of GTRP. Of the about 622ha of private land to be acquired, more than 95% are agricultural land. The remaining consists of about 2% residentialand 2.5% commercialland4. 4 Public land vested in the state/central government will be required in Packages Il-B, IV-A, IV-C and V-B These parcels of land are vacant, under no specific use and do not constitute common property resources. Area of such land to be transferred (from other government agenciesto the NHAI) is 39.4ha. Forestlandwill be required in Packages I-A (0.55ha)and IV-C (3.85ha). In both these packages, the land to be transferred (from the Forest Departmentto the NHAI) is on the periphery/bufferof the forest area. There is no human inhabitation on these areas; the areas do not support significantgreen cover; and no usufruct right of the people living in the forest area is affected. Table 8.4: Categoriesof Land to be Acquired or Transferred LandCategory Package-wiseLand Acquisition I Transfer Requirement in ha Total IA IB IC l|B IVA ivc VB Private Agricultural 69.67 94.00 199.76 13.70 45.52 124.13 47 09 593.87 Residential 1.04 2.96 8.64 0.08 0.01 - 0.27 13.00 Commercial 0.37 6.37 8.01 0.04 0.22 0.02 0.46 15.49 Sub Total (a) 71.08 103.33 216.41 13.82 45.75 124.15 47.82 622.36 Govt. Vested Land - - - 8.20 6.72 11.60 12.88 39.40 Forest Land 0.55 - - 3.85 - 4.40 Sub Total (b) 0.55 - - 8.20 6.72 15.45 12.88 43.80 GrandTotal (a+b) 71.63 103.33 216.41 22.02 52.47 139.60 i 60.70 666.16 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project. 8.2 IMPACT ON PEOPLE DUE TO LAND ACQUISITION As a corollary to land acquisition,the project affects a number of families, and displaces some of them These families are titleholders,and are distinct from the squatters and the encroachers. About 76 percent of the project-affectedfamilies, and about 71 per cent of the project-displaced families are titleholders (refer Table 8.5). Package Il-B affects (94 families) and displaces (21 families) the lowest numbers of titleholders. Packages IV-C, I-B and I-C has the maximum impact on the titleholderfamilies. Displacementof the titleholderfamilies is comparativelyhigher in Packages I-A. Although,a large share of affected families are being.displaced in PackagesII- B and V-B, the numbers of families (21 and 23, respectively)is small. similarly be temporarily be leased and will be returned after redevelopmentto the owners within the specific period of short-term lease. These parcels of land are also not included in the estimate. 4 This estimate of commercial land includes the land under mixed (i.e., residential-cum- commercial) use. Also included under this category is the land under petty industrial use (such as cottage industries,roadside automobile related workshops,etc) Lea Associates 8-4 Table 8.5: Titleholders and Non-Titleholdersamong the Project Affected Familiesand the Project DisplacedFamilies AFFECTED FAMILIES DISPLACED FAMILIES Total Titleholder Families Non-TitleholderNon-Titleholder Total Titleholder Families ~~~~~Non-TitleholderFamiles u Affected Families Displaced Families < Families Families a. FailesNumber % Number % . Number % Number % I-A 1,215 855 (70.37) 360 (29.63) 643 307 (47 74) 336 (52.26) IB 1,713 1,530 (89.32) 183 (10.68) 437 397 (90.85) 40 (9.15) I-C 1,764 1,332 (75.51) 432 (24.49) 833 690 (82.83) 143 (17.17) lI-B 1,347 94 (6.98) 1,253 (93.02) 1,028 21 (2.04) 1007 (97.96) IV-A 1,089 792 (72.73) 297 (27.27) 842 568 (67.46) 274 (32.54) IV-C 3,851 3,701 (96.10) 150 (3.90) 2,772 2,696 (97.26) 76 (2.74) V-B 176 137 (77.84) 39 (22.16) 59 23 (38.98) 36 (61.02) Total 11,165 8,441 (75.67) 2,714 (24.33) 6,614 4,702 (71.09) 1912 (28.91) Source: RAP Reports, Package l to V, Grand Trunk Road Project. The 2,714 non-titleholderfamilies, given in Table 8.5 are impacted by the project irrespectiveof land acquisition (they are to be evicted from the public RoW). The 8,441 titleholder families impacted due to land acquisition,to relateto the EntitlementFramework of GTRP, are classified into the following: * (Project affected or displaced)families losing agriculturalland * (Project affected or displaced)families losing residential land and property * (Project affected or displaced)families losing commercialland and property * (Project affected or displaced) families losing mixed (residential+ commercial) land and property. The impact on each of the above class of families is described below. 8.2.1 FAMILIES LOSINGAGRICULTURE LAND About 64 per cent of the project-affectedfamilies (7,106 families out of 11,155) are agricultural landowners. Among the project-displacedfamilies, 35 per cent (4,160 families out of 6,614) are displaced due to loss of agricultural land. These project-affected or project-displacedfamilies include both titleholdersand non-titleholders. Among the titleholder families, loss of agricultural land is the prime reason for impact and displacement (refer Table 8.6). A total of 6,974 families with agricultural land (title) holding will be affected by the project. Among them 4,039 families will be displaced.Therefore, among the titleholder families (8,441 in number), 6,974 (about 83 per cent) families will be affected due to acquisition of agricultural land only. Among the 4,702 project-displacedfamilies, 4,039 families (about 86 per cent) will be displaced due to the same. Further, on the agricultural land parcels to be acquired, there are 121 sharecroppers(or tenants), all of whom will be displaced5. 5 There are also 11 families encroaching on the RoW for agricultural purposes. All of the squatters will be affected, but none of them would be displaced. Lea Associates 8-5 Table 8.6: Distributionof the Title-holderFamilies AFFECTED FAMILIES DISPLACED FAMILIES - _X a a .2 ~E .E - _ E ~ < _ e e s ,eLE 0 E- E 0 I-A 649 35 144 27 855 143 21 134 9 307 I-B 1,148 187 173 22 1,530 269 61 60 7 397 I-C 753 307 209 63 1,332 472 107 91 20 690 Il-B 76 5 5 8 94 17 - 3 1 21 IV-A 654 30 91 17 792 452 10 91 15 568 IV-C 3,674 - 27 - 3,701 2,676 - 20 - 2,696 V-B 20 45 1 7 55 137 10 - - 13 23 Total 6,974 609 666 192 8,441 4,039 199 399 65 4,702 Source. RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project. Packages I-B and IV-C affects about 69 per cent of the project-affected agricultural titleholder families. Packages I-C, IV-A and IV-C, together account for about 89 per cent of the project- affected agricultural titleholder families. Package IV-C (which includes the 20km long Sasaram Bypass to be built through agriculturalfields), in particularaccounts for 53 per cent and 66 per cent of the agricultural titleholderfamilies who are being affected and displaced,respectively, by the project. 8.2.2 FAMILIESLOOSING RESIDENCE The total residential land requirementfor the project is 13ha. This is about 2% of the total area acquired by the project. However,acquisition of this 13ha land affects 609 and displaces 199 of the titleholder families (accountingfor affecting more than 7% and displacing more than 4 per cent of the titleholder families). About 33% of the project-affectedresidential titleholder families will be displaced (refer Table 8.6). Package IV-C affects and displaces no residential titleholder family6. Packages Il-B and V-B, again displace no such family. Package I-C has a share of more than 50% among the project- affected or the project-displacedresidential titleholder families. In all other packages, therefore, the scale of affect on or displacementof the residential titleholderfamilies has been small. The families affected by the acquisitionof the residential holding also include 51 tenants (who are non-titleholders,but are impacteddue to the affect/displacementof the titleholder families). Among these 51 residentialtenant families, 45 will be displaced. 8.2.3 FAMILIES LOOSINGCOMMERCIAL STRUCTURE Of the total area to be acquiredfor the project, about2.5% (15.49ha) is commercial land (part of which is again under commercial/residential use). Commercial titleholder families (666) constitute 7.9% of the project-affectedfamilies. In all, 399 commercialtitleholder families will be displaced (about 8.5% of the titleholder displaced families). Out of the affected commercial titleholderfamilies, about 60% will be displaced (see Table 8.6). A 20km long Bypass has been proposed at Sasaram to avoid impacting any residential structure. Consequently, the need for acquisition of agricultural land had increased by 120ha. Lea Associates 8-6 Packages l-(A, B and C) affect 526 commercial titleholder families (about 79% of all such families in the project) and displace 285 commercial titleholder families (71.4% of all such displaced families in the project). In all other packages, the impact on commercial titleholder families is small. The project also affects 626 families who are tenants of the commercial structures to be acquired/evicted (100 of these families will be displaced). An estimated 20% of these famiiies are affected or displaced due to the affect on or relocation of the commercialtitleholder families. 8.2.4 FAMILIESLOOSING RESIDENTIAL-CUM-COMMERCIALSTRUCTURES Of the 15.49haof commercial land to be acquired,some are under mixed (i.e., both commercial and residential use). Due to acquisition of these parcels of land, 192 mixed land titleholder families are being affected, 62 of whom are being displaced (refer Table 8.6). The project will also affect 64 tenant families located on the premises of the mixed land titleholders,30 of whom will be displaced. 8.3 COMMUNITY RESOURCES AFFECTED In some of the areas in the project the road traverses through densely populated settlements. Some of the infrastructuresbuilt to facilitate the basic needs of the communitiesin these areas are affected by the project. These common property resources are listed below in Table 8.7. Table 8.7: Amenitiesand Community ResourcesAffected by the Project Resource Package = Total IA IB IC 11B IVA Ivc v B Hand Pumps 64 67 68 12 72 150 55 488 Tube well - - - 9 - - - 9 Wells 1 12 36 - 18 2 13 82 Temple/MosqueiChurch 8 14 25 22 15 2 26 112 Shrines 19 14 40 - - - - 73 Graves 25 16 13 - - - - 54 School/College 24 6 7 1 7 3 4 52 Police Station 2 2 - 2 2 - - 8 Petrol Pump 2 7 5 - 14 Hospitals/ PHCs 3 5 6 14 Post Offices 1 Powerhouse . 1 . . 1 Office Building 6 - 6 Community Pond 4 5 9 Source: RAP Reports,Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project 8.4 SQUATTERS AND ENCROACHERS IMPACTED The project evicts some squatters and encroachers from the corridor of impact. Squatters and encroachers beyond the corridor of impact (though these are also illegal occupants of the public RoW) are left undisturbed. Eviction is planned wherever absolutely necessary. The project proposes elaborate plans for rehabilitationof these evicted families, particularlythose who are in the vulnerablegroup. Lea Associates 8-7 There are 2,714 non-titleholderfamilies affected by the project, which is about 24 per cent of the total project-affected families (refer Table 8.5). Of these families, 1,912 will be displaced, constituting about 29 per cent of the project-displacedfamilies. Of the non-titleholderfamilies, about 70% are being displaced. Table 8.8 below gives the distribution of the non-titleholder families affected by the project. Table 8.9 gives a similar distributionof the non-titleholderdisplaced families. Table 8.8: Distributionsof Non-TitleholderAffected Families Package Non-TitleholderAgriculture Residential Commercial rntial Others Total Groups ~~~~~~~Commercial Encroacher - - 0 IA Squatter - - 238 4 242 Tenant 93 1 1 23 - 118 Sub-Total 93 1 239 27 0 360 Encroacher - - - 0- IB Squatter 11 7 18 Tenant - - 162 3 - 165 Sub-Total 11 0 169 3 0 183 Encroacher - - - - - 0 IC Squatter - - 37 - 37 Tenant 28 42 303 22 395 Sub-Total 28 42 340 22 0 432 Encroacher - 39 44 35 4 122 11B Squatter 264 602 67 14 947 Tenant 8 160 16 - 184 Sub-Total 0 311 806 118 18 1253 Encroacher - 54 25 10 - 89 IVA Squatter 109 88 11 208 Tenant - - - - 0 Sub-Total 0 163 113 21 0 297 Encroacher - 29 46 4 - 79 iv c Squatter 6 62 3 71 Tenant - - - - - 0 Sub-Total 0 35 108 7 0 150 Encroacher - 12 12 9 - 33 V B Squatter 2 - 4 6 Tenant - - - - 0 Sub-Total 0 14 12 13 0 39 Encroacher 0 134 127 58 4 323 Squatter 11 381 1034 89 14 1529 TOTAL ______I Tenant 121 51 626 64 0 862 Total I 132 566 1787 211 18 2714 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V Grano Trunk Road Project. Of the non-titleholder families, 323 (about 12%) are encroachers, and 1529 (about 56%) are squatters. Package Il-B has the largest number of squatters and encroachers affected, more than 50% of whom are roadside kiosks or petty vendors (this package affects very few z7a Lea Associates 8-8 titleholders, in contrast). This package is located on the periphery of Kanpur metropolis, which already has a large employmentin the informal sector (including a plenty of roadsidevendors). Packages I-C, IV-C and V-B affect comparativelylower number of squattersor encroachers. Table 8.9: Distributionsof Non-TitleholderDisplaced-Families Non-Titleholder Residential+ Agriculture Residential Commercial Rercial Others Total Package NoupsGroups comqmercial Encroacher - - 0 IA Squatter - - 236 4 240 Tenant 93 1 0 2 - 96 Sub-Total 93 1 1 236 6 0 336 Encroacher - - - - - 0 I B Squatter - 4 - 4 Tenant 0 - 33 3 - 36 Sub-Total 0 0 37 3 0 40 Encroacher - - - - - 0 IC Squatter - - 35 - 35 Tenant 28 42 17 21 - 108 Sub-Total 28 42 52 21 0 143 Encroacher - - - - 0 11B Squatter 268 602 67 14 951 Tenant - 2 50 4 - 56 Sub-Total 0 270 652 71 14 1007 Encroacher - 37 20 10 67 IVA Squatter 109 87 11 207 Tenant - - - - 0 Sub-Total 0 146 107 21 0 274 Encroacher 3 4 0 - 7 Squatter 6 60 3 69 IVC Tenant - - - - - 0 Sub-Total 0 9 64 3 0 76 Encroacher - 12 12 7 - 31 Squatter 1 4 5 Tenant - - 0 Sub-Total 0 13 12 11 0 36 Encroacher 0 52 36 17 0 105 TOTAL Squatter 0 384 1024 89 14 1511 Tenant 121 45 100 30 0 296 Total 121 481 1160 136 14 1912 Source: RAP Reports, Package Ito V, Grand Trunk Road Project. Close to 70% of the non-titleholderaffected families are being displaced.Of the total displaced non-titleholderfamilies, 84.5% are either squatters (79%) or encroachers(5.5%). Of the affected encroachers (323 families), 32.5% (105 families) are displaced. Displacement (1511 families) among the affected squatterfamilies (1529 families) is comparativelyhigh (98.8%). The lowest displacement of squatters and encroachers is in Package I-B. Packages i-C, IV-A, IV-C and V-B also have small displacement needs, with regard to the eviction of squatters and LeaAssociates 8-9 encroachers. As in the case of affects, Package Il-B (951 squatters but no encroacher) displaces the largest number of such families (58.8% of all squatter and encroacher families displaced in the project). All other packages together displace 665 squatter and encroacher families. 8.5 OVERALL DISPLACEMENTAND OTHER IMPACTS In total, the GTRP affects 11,155families, of whom 6,614 will be displaced.Table 8.10 gives an account of the displacement and other impacts in the project (see also Figure 8.1). The Entitlement Framework of the GTRP provides for distinct entitlements and assistance for each category of the displaced families/persons. Families/personsexperiencing minor impacts (or partial impacts not resulting in displacement)are agairnentitled for separate entitlements. Table 8.10: Displacementand Other Impacts of GTRP Package Displacement Other Impacts Total Project Affected (Severe Impact) (Partial Impacts) Family Person Family Family Person Package l-A 643 1,050 572 1,215 1,777 Package l-B 437 713 1,276 1,713 1,893 Package l-C 833 1,605 931 1,764 2,118 Package 1I-B 1028 3,764 319 1,347 4,268 Package IV-A 842 2,780 247 1,089 3,669 Package V-C 2772 9,780 1,079 3,851 14,833 Package V-B 59 413 117 176 1,285 TOTAL 6,614 20,105 4,541 11,155 29,843 Source. RAP reports, Package i to V, Grand Trunk Road Project - Figure 8.1: Impacts and Displacement in GTRP 16,000 .[Package I-A 14,000 | Package I-B zE12,000 .3 - IPackage I-C U- _ 10,000 .. _ Package li-B 0 8 Package IV-A 8,000 r3 IPackage IV-C 06,000 ° 6,000 * ~~~~~~~~~~~~PackageV-B E 4,000 z 2,000 No. of PAPs No. of PAFs No. of PDPs No. of PDFs Lea Associates 8-10 8.5.1 DISPLACEDFAMILIES Of the total project-affected families, nearly 60% are displaced. Maximum displacement happens in Packages IV-C, Il-B and IV-A. Together these packages account for about 70% (4642 families) of the total displacement by the project. Displacementrequirement in the other packages are small. Table 8.11 also gives the share of displacementfor each category of affected families. Such share is comparatively higher in the case of commercial category of the displaced families. However, the extent of displacement among the residential, commercial or the mixed residential/commercialcategory could have been more, but was avoided to the extent possible. To minimise displacement of residential or commercial properties, certain trade-off with agricultural properties also resulted during preparation of the project. Also pertinent to mention here is the fact that almost all affected families were potential candidates for displacement. Displacement requirement was minimised by applying the principle that disturbance to people and propertieswill be controlled and be limited to the "corridorof impact". Table 8.11: Extentof Displacementin GTRP Total TotalDisplaced % of AffectedFamilies by Category Package Affected OXfResidential Families Families Affected Agricultural Residential Commercial+Commercial Others I-A 1,215 643 (52.92) (31.81) (61.11) (96.61) (27.78) I-B 1,713 437 (25.51) (23.21) (32.62) (28.36) (40.00) I-C 1,764 833 (47.22) (64.02) (42.69) (26.05) (48.24) Il-B 1,347 1,028 (76.32) (22.37) (85.44) (80.76) (57.14) (77.78) IV-A 1,089 842 (77.32) (69.11) (80.83) (97.06) (94.74) Iv-c 3,851 2,772 (71.98) (72.84) (25.71) (62.22) (42.86) V-B 176 59 (33.52) (50.00) (22.03) (41.38) (35.29) Total 11,155 6,614 (59.29) (58.54) (57.87) (63.55) (49.88) Source:RAP reports, Package I to V, GrandTrunk Road Project Despite the considerable widening (4/6 lanning) of the project highway stretches, which pass through densely populated human settlements, displacement in GTRP is low, with only 6,614 families. The Entitlement Framework of the GTRP contains provisions to ensure that these displaced families do not get impoverishedin the process. These families can move to locations of their choice. Moreover,all displacedfamilies are entitled to a resettlementsite providedthat more than 25 displaced families are ready to move together at a new location. However, no such demand for resettlementwas raised for resettlementsite during the public consultation. 8.5.2 VULNERABLEGROUP FAMILIES Woman-headed families, scheduled caste families, scheduled tribe families, families below poverty line, disabled persons, destitute persons and orphans constitute the vulnerable group ,or the purposesof the GTRP. While individualdata about the destitute, disabled or orphans are not documented7, data on vulnerablegroup families is available in the individual RAP reports for all packages. 7 It is proposed that the disabled, destitute and orphans will be identified individually by the NGOs during consultationwith the PAPs and distribution of the Identity Cards (i.e., in the first phase of implementationof the RAP). LeaAssociates 8-11 Table 8.12 gives the distribution of the vulnerable group affected families. Vulnerable group families (4,170 families) constitute about 37% of all affected families in GTRP. Most of the affected vulnerable group families are families below poverty line (2,359 families or about 57% of all vulnerablegroup families). Scheduledcaste families are also substantial in number (1,380 families or about 33% of all affected vulnerable group families). Woman-headed families are small in number8.The number of scheduled tribe family is absolutely low (about 1.5% of the total affected vulnerablegroup families). Most (about 58%) of the vulnerable group affected families again belong to the agricultural category, and are either marginalfarmers or landless labourers (or sharecroppers). The other significant sub-category is of the vulnerable group affected commercial families (about 23%). These families are mostly engaged in petty roadsidebusinesses (see Table 8.12). Table 8.12: Distributionof VulnerableGroup Affected Families Package Vulnerable Agricultural Residential Commercial Residential Others Total +Commercial hr Toa ~AAWW 19A 'k- 1 SC 118 1 70 5 194 IA ST 2 - 2 1 5 BPL 160 11 68 15 254 Sub-Total 296 16 143 21 . 476 WHH 38 17 16 - 71 SC 168 51 46 4 269 lB ST - - - - - BPL 153 35 115 7 310 Sub-Total 359 103 177 11- 650 VVHH 37 4 15 - 56 sC 58 44 68 13 183 I C ST 1 - 22 8 31 BPL 109 137 152 24 422 Sub-Total 205 185 257 45 - 692 WHH - 130 51 20 1 202 SC 1 82 90 6 2 181 11B ST - - 6 1 - 7 BPL - 53 141 12 3 209 Sub-Total 1 265 288 39 6 599 WHH ------SC . 8 10 18 IVA ST 12 - 4 16 BPL 18 48 45 111 Sub-Total 30 56 59 145 WHH - - - SC 510 5 12 527 IV c ST - BPL 1.024 5 6 1.035 Sub-Total 1.534 10 18 - 1.562 8 This is only expected given the lower social and economic status of women in the project area. Moreover,within the constituentsof the vulnerablegroup, with possible exception of the scheduled tribe families (who again are small in number), the social and economic status of women is still lower. Lea Associates 8-12 ` Package Vulnerable Agricultural Residential Commercial Residetial Others Total +Cornmercial er Toa WHH 2 9 - 2 _ 13 SC 3 2 1 2 8 V B ST 1 2 1 3 7 BPL 3 6 1 8 18 Sub-Total 9 19 3 15 46 WHH 93 164 85 22 1 365 SC 858 193 297 30 2 1.380 TOTAL ST 16 2 35 13 -66 BPL 1.467 295 528 66 3 2.359 _ Total 2.434 654 945 131 6 4.170 Source RAP reports, Package I to V. Grand Trunk Road Project Note: WHH = Womanheaded families, SC = Scheduledcaste families; ST = Scheduled tribe families; BPL = Families below poverty line. Package V-B and IV-A affects the small number of vulnerable group families. Package IV-C affects the maximum (37.5% of the total affected vulnerable group families in the project). However, almost all of them (1,534 out of 1,562 families or more than 98%) are agricultural families, and are being affected due to the proposed Sasaram bypass (which is proposed to reduce impacts on residential or commercialproperties within Sasaramtown). About 63% of the affected vulnerable families are being displaced. This is comparable to the share of all project-displacedfamilies among the all project-affectedfamilies9. Vulnerable group families constitute a large among the non-titleholders(i.e., the squatters and the encroacherson the public RoW), and consequently are more likely to be evicted/displaced than the non- vulnerable group families (majority of whom are titleholders). The comparable displacement levell° shows that the vulnerablegroup families were not anyway discriminated against in the project. Table 8.13 is the distribution of the vulnerable group displaced families with respect to sub- groups (WHH, SC, ST and BPL) as well as categories (agricultural, residential, commercial, mixed use, and other property categories).BPL famrlies (56%) and SC families (35%) constitute the major chunks of the displacedvulnerable group families. Very few WHH (6.9%) or ST (1.7%) families are being displaced. Among the displaced vulnerable group families, about 61% are agricultural (marginal farmers or sharecroppers),and about 24% are commercial. Residentialand mixed property use categoriestogether accountfor the remaining 15% (refer Table 8.13). Of the affected vulnerable group WHH families, 49.9% (i.e., 182 out of 365) are displaced. Similarly, 67.8% (935 out of 1,380) of the affected SC families, 68.1% (45 out of 66) of the affected ST families, and 62.9% (1483 out of 2359) of the affected BPL families are being displaced. These all are comparableto the overall share of displaced families (59.3%) among the overall project-affected families (refer also Table 5.24). The slightly higher share of displacement among the vulnerable group families is because a majority of them squat very close to the existing (road) pavement. 9 Among overall 11,155 project-affected families, 6,614 families (59.3%) are being displaced. Among the 6,985 non-vulnerableproject-affected families, 3,969 families (57%) are being displaced. ° Among the vulnerablevis-a-vis the non-vulnerablegroup families. Lea Associates 8-13 D Table 8.13: Distributionof VulnerableDisplaced Families Package Vulnerable Agricultural Residential Commercial Residential + Others Total .. _Qg~Cmmercial WHH 9 4 3 - 16 SC 46 - 67 5 ' 118 IA ST - 2 1 3 BPL 48 7 62 7 124 Sub-Total 103 11 134 13 261 WHH - 13 9 - 22 SC 39 22 19 80 I B ST - - - - - BPL 51 18 24 2 95 Sub-Total 90 53 52 2 197 WHH 31 1 9 - 41 SC 57 14 46 13 130 I C ST 1 - 18 1 20 BPL 74 63 70 15 222 Sub-Total 163 78 143 29 413 WHH - 31 51 20 102 SC 61 70 6 1 i 138 11B ST - 2 1 3 BPL 34 112 7 3 156 Sub-Total 126 235 34 4 399 \NHH1 - - - - - SC - 8 10 -- 18 IV A ST 12 - 4 16 BPL 14 30 41 85 Sub-Total 26 38 55 119 WHH SC 440 7 447 IV C ST BPL 781 4 6 791 Sub-Total 1,221 4 13 1,238 WHH 1 - 1 SC 2 1 1 4 V B ST - - 3 3 BPL 2 1 - 7 10 Sub-Total 5 1 1 11 18 WHH 41 49 72 20 - 182 SC 584 105 220 25 1 935 TOTAL ST 13 - 26 6 - 45 BPL 970 157 315 38 3 1,483 Total 1,608 311 633 89 4 2,645 Source: RAP reports, Package I to V. Grand TrunkRoad Project. Note: WHH = Womanheaded famtlies; SC = Scheduled caste families: ST = Scheduled trlbe families; BPL = Families below poverty line. LeaAssociates 8-14 8.5.3 LIVELIHOODOF THE PROJECTAFFECTEDIDISPLACED FAMILIES Of the 11,155 families affected by the project, 1,175families (10.5%) are impacted due to (full or partial) loss of residential structures. Of the remaining 9,962 families", about 71% derive their livelihood from agricultural activities, and the remaining from commercial activities (refer Table 8.14). As mentioned earlier, a significant share of the families deriving livelihood from agriculture are either marginal farmers (farmerswith marginal land) or are sharecroppers/tenants.Similarly, the residual families derive their livelihood from petty roadside businesses(includes petty roadside industrial units). However, among the titleholder affected families, the dependence on agriculture (89% families dependon agriculture)is much more than on commercial activities. Table 8.14: Livelihoodof the Affected Families Legal Wage Earner/ Package Type Titleholder Encroacher Squatter Tenant Total Agriculture 649 2 93 742 I A Commercial 171 242 24 437 Agriculture 1,148 11 - 1,159 I B Commercial 195 7 165 367 Agriculture 753 - 28 781 I C Commercial 272 37 325 634 Agriculture 76 - - - 76 11B Commercial 13 79 669 176 937 Agriculture 654 - - - 654 IVA Commercial 108 35 99 242 Agriculture 3,674 - - 3,674 IV C Commercial 27 50 65 142 Agriculture 20 - - 20 V B Commercial 72 21 4 - 97 Agriculture 6,974 - 11 121 7,106 Total Commercial 858 185 1,123 690 2,856 Total 1 7,832 185 1,134 811 9,962 Source: RAP Reports,Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project. Commercialincludes the class of families deriving livelihood from mixed (commercial+residential)properties. Among the displaced families, the distribution among agricultural and commercial sources of livelihood remains similar (70:30). However, similar to the case of affected titleholder families, among the project-displaced titleholder families, the dependence on agricultural activity for livelihood is more (about 90%), and consequently low on commercial activities (about 10%). Refer Table 8.15. Table 8.15: Livelihoodof the Displacedfamilies Legal Wage Earner] Package Type Titleholder Encroacher Squatter Tenant Total Agriculture 143 - 93 236 IA Commercial 143 240 2 385 " Further 18 families are affected due to loss of "other" properties, and are not counted in the 9,962 families. Lea Associates 8-15 Legal Wage Earner/ Package Type Titleholder Encroacher Squatter Tenant Total I 8 Agriculture 269 - 269 Commercial 67 4 36 107 Agriculture 472 - 28 500 I C Commercial I11 35 38 184 Agriculture 17 - 17 11B Commercial 4 669 54 727 Agriculture 452 - - - 452 IVA Commercial 106 30 98 234 Agriculture 2,676 - - 2,676 IV C Commercial 20 4 63 87 Agriculture 10 - - 10 V B Commercial 13 19 4 - 36 Agriculture 4,039 - 121 4,160 Total Commercial 464 53 1,113 130 1,760 Total 4,503 53 1,113 251 5,920 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project 8.6 RESETTLEMENT Resettlement and rehabilitation in GTRP consists of the following broad entitlements of the "entitled'2 person/family/group": * Compensation for the loss of property (in case of titleholders); * Additional relocation support for the displaced titleholder families; * R&R assistance to the non-titleholder affected/displaced families; * Livelihood and income restoration support and assistance to the familiesipersons belonging to the vulnerable group. For details, refer the Entitlement Framework for the GTRP, given in Section 6 of this report. 8.6.1 DISPLACED FAMILIES Each displaced families in GTRp are entitled to the following benefits, over and above the replacement cost of property: * Shifting allowance of Rs.800; * Transitional allowance for (9 months for agricultural PDFs, if the residual land unviable and 3 months, if the residual land is viable 31; 9 months for non-agricultural PDFs). To be 12 A project-affected person, or family will be considered "entitled" on completion of a joint verification led by the NGOs (procured by the NHAI to assist in implementing the RAP). Each "entitled" person/family will be given an identity card, specifying the identity of the person/family, and the applicable entitlements (including the choice of entitlements, wherever applicable). 3 A residual plot of land less than the 'minimum economic holding' (lha of irrigated land or 2ha of non-irrigated land) is unviable, as per the Entitlement Framework of GTRP. Lea Associates 8-16 calculated equal to the minimum wage14 for 26days in a month for the number of months applicable; * Economic rehabilitation grant (including grant for training in alternative vocation) for all displaced vulnerable group families. This is to be calculated as 115% of the 'poverty line' income'5 for 12 months; * Grant for the building structures, calculated @ 10% of applicable 'basic schedule of rates' in the area; * Productiveasset grants to all vulnerableagricultural and commercial PDFs; * Resettlement site (residential, commercial or homestead) provided that more than 25 PDFs are willing to move together to the site, complete with all required amenities and infrastructure.The resettlementsite is to be chosen in consultationwith the PDPs. Moreover, further entitlements will accrue to the displaced families, depending on their classification:titleholder, non-titleholder,or vulnerable. ( Titleholder Displaced Families The non-vulnerable titleholder PDFs will be compensated at the replacement value of the properties. If the legally paid compensationfalls short of the replacementcost, the difference will be paid by the project as assistance.All agricultural PAPs are entitled for further benefits, such as, * Additional assistance towards severance of agricultural land, calculated as 10% of the replacementvalue for the area acquired; • (Additionalassistance towards)acquiring the unviable residualland; * All fees, taxes and other charges levied on the PDFs for property transaction due to the project, under relevant laws, will be paid by GTRP. 0 Non-Titleholder Displaced Families These families are encroachers, squattersor tenants. The encroacherswill receive replacementcost of their (building) structures. They will have the right to salvage material from their structures, and will be notified in time to remove their assets. Agriculturalencroachers would receive the value of lost crop (plus assistancetowards seeds for next year's cropping) in case they are not informed adequately in advance However, during the census of PAPs, no agricultural encroacherwas recorded. The vulnerable group encroachers will be entitled to the benefitsapplicable to that group. Squatters will be entitled to receive replacement cost of their (building) structures. They will have the right to salvage material from their structures, and will be notified in time to remove their assets. They would receive the value of lost crop (plus assistance towards seeds for next year's cropping) in case they are not informed adequately in advance. During the census of 14 Minimum wage varies across the area. The applicable rate, as determined by the Labour Commissioner,in each district to be used in calculatingthe minimum wage. is Poverty Line is the family (household) income below which the family is considered impoverished. This varies between the urban and the rural areas, and over time. Applicable amount as determined by the Ministry of Social Welfare will be considered during implementationof the RAP. LeaAssociates 8-17 PAPs, 11 agricultural squatters were recorded, but none of them are displaced by the project16. Squatters will also be entitled for facilitation/access to training, which includes income- generating assistance.The vulnerablegroup squatters will be entitled to the benefits applicable to that group. The tenants will receive residual deposit with the owner, if any, and replacementvalue for any structure erected by the tenant, if any (both to be deductedfrom the paymentto the owner). O Vulnerable Displaced Families One of the entitlements in GTRP is the provision of residential/commercial/agriculturalplots for the vulnerable group displaced families, free of cost (at the resettlement site). If the eligible PDFs do not want such sites, and prefer cash compensation,then adequateassistance towards developing the required amenities and infrastructure will be provided by the GTRP, as assistance.The number of families eligiblefor such plots'7 free of cost is given in Table 8.16. 0 Options Preferred by the Displaced Families Families loosing agricultural land preferred alternative land. With the population pressure in the areas where the road is traversing through, and with heavy dependence on agriculture, availabilityof land in nearby area is very difficult. Inflated land price is an issue of concern. Project-induceddevelopment in turn induces speculation. Such speculation, in the case of GTRP is expected to be very high, which would further shrink the supply of land, and the land market is likely to remain out of reach of the farmers displaced'8by the GTRP. The NGOs will have to make intensifiedefforts to ensure that the project is able to replace their lands in the nearby area. The monitoring and evaluation consultants will have to examine each of such cases, as to what extent, the farmers have been able to replace their lands in terms of quality as well as quantity. The shop owners have realized that the possibilities of increase in the commercial value of the shops along the road. Therefore, they mostly preferred alternative shops alongside the road or cash (compensation and assistance) for self-relocation. The 680 families losing residential structures, preferred alternativehouse sites or plots for building their houses. 8.6.2 HOST COMMUNITY Since there will not be any large-scale displacement in GTRP, the size of the resettlementsites, if any, will tend to be small. It is anticipated that there will not be much pressure on the host communities. However, in terms of creation of additional infrastructure, the project will provide certain communityfacilities, and will compensatelenhancefacilities/resources affected by the project. 16 Although a few of them may partly lose the land under squatting (including for agricultural purposes). 7 The sizes of the plots will equal the area lost or a maximum of 35m2for house and 15m2 for shop. 18 In GTRP, a total of 7,106 families lose land, 4,160 of them are displaced,and about 90% of the residual land is expected to be marginal. LeaAssociates 8-18 (D Replacement of amenities All amenities affected as listed in Table 8.7 will be either conserved or replaced by the project. While replacing the amenities, particularlythose used as a common resource with no restriction of access, development of the surrounding site will be given due consideration. (For example, while replacing hand pumps or tube wells, drainage and access path of the immediate surrounding will be improved, and sitting/washing-facilitieswill be provided, irrespective of the fact that at present there is no proper access, or that the areas surrounding are extremely muddy. or there is no associated facility whatsoever.) Plans, designs, drawings have been preparedfor replacementof all these amenities, along with technical specifications (including specifications for material and workmanship), and bill of quantities have been prepared. These will be part of the main civil works contract to be supervised by supervision consultants (selected through international competitive bidding). These details have been included in the environmental management plans (EMPs) for the individual contract packages also (a detailed discussion is included, moreover, in the ConsolidatedEA Report). 3 Conservation and Enhancement of the Common Property Resources Seventy common property resource sites were selected (LASA, 2000) during the consolidation of EIA reports for the GTRP. These sites have immediate and meso-level community significance, and are seen by the community as important resources. These sites include religious precincts, public spaces, water bodies, and a few incidentalspaces with good potential for re-use (or community use). For all these sites, detailed site developmentplans and designs (including specificationsand bill of quantities)have been prepared.These will also be part of the main civil works contract, and supervision consultants will supervise the implementation of these. These designs are also part of the EMPs for the individual contract packages also (for further details, refer the ConsolidatedEA Report). ®3 Roadside Facilities The project has provided for a number of roadside amenities,and facilities for local people. Rest areas, service roads, footpaths, pedestrian paths, pedestrianunderpasses, lined and/or covered rcadside drainage at the built-up areas, pick-up bus stops, etc., constitute some of these facilities. All facilities have been provided (incorporated in the design, bill of quantities, and specifications of the main civil works contract) on "as required" basis, and no constraint were placed on the provision of these facilities on financial or other grounds. For further details, refer the Detailed EngineeringDsign Reports of the individual contract packages. ®D Safety of the Communities The project has been designed to minimise the safety risks possessed by the existing and proposed developmentson the community. The fast moving traffic has been segregated from the local or community level traffic. Safety barriers, physical segregation, grade separators, underpasseshave been provided,along with many other elements. As part of the Consolidated EIA Report, a "construction period" safety plan has been provided, which will be implemented by the contractors, and supervised by the consultants (for details, refer the ConsolidatedEIA Report).A safety audit (during construction and operation period) of the GTRP is also being commissioned.All mitigation, managementand contingencymeasures, recommendedby the safety audit will be implemented. LeaAssociates 8-19 o ® Further Studies A study on the assessment of the Quality of Life will be commissioned by GTRP during the second year of the construction period. As part of this study, the host communities will be covered. The various aspects to be covered in the host community study will include (i) population, gender issues, ethnic composition, occupation pattern; educational status; and social composition (caste, religion, etc); (ii) land use pattern, land tenure systems, production systems; (iii) the regional and local level economic environment and the impact due to the project, and, (iv) the social and cultural environment and the change-processtaking place due to the project, impacting the host community. For further details, refer Section 10.5.3of this Report. 8.6.3 INCOME RESTORATIONOF THE AFFECTEDAND THE DISPLACEDPERSONS/FAMILIES In line with the policy objectives of the NHAI as well as the World Bank Operational Directive 4.30, the RAP focuses on the impact in the livelihood system of the PAPs, and plans to restore their income in a way that the PAPs are able to " regain their previous living standards" or are left "better off'. Income restorationof the PAPsat the pre- project level is a crucial consideration in the RAP. 3 Livelihood of the Affected Families The PAPs loosing their economic base can be segregatedin the to following categories: * PAPs involved in land-basedeconomic activities; * PAPs involved in non-land basedeconomic activities. The first category is called 'agriculturalfamilies/persons' in the project, and the second category is called 'commercial families/persons'. Tables 8.14 and 8.15 gives the distribution of the various classes (titleholders,encroachers, squatters and tenants) of the project-affected and the project-displaced families, respectively. Apparently, the land-based agricultural activities dominateas the source of livelihood. However, due to the project, a number of the agricultural project-affected families will be displaced. Further, many of the not displaced but affected agricultural families will retain only portions of their land. Given that the existing land-holding(of the PAPs) is low, the residual land for many of the PAPs will be small or marginal,and will not suffice their economic needs. These PAPs, although not displaced, will need to shift to complementary'9 alternative sources of livelihood. Persons losing their livelihood are considered equivalent to the displaced in the project. The employees20losing livelihood due to the employer being displaced also qualify in this category. Such persons will receive a grant equal to six months lost income21. Where the person losing 9 They would retain part of their existing land, and will continue to derive (part of) their livelihood from such land. They require other sources of earning to supplement their incomefrom agriculture. 20 Data about the employees have not been documented in the individual package-specific RAPs. The eligible/entitled persons for this entitlement will be identified by the NGOs implementingthe RAP. 21 The persons losing employmentdue to the displacement of the employer are expected to regain an alternative employment on their own, within six months. This is expectedly achievable, given that most of such persons are engaged now in informal sector activities. LeaAssociates 8-20 livelihood, is the sole earning member of the family (as most of the cases would be), s/he will receive higher assistance. There are special income restorationplans as part of the RAP, for the following classes: * Project displacedpersons/families; * Project-affectedvulnerable group persons/families;and, * The other project-affectedperson/families needing assistancein skill up-gradationor in alternativevocation. These provisionsare described below. 3 Free Assets to the Vulnerable Group Displaced Families As per the Entitlement Framework of the GTRP, the project-displacedfamilies are eligible for agricultural, residential or commercial plots2. The residential and commercial plots to be provided to them shall include residential/commercialbuildings, or assistance to construct such buildings. The vulnerable group displaced families are entitled to receive the plot free of cost and the non-vulnerable group displaced families will purchase it. Both the categories are, otherwise, further assisted in the form of transitional allowance for a period of 9 months to restore their livelihood. Table 8.16 provides the number of the families eligible for free plots: agricultural, residential, commercialand residential-cum-commercialplots. Table 8.16: Categoryof Eligible Families Category of Eligible Families I-A I-B I-C Il-B IV-A IV-C V-B Total 1. Eligible families for ResidentialPlots 11 53 78 126 38 4 1 311 2 Eligible families for Commercial Plots 134 52 143 239 55 13 1 637 3. Eligible families for Residential& Commercial Plots 13 2 29 34 - - 11 89 4. Eligible families for AgriculturalPlots 103 90 163 - 26 1,221 5 1,608 Total 261 197 413 399 26 1,221 18 2,645 Source. RAP Reports, Package / to V, Grand Trunk Road Project ® Other Income Restoration Measures The vulnerable will receive additional support in the form of Economic RehabilitationGrant to enable them to increase their earning capacity.This will primarily be non-cashassistance, spent towards imparting training sought by the entitled persons, and towards non-cash assistance to start alternative income-generating activities (but includes subsidy in buying implements, equipment,etc.). All families losing sources of livelihood are entitled to productive asset grant. This grant is expected to be spent towards training and other support to re-establish livelihood. For productive asset grant for commercialfamilies, only the displaced families will be considered. For productive asset grant for the agricultural families, over and above the displaced families, families left with non-viableland (less than minimum economic holding)will also be considered. (Within the informal sector change in technology is fast, and job mobility is higher, compared to the organised/industrialsector). 22 Commercial plots include the cases of mixed use (commercial+ residential) plots. Lea Associates 8-21 -- , The procedure to identify the families for productiveassets grant will also be followed for the "Transition Allowance"for 9 months. Moreover,displaced residential families, and the dispiaced tenants will also qualify for such allowance.Agricultural families retaining viable landholdingwill also be entitled for transition allowance for 3 months, as per the Entitlement Framework for GTRP. All vulnerable group displaced squatters and encroachers will be assisted in the project. The GTRP will also support vulnerable group displaced residential families with house construction grants (on the free of cost residentialplots provided,as described in the earlier sub-section). Table 8.17 below gives the number of families entitled for the various income restoration measures in the project. The estimate of the number of entitled employees is provisional and will be updated by the NGOs at the start of the implementationof the RAP (the assistanceunder this category of employee losing livelihood due to the displacement of the employer, will be provided to eligible person, and not families). Table 8.17: Families Eligiblefor IncomeRestoration Measuresin GTRP PACKAGES I-A I-B I-C Il-B IV-A IV-C V-B TOTAL INCOME RESTORATIONMEASURES I I Productive Asset Grant: Agriculture 584 1,033 678 68 589 3,307 18 6,277 Productive Asset Grant: Commercial 147 54 172 273 55 13 12 726 House Construction Grant 11 53 78 126 38 4 1 311 Assistance for Residencial E&S - - - 303 163 35 14 515 Assistance for Commercial E&S 242 7 37 766 134 115 25 1,326 Transition Allowance 832 1,420 1,370 659 747 3,691 33 8,752 Economic RehabilitationGrant 158 107 250 399 93 17 13 1,037 Transition Allowance 117 165 353 176 - - - 811 Entitled Employees HigherTransitionAllowance 88 124 265 132 608 Training Support 117 165 353 176 . 811 Source: Compiled (L4SA) from individual RAP Reports, Grand Trunk Road Project Table 8.18 at the end of this Section gives the number of families eligible for all entitlements as per the Entitlement Framework of GTRP. Table 8.18, however, does not include certain class of entitlements, such as community entitlements, or restoration/conservation of the cultural properties. These particular aspects are taken care in the Environmental Management Plans (EMPs) of the project (plan, designs, drawings, specificationsof material and workmanship,and bill of quantities-allare completed). 8.6.4 INTER-AGENCYLINKAGES FOR INCOME RESTORATION Majority of the eligible families for income restoration earn their livelihood from marginal agriculture or petty businesses, and it is imperative to ensure that the PAPs are able to reconstruct their livelihood. The NGOs engaged in the implementation of the RAP will ensure that the PAPs are facilitated to obtain plots near their existing habitation to minimise disruption to their social network and normal work pattern. LeaAssociates 8-22 3 Agricultural Extension Facilities Most of the farmers in the pre-project scenario have irrigation facilities on their fields and it will be ensured that they do not get disadvantagedin the process of relocation23. The NGOs will establish the linkages for them to be able to avail credit for irrigation facilities, agricultural implements, etc., to generate increasedincome. Along with other facilities, it is important, the farmers receive skill enhancement training on intensified agricultural practices (including crop diversification, controlled irrigation application and measured use of fertilizers, etc.). The displaced agricultural families (particularlyif relocated to a resettlement site) will be trained also to be able to avail various existing marketing and storage facilities as a part of the RAP, to ensure that they get better prices for their produce. 3 Income Restoration Schemes In consultation with the PAFs, the NGOs (procured for implementationof the RAP) will identify income generating activities or enterprise developmentfor sustainable economic opportunities. This includes establishing linkages for skill upgradation, credit availability and marketing. The NGOs in consultationswith the PAPs, as well as the NHAI, the district administration,and other stakeholders in the institutional financing sector and marketing federations will prepare these micro-plans. In the case of upgrading agricultural productivity, the training on technical know-how will be arranged as per the choices of the target group population. In the case of creation of alternative livelihood schemes, felt needs of the target group populationwill be prioritisedthrough people's participation. Further, these options will be tested for their viability against availability of skill, raw material and available appropriatetechnology. Suitable alternative livelihood schemes will be chosen finally, where training on skill upgradation,capital assistance and assistance in the form of backward-forward linkages (with respect to the selected livelihood schemes) can be provided for making these pursuits sustainablefor the beneficiaries,or the target group. Income generation schemes will have to be developed in consultation with the project- affected/displacedfamilies. The grants received for such purpose from the project, will be used for the skill development training to upgrade their existing skill, purchase of small-scale capital assets, etc. While developing the enterprise development or the income generation activities, the NGOs should contact the local NABARD24, SIDBI25 and Lead Bank2 6 officers for financing the economic ventures. The marketing and milk federations may also be contacted for planning sustainableeconomic developmentopportunities. 23 Irrigation ensures controlled cropping practices, and high-value crop cultivation. In the absence of irrigation on the new plot of land, the farmers will have their earning diminished. In GTRP, 1ha of irrigated land is considered equivalent to 2ha of non-irrigated land. The replacementof individualloss of agricultural land will follow this equivalence. 24 National Bank for Rural Development. 25 Small IndustriesDevelopment Bank of India. 26 Under guidance from the ReserveBank of India, all banks operating in a district nominate a particular bank as the 'lead bank' in a district to co-ordinate development financing, particularly in the rural development and employment assurance schemes. These lead banks also co-ordinate implementationof various government welfare schemes by means of allocating and disbursing credit. LeaAssociates 8-23 A comprehensivesupport system to the PAPs will ensure income security. The project will work as a facilitatorto the people in their enterprises(but will not act as providersfor each and every livelihoodopportunity). The PAPs are required to participate in developing feasible long-term income generation schemes. The long-term options are expected to be developedduring the implementationof the RAP (which is financed by the project) and also be supported by government assistance (as part of the regular schemes). LeaAssociates 8-24 Table 8.18: Summaryof All Entitlementsin GTRP EstimatedNumber of EntitledFamilies (and Persons in case of Wage Earning) Category Package I-A Package i-B Pcaei-C Packag iBPcaeVAPackageIV-C Package VBTtal THHlEN SQ fTN TH [EN SQ TN ITH jENI SQ ITN 1-TH EN ISQ fITN TH EN ISQ ITN TH EN ISQ TN TH IEN SQ T TH E SQ T Category: Private Property - Loss of Agricultural Land and Assets Compensationfor larnd 649 1 148 753 76 654 13,674 120 1 6,9741- - Difference as Assistance 649 1,148 753 76 654 13,674 20 6,974 - - - Compensationfor residual land 584 1.033 678 68 589 3.307 18 6.277 - - Assistance for residual land 584 1,033 _ 678 66 589 3,307 18 6,277 - - - TransitionalAllowance (9months) 584 1,033i 678 88 589 3,307 18 6,277 - - - TransitionalAllowance (3months) 65 115 75 8 65 367 12 697 - - Assistance for severance 32 57 38 4 33 184134 - - - Assistancefor fees, taxes, etc 691,148 753 76 643,674 2 ,7 Alternative Support & training 584 1.033 678 68 589 3.307 18 6.277 Category:Private Property- Loss of Non-AgriculturalLand and Assets Compensation:Residential Landl 35 - - 187 - - 307 - 5 30 ------45 - - - 609 - - Compensation:Residential Bldg. 35 - - - 187 - - - 307 - 30 - - - - 45 - .- - 609 - - - Compensation:Commercial Land 171 - - - 195 - - - 272 - - - 13 - - - 108 27 - - - 72 - - - 858 - - - Compensation:Comm. Building 171 - - - 195 - - - 272 - - 13 -{- - 108 27 - 2 - - - 858 Difference as Assistance 206 - - - 382 - - - 579.1 - - 8 3 L- 2 - 17 147 TransitionalAllowance (gmonths) 158 107 250 399 93 17 13 11,037 Shifting Allowance 164 - - 3 164-- 7 16 - - 80 16i 6 164 - - - 164 - - - 164 - - - 1,4 - - 148 Tenants: 9 months rental - - -25 - - -165 - - -37- - -184 -- - -741 9ResettlementSite - 53 78 126 38 295 UFreeResIdenrtral Plots I11 53 78 I126 38 4 1 311 UHouseConstruction Grant 11 53 78 125 38 4 1 311 If Free Agricultural Plots 103 90 163 - 26 1,221 5 1,608 # Shopping Complexes 147 54 172 273 55 13 12 726 #FreeShops 134 52 143 239 55 13 1 637 Free Shop +Residence 13 2 29 34 1189 Assistance for Fees, Taxes, etc 206 - - 382 - 7 8 - - - 1 38 -m - - 2 1 1,4671- - LeaAssociates 8-25 Category PackageI-A PackageI- akagelICPcaeI- PackageIV-A Package V-C PacaVe-B Total TIH EN S T H ENTSQ TN T I{NQ ENjTN N H NSTN NIT ETH T E T1 NS~QITN] TH EN SQ ITN Category: Livelihood - Loss of Wage Earning, Perennial & Non-Perennial Crops Employees,6rToniths Wage - 117 165 -353 -176 ------811 HigherAmount to Sole Earners - - - 88 124 -265 -132 ------608 AlterniativeSupport & Traininfg -117 165' -353 176 ------811 Grant for Crop Lost -- 1 ------1 Grant for Next Years Seed 649 - - -1,148 11 - 753 - 76 654 3.674 - 0- -6,974 - 11J- Cost of Trees, etc------Category: Illegal Use of the Right of Way - Loss of Encroachingand Squatting Structures (including Kiosks and Shifting Business) ReplacementCost: Res Bldg-- - - I-I- - - I------39 264 - - 54 109 - - 29 6 - - 12 2 - - 134 381 - ReplacementCost Comm Bldg - - 242 - - - 7 - - - 37 - - 83 683 - - 35 99 - - 50 65 - 121 j4 - - 189 1,137 Difference asAssistance - 242 - - 7 - - 37 - - 122 947 - - 89 208 - - 79 71 33- 6 - - 323 1,518 - ShiftingAllowance - - 240 - - - 4 - -35 - - - 951 - 7 207 - 7 69 - -]31. 5 - - 105 1.511 - Training Support - - 240 4 - - - 35 - - - 951 - - - 207 - - - 69 - J ] - 1,511- ResettlementSite I FreePlot, etc Includedas # above Includedas # above Includedas U above Includedas # above Includedas U above Included as # above Included as # above Included as Uabove AssistanceforFees. Taxes, etc 24 7I1jz - 37 - Z1221 Z948 20879 1x3 i m6i1 323 1 6-18 Category:Additional Support to the Vulnerable Group - Loss of Primary Source of Income______1year's Training J 460 } 547 507 J334 J89 1,552 27 3,516 Assistance to Start Enterprise 460 j 547 507 J334 89 1,552 27 3,516 Economic RehabilitationSupportl 158 j 107 250 ______193399 J17 13 1,037 Category: Community Infrastructure,Cohesion and Amenities - Loss of Common Property Resources CommunityInfrastructure/J- Amenity (Covered in the EMP)-- Conservation/Enhancementof - ______CommonProperty Resources- -- Source:RAP Reports, Package Ito V. Grand Trunk Road Project Note (1): TH = Titleholder: EN= Encroacher;SQ= Sqtiatter; TN = Tenant Note (2): including the casesof vulnerablegroup encroacher families and thesquatters. Lea Associates 8-26 7S73` 9. ESTIMATE OF R&R COST The R&R budget is an outlay of expenditure under different categories. The calculation is carried out on the basis of 1999 price index. The budget is preparedon the basis of information collected during the socio-economicsurvey and the census survey of the PAPs. While all the care is taken to account for each of the components in the budget, there may be certain cases of PAPs whose names were includedlater than the survey or they may be disputed cases, the expenditureon such PAPswill have to be included later. The costs calculatedmay need upward revision in the budget, due to the inflation rates varying. Similarly, the District level committees will update from time-to-time the market value of the prevailing land prices. These will then reflect on the budget. Hence, a degree of flexibility would need to be in built into the preparation of the budget so that each and every PAP receives his/her due share. The budget is sub-divided into several componentsand sub-components,under differentheads. The components and sub-componentsand their detail explanationsare given below: 9.1 UNIT COSTS 9 Value of land After extensive survey of the PAPs and verification of local market rates from local people and revenue officials the following could be arrived at: Table 9.1: Rates of Land Land Category Location Rate (in RsJm2) Agricultural(irrgated) Main Road 80 -120 Agriculture(unirrigated) Main Road 80-120 Residential Main Road (urban) 2000 Main Road (rural) 500 Commercial Main Road (urban) 2000 Main Road (rural) 500 Residential-cum-Commercial Main Road (urban) 2000 Main Road (rural) 500 Source: RAP Reports of Package i to V, GTRP. 3 Value of Building structures For the loss of building structures, either commercial or residential, the titleholders will be compensatedat replacementcost. 3 assistance for structure (squatters & encroachers) For loss of residential structure the non-titleholdersquatter/encroacher PAPs will be paid at the rate of Rs.75/m2 for the area of structures lost, whereas for commercial establishments the grant will be 10% of the BSR rates (average about Rs300/m2). (D Transitional allowance Transitionalallowance will be given to those whose livelihood will be affected. The period during which the EP will take to restore his livelihood is 9 months for the displaced and 3 months for LeaAssociates 9-1 cZ7 the affected titleholders.To calculate this allowance,the minimumwage has been considered to be Rs.51/dayfor 26days/month. economic rehabilitation grant The objective of the R&R policy is to provide support to the vulnerable families so that they are able to restore their livelihood above the poverty level. Therefore, additional grant same as that of BPL amount + its 15% for 12 months, i.e., Rs.24,000/familywill be provided,which is equal to the nationalincome per annum for families living at the threshold of poverty level. shifting allowance All the displacedwill require assistanceto shift their belongingsand salvagedmaterial for which an amountof Rs.800/familyis allocated. rental allowance PAFs will further require assistance in case they are unable to build their houses and shops after the project has taken possessionof their property or after demolishingtheir structures. To meet the transit accommodation,Rs.600/family/month for 9 months is considered. Resettlement sites The Entitlement Framework included the provision of resettlement sites complete with infrastructureand amenities. As the potential size of the resettlementsite would be small, a lot of site development cost may be minimised by careful location of the resettlementsites (such locationalattributes would minimisethe cost of provision of new social and economic amenities, and part of the physical infrastructure).Therefore, the budgeted costs are those of micro-site development,and the cost of procurementof land. Site DevelopmentCosts Site development costs for proposed commercial areas, or shopping complexes has been considered to be Rs.120/m2, which is inclusive of land levelling, clearingand creating footpaths, and access roads. Site developmentcost of the agricultural areas is considered zero, as only suitable irrigated agricultural land will be procured. For residential areas, the site development cost is Rs.250/m2, which includes land levelling, clearance, providing access and inner roads, boundary walls, community spaces including tot-lots, water supply, drainage, solid waste disposal facilities, street lights, etc., but without individual connections (such as electrical, drainage,or sewerage). Cost of Free Building Structuresto be Provided Cost of residential buildings (to be providedfree of cost) is considered to be Rs.1800/m2. This is adequatefor the incrementalhousing proposedto be given. Use of low cost technologieswill be encouragedby the project, but will not be insisted (normal construction,in vogue, costs between Rs.2500-4000/m). The cost of providing free shops will be Rs.2000/m2,which is about 80% of the cost of normal 'Class II' construction, considering appropriate materials and technology to be used. The cost of providing the mixed residential/commercialbuildings will be Rs.2200/m2, considering the possibility of two-storey buildings, and consequent use of reinforced cement concrete. Cost of Land Cost of procuring agricultural, residentialor commercial land will be the same as paid as 'actual market value' to the PAFs. Lea Associates 9-2 9.2 BUDGET The total budget for implementingthe R&R component of the project is INR 281.8crore (US$ 61.2mill ion at December2000 rate of exchange),which is about I11per cent of the total cost of civil works in the project. Refer Table 9.2. Table9.2: SummaryR&R Budget for GTRP (All figures in Indian RupeesCrore) I-A I-B I-C Il-B IV-A lv-c V-B TOTAL Budget Heads ' ' > '' > 'I co : o 'VR 1 'a 'a '0 ' m 'a 'o ' I Total *O :R 1 C c C C c C C C C z c C C, C c C a Acquisitionof 10.23 5.41 13.81 8.18 29.34 11.87 2.01 0.89 5.35 3.86 14.60 16.71 5.53 J1.84129.6 80.88 48.76 AgriculturalLand Acquisitionof Residentiala~nd 1.48 0.51 7.87 2.35 15.06 4.42 0.13 0.37 0.17 0.11 0.02 0.02 0.51[ 0.14 33.15 25.24 7.91 CommercialLandI Assistancetowards - 0.49 - 0.72 1.36 - 0.65 - 0.07 - 0.37 - - 3.66 - 3.66 Loss of Livelihood Assistance Vo EncroaChersand 0.62 - 0.02 - 0.09 - 2.45 - 0.56 - 0.20 - 0.03 3.96 - 3.96 Squattersa Additional Assistancefor - .1 - 0.53 - 0.85 - 1.13 - 0.27 - 0.82 - 0.05 4.25 - 4.25 VulnerableGroups Additioral Assistancefor - 8.95 - 11.83 - 25.17 - 3.52 - 5.17 - 12.00 - 4.61 71.25 - 71.25 ResettlementSite nstitutional CapacityBuilding 0.49 0.71 0.49 0.84 0.49 0.86 0.49 0.75 0.49 0.68 0.49 1.40 0.49 0.44 9.09 3.40 5.69 and Implementation TOTAL 12.20j 117.29122.17 24.47 44.89 44.62 2.621 9.751 6.01I 110.71 15.11 31.51 6.53 7.10 1255.010.145 An Alternative Break-UPis Given Below; with respectto the Main heads of R&R Expenditure compnatlo 11.71 - 21.68 - 44.40 - 2.14 - 5.52 - 14.62 - 6.04 - 106.1 106.1 - AToitalc - 7.63 - 11.80 - 18.60 - 5.48 - 4.85 - 18.11 - 2.05 68.52 - 58.52 Provision for Resettlement - 8.95 - 11.83 - 25.17 - 3.52 - 5.17 - 12.00 - 4.61 71.25 - 71.25 Site/ Assets Trinn oAFstf - 0.16 - 0.20 - 0.21 - 0.17 - 0.15 - 0.40 - 0.07 1.36 1.36 Other R&R 0.29 0.21 0.29 0.27 0.29 0.28 0.29 0.22 0.29 0.19 0.29 0.55 0.29 0.07 3.82 2.03 1.79 lmplementation Consul.tants' 0.20 0.35 0.20 0.37 0.20 0.37 0.20 0.35 0.20 0.34 0.20 0.45 0.20 0.31 3.94 1.40 2.54 Services TOTAL 12.20 17.29 22.17 24.47 44.89 44.62 2.62 9.75 6.01 10.71 15.11 31.51 6.53 7.10 255.0 109.5 145.5 Add for the MiscellaneousIUnforeseen and Contingency Costs Miscellaneous 0.0 04 05 061 1.12 1.12 0.07 0.24 0.15 0.27 0.38 0.79 0.16 0.18 6.38 2.74 3.64 (2.5% ofTotal)0.0 04 055 .6 C %onTongenc 0.95 1.38 1.77 1.96 3.59 3.57 0.21 0.78 0.48 0.66 12 2.52 05 0.720.40 8.76 11.64 Grand Total 13.48 19.11 24.49 27.04 49.60 49.31 2.90 10.78 6.64 11.83 16.69 34.82 7.1 78 281.8 121.0 160.7 (INR Crore) LeaAssociates 9-3 The R&R budget includes the cost of land acquisition (i.e., the payment to be made to the legal titleholders, as per the Land Acquisition Act, or the National Highway Act), which is about USS23.1million (about 41.6% of the net R&R budget). The assistance provided to the titleholders by the project over and above the legal compensation is US$12.3million(about 20.1% of the total R&R budget, and about 53% of the legal compensationprovided). The assistance provided by the project to the non-titleholders(consisting of the encroachers, squatters, and the tenants, including additional support to the vulnerable group displaced families) is valued at US$2.58million(about 4% of the total R&R budget, and about 11% of the legal compensationprovided to the titleholders). A substantial budget is kept for creating the provisions of the resettlement sites (including provision of agricultural/homestead, residential, commercial, or mixed residentiallcommercial plots to the vulnerable group displaced families, free of cost). The budget for such provision is US$15.48million, which is 25.3% of the total R&R budget, and is about 66% of the legal compensationprovided to the titleholders). Most of this amount will be spent' in Packages I-C and IV-C (both these packages involve substantial land acquisition on the newly aligned bypasses), amounting US$8.1million,which is 52% of the total budgeted expenditurefor such expenditurein all packages. Table 9.3 is a more detailed budget for the R&R component in the GTRP. Tables 9.4 through 9.10 are the budget for the R&R componentfor the individualcontract packages. The expenditure is in providing agricultural plots free of cost to the vulnerablegroup EPs being displaced from their existing agricultural land holding.The cost of providing the Iha of irrigated agricultural plots to the eligible families, is estimatedto be equal to the cost of land acquisitionat replacementcost. LeaAssociates 9-4 Table 9.3: RAP Budget for GTRP- All Packages Type Unit of Assistanceby Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details Financedby NHAI WB Loss meent Compensationas per LAAINHA Compensationfor and 550.6S Soladum@ IC% 55.07 Compensationas per LAAvNHA Compensationfor ResidualLand 23.89 Solatium @10% 1240 2 s Intereston atl of above @9% 66.78 ra Cj oj Assistance Differenceof Actual MarketValue' and Compensationas received 134.91 E Transional Allowance @ for 9 monthsif the residualland is not viable 74 91 Rs 51Iday for 2.iaylmonth for3 monthsif the residualland is viable 2.78 Asstance towardsseverance of land (Additional10% of the amountpaid for compensation) tO% solatium 1s.15 Ass stance towards TaxeslFeeslOpeningof BanikAccounts 108.1r AltemaStveEconomic Rehabilitation Grant 1t0.65 Sub-Total:Acquisition of AgriculturalLand 808.79 487.59 Compensationas per LAAvNHA Compensationfor Residencialproperty 90 14 Compensationfor Commercialproperty 78.24 Solatium@tO% on both the above 16.84 t Compensationas per LAAvNHAO for residualUnviable Property: Residential 22.53 ro o For ResidualUrviable Property Commercial l 9.58 C _Solahium r10% on0oth the above 4.21 rC ¢^ Intereston all of above@ 9% 20.84 D _j a . -a Assistance 0. Differenceof Actual MarketValue' and Compensationas received 34.22 RentalAllowance for 9 monthslF Rs.Omorth 5 59 ShiftingAllowance - lumpsumof Rs.800 0 65 If the PAP is a .enant iRental Allowance(gmonths) + ShihingAllowance 4.60 Assistancetowards Taxes and Feesand Openingof Bank Accounts 34.07 Sub-Total:Acquisition of Residentialand CommercialLand 292.38 79.13 -m _ cr 0 Employees(one of Ite eaming memPersof family) 6 45 3 n 0 o t t0 Employees(sole eaming memberof familyf 6 06 AltemativeEconomic Rehabilitahon Supportl Vocationa Tmuining 17.07 S ¢oS Towardsvalue of standingcrop Zz z~_ rDb Towardsreplacement of next years seeds 6 97 a I0 V r_0¢ Fruit Tree oD E b TimberTree Sub-Total:Assistance towards Loss of Livelihood s6.55 _' _ o -eD Compensationfor CommercialStructure at 'ReplacementCost' 0 87 Of 3 D d~ I Compensatiorfor loss cf ResidentialStructure at 'ReplacementCoat' 1.01 D _ 0' Assistanceto.ards trainingand incomegeneraticn 36 43 .r. cn) Shifing Al owaice - lumpsumof Rs,600 1 29 Sub-Total: Assistancefor Encroachersand Squatters . 39.60 Lea Associates 9-5 Type Unmtof Type Unitof by Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details Financedby NHAi ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~AssistanceWs Loss ment o g 'o 9o Assistance towards vocational training for 1 yr 8 80 tr,a rccSi scO 7n I Assistanceiowards starting a livelincoc 880 30 r:, S FJ > ~~27<24£su _ D ~ ~Economic Reaholiltalion Grant248 8 Sub-Total:Additional Assistance for VulnerableGroups 42.49 r Theyare not eligible for 'Compensaton'or 'Assstance' _ Inc uded in it-eassistance to commerciaiencroachers and squatters,and in resettlementsile :>, D e 2 °'3e sr iIncluded E as part ofthe Civil WoresContract and the EnvironmentalManagement E A2 m0 _ C vS Plan 2. Ii~~~2 I I _ E Includedas part of the CIV8Worns Contract and the Env nonmentalManagement 4 ~~~~~EnhancementPa 0 >0 Site Development of Resettlement Site 2.95 Site, Plot,Stnucture of Area Free Residential Plots 16.78 S) D D equivalent to Lost Area. or (CoSt of) House Construction Grant 1 59 as per Standardgiven Fnur60.79 the Entitemeni Framewontrk,Free Agcultural Plots or in ieu of all above. Developmentof ShoppingComplexes 163 5 _ 0 equivalentcash assistance Free Shops 1911 Free Shop-Residence 9 so Sub-Total:Additional Assistance for ResettlementSite 712.45 Training of NGOs 1 40 cr Preparationof Training Manuals,etc 0 70 Training of 0hePAPs 10 04 Trainingfor Staff 1 40 _rt Slaffingat NHAIHO 7 30 , Strengtheningof Socialcell, CorporateOffice and PIU (Computers,Softwsares etc) 1 40 _ OlExtensionof Government Programmes 2.80 Extensionof Other AgencyProgrammes (HIV, etc) 140 _c NbOOAssistance for RAPImplementation 1472 SiteSpecific Participatcry Planning 0 35 Cco. PenodicMonitonng by NHAI HO 2 45 AdministrativeOverhead of NHAI 7 35 FurtherSpecific Sludies 14 00 M&EConsultarts 4 46 <'MIS Consultants 7 00 ImplementingMIS I Cocumnntalion 7 00 AdministraliveOverhead of NHAI 7 00 Sub.Total: Institutional capacity Building and Implementation 33.96 56.89 TOTAL 1,095.12 1,454.70 Miscellaneous - 2.5% of the total 27.38 36.37 Contingency f 8% 87.61 116.38 GRAND TOTAL (INR Million) 1,210.11 1,607.45 Lea Associates 9-6 Table 9.4: RAP Budget for Package I-A Type Unit of Category of Entitle. Entitlement Details Quantity Rate Unit Financed by Assistance Loss ment Compensation as per LAA,NHiA Compensation for land 696,709.95 100. 0 sq m 69.67 Solatium 10% 696,709.96 10.00 sq m 6.97 Compensation as per LAAtNn IA Compensaton for Residual Land 156.759.74 1 0 0 .0 0 sq.m 15 68 Solatium @ 10% 156,759 74 01to sq m 1 57 Interest on all of above @ 9 % 8.45 Assistance r rrj c 1Cifferencoof Actual Market Value' and Compensation as received 653,469.69 20 00 sq.m 1t7.07 c.Trans _^ tiOnal Aliowance @ for 9 months if the residual land is not viable 584 11 ,934,00 famly 6.97 rq _ rr ~~~Rs51 /day for 26day/month a Rs.5lIday for 26dayfmontn for 3 months if the residual land is viable 66 3,978 00 family 0 26 Assitance towards severance of land (Additioral 10°b of the amount paid for 14458 10 qm19 compensation) + 10% solatium 174,445.67 1100 sq m 1 92 Assistance towards Taxes/Feew0penig of Bank Accountso12h51=1u5d r3 of compensation 82 Altematve Economic Rehabilitation Grant 9841 24,000o00l family 14 02 Sub-Total; Acquisition of Agricultural Land 102.34 54.06 Compensation as per LAAINHA Compensation for Residenciat property 10,402.55 1 700.00 28 Compensation for Commoertal property 3,687.50 7006 sq.m 2.58 Solafum X10Q%on both the above 0099 z aspe < ~~~~CorrpensationCompensatiONHa for residual Unntable Property Residential 2.600.64 700.00 sq.m 1862 >c0 ~ cFor Residual Unviable Property: Comrmencia 92 98 700 00 sq.- 0.65 +ac o Solatium f10% on both the above 0 25 2 r _5 Interest on all of above @ 9% 1 22 ri =j o Assistance 'Dieence of 'Actua Market Value'and Compensation as received 14,090.08 140.00 sq.m 1.97 c Rental Allowance for 9 months @ Rs.6001mronth 156 5.400 family 0.S z Shiting Allowance -tumpsumofRs.800 167 800.00 family | 013 If the PAP is a tenant IRental Allowance (9months) + Shifting Allowance 25 68200.00 fmi ly 0.16 AssIstance towards Taues and Fees and Opening of Bank Accounts @12 5+1=1395% of compensation 2.00 Sub-Total: Acquisition of Residenttal and Commercial Land 14.7| 5.11 0 r rr O pEmployeesh lone of ine eaming members offamily) 117 7,956.00 person 0 93 u0 .Q ': Employees (sote earning member of family) 88 9,945.OC person 006 Altematilve Economic Rehaoilitation Support I Vocational Training 103 24,000.O0 person 2 47 'o , O _: |Towards value of standing crop 1onne-na O (DQ 0a 0 5.20- | - l 0 Towards replacement of nest years seeds 649 1,000.ool family 065 2 _ flx m IFoulTree No. D a E Timber Tree No Sub-Total: Assistance towards Loss of Livelihood | 4.93 V: tD | _ Compensation for Commercial Slructure at 'Replacement Cost' 2,700.00 tamily D0 Compensatlion for loss of Resodentla Structure al 'Replacement Cost' | 242 575 00 family 0 16 Assistance towarcs training anc ncome generaton 242 24,00000 family 561 Shifting Allowance - lumpsum of Rs.800 240C 80000 iamily 0 19 Sub-Total: Assistance for fncroachers and Squatters . | 31f Lea Associates 9-7 - Type} Unit of Type I Unit ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Financed by Assistance Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details Quantity Rate Unit nHAI by We Loss ment c-0 °r a 2 Assistance tovrards vocalional training for 1 yr 460 2.500 0t famlvy 1 15 0- 0 I -io r c- > Assistance toeards slarting a livelihood 460 2.500 0 fainily 1 15 o a r° _ < Economic Rehabiliation Grant 15t 24,000 00 family 3 79 > - rl u Sub-Total: Additional Assistance for Vulnerable Groups 6.09 .5 w cO a o They are not eligible for Compensation or Assrstance' I Iincluded in the assistance 10commeroal encroachers and squatters, and in _5 o resettlement site _ 6 5 Enacmn Inciaded as part of the Civil Works Contract and the I95 5? 2. -_ Environmental Management Plan a. Ennancement ~~Includedas part of lye CivilWorkis Conitract and lire 6vriancemevl EnvironmentalManagement Plan Site Development of Resettlement Site 260.01 sqim - a v Si:e Plot, Structure ofAra Free Residential Plots t 64,00000 family 0 59 equivalent to Lost Area, or (Cost ofl House Construction Grant 11 5,400 0 family 0 06 E as per Standard given in E otD Ihe Entitlement Framei.ork Free Agncultural Plots 696_709.9! 120 0t sq.m 83.61 =S _ orin 'iu of al above, Development of Shopping Complexes 2,756.2 12000 sq.n 023 vael cash assat Free Shops 13a 3000000 family 4 02 Free Shop+Residence 1: 66.000.0 family 0 56 Sub-Total: Additional Assistance for Resettlement Site 89.47 Training of NGOs Lump sum 0.20 Preparation of Training Manuals. etc Lump sum 0.10 S2 Training of the PAPs 1.21 900 ool family 1 09 Trtaining for Staff Lump sum 0 20 a.rKSraffng at NHAt HQ Lump sum t.05 Strengthening of Socal cell, Corporate Office and Lump sum D 20 oPIU (CormpLtnrs,Softtwares e10) Eatension of Govemment Programmes Lump sum 0 4u a1 Evrens on of Other Agency Programmes (hIlV. 0tc) Lump sum 0 20 _i 0 NGO Assistance for RAP Implementation 1.21T 1.2200 family 1 s0 _ c Site Specifc Participatory Planning Lump sum 0 05 i G Penodic Monitonng by NHAI HQ Lump sum 0 35 0 vi Administrative Overtlead of NHA Lump sum 105 Further SPecific Studies Lump sum 2 00 MSE Consultants 1.215 40000 family 0 49 2 MIS Consultants Lump sum 1 05 o lmmnplementnngMIS f Doomntation Limp sum I 00 Administrative Overhead of NHAI Lump sum 1 00 Sub-Totael tnstitutional Capacity Building and tmplementation 4.85 7.13 TOTAL 121.97 172.94 Miscellaneous - 2.5% of the total 3.05 4.32 Contingency @ 8% 9.76 13.84 GRAND TOTAL (INR Million) 134.78 191.10 Lea Associates 9-8 Table 9.5: RAP Budget for Packagei-B Type Unit of F Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details Quantity Rate Unit NncA Assistance Loss ment Compensation as per LAAINHA rCompensation for land 940,000.00 10000 sq m 94.00 CSolatium @ 10% 940,000 00 10 00 sq.m 9.40 Compensationas per++ LAAVNHA C ompensation for Residual Land 211,500.00 100 00 sq.m 21.15 wft SolaAium @ 10% 211 500.00 10 0C sq m 212 v o ~~~~~~~~~~~Interestan all of above @ %11.40 w , o ~~~Assistance tc I Difference of 'Actual Market Value' and Compensation as received 1,151,500.00 20 00 sq m 23.03 Transit onal Allowance @ for 0 months if the residual land is not viable 1.033 11,934 D0 family 12 33 Rs 51Iday for Oecayfmonth for 3 months if the residual land is vable 115 3,978 00 famiiy 0 46 Assitance towards severance of land (Additional 1 0% of the amount paid for compensation) + 10% solatium 235,409.41 11.00 sq.m 2.50 Assistance towards TaxestFeestOpening of Bank Accounts f12 O51=`135% of compensation 19 64 Altemative Economic Rehabilitation Grant 1,0331 24,000.00 'family 24.79 Sub-Total: Acquisition of Agricultural Land 138.07 81.84 Compensation as per LAAINHA Compensation for Residencial property 29,552.00 700.00 sq.m 20 69 Compensation for Commercial property 63,700.00 '500.00 sq.m 31.85 Solatium @10% on both the above 5 25 w ~~~~Compensationas per_ v CompensLAAiNHA for residual Unriable Property: Residential 7,380900 700 00 sq m 517 _ n z For Residual Jnviable Property: Commercial 15,925 00 SC0.00 sq.m 7 96 vT w ° Solatiumn10° on both the above 1.31 0 ai v Interest on all Of a0ove 9 o850 .g in ' = Assistance t i rs ,w Difference of 'Actual Market Value' ana Compensation as received 93,252.00 120.00 sq.m 11.19 o Rental Allowance for 9 months tg) Rs.600otnonth 10T 5,400 family 0.58 Shifting Allowance - lumpsum of Rs.800 13f 800.00 family 0it f the PAP is a tenant IRental Allowance (9moonths) r Shifting Allowance 160 6,200 00 family 1 02 Ass stance towards Taxes and Fees and Opening of Bank Accounts @12.501=13 5% of compensation 10 63 Sub-Total: Acquisition of Residentiat and Commercial Land 78.741 23.53 - o-wc t r Employees(oneoftheeamingmembersoffamiy) 165 7,956.00 person 1 31 |O~v< | rm | xc Employees| (sole eaming member offamily) 124 9,945.00 person 1 23 Alternative Economic Rehab litation Support / Vocational Training 145 24.000.00 person 348 20 Towards value of standing crop tonne-ha o c. ,O 5 Tovnards replacement of neryears seeds 1,148 1.000.00 family 1 10 02 | |@ ' i Timber r-ee | Na.l Sub-Total: Assistance towards Loss of Livelihood | 7.17 Cooirpensalion for Commercial Structure at 'Replacement Cost' - 2,700.00 family - Compensation for oss of Residenlial Structure at'Replacement Cost' 7 675 00 family - Assistance towards training and income generalion 7 24,00000 family 0.17 |iSihing Allowance - lumpsum ot Rs.800 8 00000 family Sub-Total: Assistance for Encroachers and Squatters - 0.17 LeaAssociates 9-9 Type Unit of Financed by Assistance Category of Entitil. Entitlement Details Quantity Rate Unit NHAI by WS Loss mont 0 3 r 5 - Assistauce_ towards caboalior Irauiing for I yr 547 2.500 00 familn 1 37 c R.u 00)ni U 0°) Assistance towards siaring a livelhood 547 2.500 00 famaiy 1 37 Econcmic Renaollitation Grant 107 24.000 0 ftamfl 2 57 6> tl u *r-otat:Sub Additional Assistance for Vulnerble Groups 5.31 w They are not el gible for 'Compersation' or 'Assistance' Inc'uded m the assistance to commercial encroachers and squatters, and n i resettlement site 0 ' D -; .C_ Included as pan of the Civil Works Contract and the tO_ 9 r° 5o X EnvironmentalMunagement Plan o 0 3 En'l2ricement In~~~lcludedas part of thteCivil Works Contirct andthe ' Enroncomeor Environmental Management Plan . 9Site Development of Resettlement Ste 2,120 250 0t sq m 0 53 o Sue. Plot, Structure of Area Free Residential Plots s 54.00000 tamily 2.6 Rj -D D? equivalent to Lost Area, or (Cost of) House Constructiort Grant 5 05,400 DC family 0.29 us perStandard given in120 _ OreasemSl ESror aeni meorr Free Agrcultural Plots 940,000.0 12000 sqr o1280 or in ieu of a I above Development of Shopping Complexes 1,012.50 1200 oSe m 0t12 i D uivulnt oath assstance Free Shops 52 30,00000 family 1 56 iri n Free Shop+Residence 2 66.00 000 family 0 13 2 Sub-Total Additional Assistance for Resettlement Site - 118.29 Tainang of NGOs Lump sum 0.20 cn Preparabon of Training Manuals, etc Lump sum 0 10 c Trainog of tne PAPs 1,713 90 oo family 1 04 Train ng for Staff Lump sum 0 20 ,. Staffing at NHAI Hf Lump sum I 05 c~ ~~ ~ ~~~~~a Strengtheningof Socialcell. CorporateOffice and Lumpsum 0 20 D U' PIL (Computers, Softwares etc.) t0 :r Extension of Govemmenit Programmes Lump sum 0.40 0o D EnEtensIon of Other Agency Programmes IHIV. etc) Lump sum 0 20 110NGOAssistance for RAP Implementation 1,7 t 3 1,320 001 family 2 26 Site Specific Participatory Planning Lump sum 0 05 Penodic Monitoring by NHAI HQ Lump sum 0 35 U to Administrative Overhtead of NHAI Lump sum 1 05 05 Further Specific Stud es Lump sum 2 00 05.f M&E Consuilants 1,7131 40000| family 0 69 o E0 MIS Consultants Lump sum I 00 Oit Implementng MIS I Documentation Lump sum I 00 Adrinistralive Ovennead Of NHAI Lumnpsum 1 00 Sub-Total: Institutional Capacity Building and Implementation 4.85 8.44 TOTAL 221.66 244.75 Miscellaneous - 2.5% of the total 5.54 6.12 Contingency @8% 17.73 19.58 GRAND TOTAL (INR Million) 244.93 270.45 Lea Associates 9-10 Table 9.6: RAP Budget for Package I-C Type Unit of Category of Entitla- Entitlement Details uantitY Rate Unit FinancedbY Assistance Loss ment NA yW Compensation as per LAA/NHA Compensationfor land 1,997,524.00 10000 sqm 199.75 Sclatium@ 10% 1,997,524.00 1000 sq.,n 19.98 Compensationas Per LAANNHA Compensationfor ResidualLand 449,44290 100.00 sq mn 44.94 Solabum@ 10% 449,442.00 10 00 sq m 4 49 Inlereston all of above 09% 24 22 ttn -n _ Assistance O Differenceof ACtuatMarket Value and Compensationas received 2,446,966890 20 00 sq.m 49.94 >transitional ri Allowanceq1 Ifor 9 months if the residualland is not viable 678 11 934.00 family 8 0 Rs St/daylor .or 3 months it the residualland is viable 75 3 978.00 family 0 30 Assitancetowards severance t and (Additional10% of the amountpaid for 497,391.43 IICO sqom 0.47 compensation)- 10%solatium Assistancetowards Taxes/Fees/Opening of Bank Accounts 12.591=13.5%of compensation 39.61 AlternativeEconomic Rehaoilitation Grant 6781 24,000.00T family 16.27 Sub-Total:Acquisition of AgriculturalLand 293.38 11a.6e Compensationas per LAAJNHA Compensationfor Residencialproperty 86.4060 j 700.007 sq m 60.48 Compensationfor Commercialproperty BC,06900 500.001 sq m 40.03 Solatium@10% on both the above 10.05 rD ~Compen1sationas per _- tmLAA/NHA for residualUnviable Property:Residential 21,601.50 700.00 sqcm 15.12 in o For ResicualUnviable Property: Commercial 20,017.25 500.00 , scqm 10.01 2 7 u) . Solatiuma 10% on both the above 2 51 Intereston all of above @9% 12044 in ' > Assistance ci iDiference of 'Actual MarketValue' and Compensationas received 166.47500 12000 sq.m 1.198 RentalA lowancefor 9 months(@ Rs.600/month 250 5,400 family 1 35 Sh fling Allowance- lumpsumof RsBOO 299 800.00 family 0.24 If the PAP sa tenant IRental Allowance(9mnlhs)o ShiftingAllowance 367 6.20000 family 228 Assistancetowards Taxes and Feesand Openingof Bank Accounts f 12.51 =13 5% of compensalion 20 34 Sub-Total:Acquisition of Residentialand ComnmercialLand 150.64 44t19 or 2 rr ° 4 Employees(one of the eaming membersof family) 353 7.95600 person 2 81 3C>D-'3 Employees(sole eaming memberof family) 26 9,945900 person 2 64 AlternativeEconomic Rehabilitation Suppor, / VocationalTraining 309 24,000.00 person 7 42 a t rDrr r2b | Towardsvalue of standingcrcp tonne-ha - oCt2D D o rt o |Towardsreplacement of next years seeds 753 1,00000 family 0 75 Frirr Tree - No. E oTimber: E Tree. No. Sub-Total: Assistancetowards Loss of Livelihood 13.62 Compensatocnfor CommercialStructure at ReplacementCost ' 2.70C00 tamily Cvi-tensat on lor oss of ResidentialSiructure at ReplacementCostr 371 67500 family 0,02 Assistance owardstraining and incomegeneration 37 24,000.00 family 0.89 or < un ShiftingAllowance - lumpsumof Rs.800 351 800.O( family 0.03 Sub-Total:Assistance for Encroachersand Squafters 0,94 Lea Associates 9-11 Type Unit of Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details Quantity Rate Unit Financedby Assstance Loss ment NHAI by WB °,rt _ _-g Assistancetowards vocabonal trainig For1 yr 507 2,500 00 family 127 a. 0 ._ r _ _ _n_ __, 310,p I r isA- ar Assislancetowards starting a livelihood 507 2.500 01 family 1 27 ° ._. ,, _ Dnu EconomscRehabllitabon Grant 250 24.00000 farn ly 600 I > i r Sub-Total:c .n Additional Assistance for Vulnerable Groups 8.54 c Tney are not elig ble for Compensationor Assistance' ro > includecin the assistanceto commercialencroachers and squatters.and in resettlementsite -2 ' a= D O g e Includedas partof the CivilWorks Contract and the 7,1 D rlp d . -A c a.i Envronmental Management Plan Eo Includedas part of the Civil WorhsConrract and the Enhancementr _ _ E-nvtronmentalManagement Plan 21 Site Development of Resettlement Site 3,120 250.00 sq m 0 78 FreeeD °Residential Sde Plot PlotsStnucture of Area 78 54.00000f family 4 21 a ~~~~~~Site.Plot, Stwactureof Area Fe eieta lt _ equivalentto LostArea. or (Cost of) House Construction Grant 7 5,400.00 tfamily 0.42 a , ri as per Standardgiven n a s S toe EntitlementFramework Free Agnrculturai Plots 1,997,524.00 t20 00 sq.m 23970 or in lieu of all above. Developmentof Shopping Complexes 3,225.00 12000 sq.m 0 39 L P q-tivlent cash as s nc9 a aSss'ste Free Shops 14 30,000.00 family 420 Free Shop+Residence 2' 66.00000 family 191 Sub-Total: Additional Assistance for ResettfamentSite _ 251.70 Training of NGOs Lumpsum 0 20 Preparationof Training Manuals.etc Lumpsum C 10 Training of the PAPS 1 900"76 0 Familyf 1 59 Trainingfor Staff Lumpsum 0 20 a. Staffingat NHAIHG Lumo sum t 05 it .~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Streagtherring of Social cell, CorporateORe n Lamesum 0 20 -0o PIU(Computers Softtvaresetc O-) Extensionof GovernmentProgrammes Lump sum 0.40 inrD ExlensionDf OtherAgency Programmes (HIV etC) Lumpsum 0.20 E NGO Assistancefor RAP Imolementation 1 760 1 32000o family 2 33 r siteS Specific Participatory Planning Lump sum 0 0S a. Penodc Monitonngby NHAI HO Lumpsum 0 35 AdministrativeOverhead of N4HAI Lumpsum t.05 FurtherSpecific Studies Lumpsum 2 dO ,a° rt M&EConsultants 1,7613 40000° familt 0 71 a MIS Consultants Lumpsum 1 00 tou ImplementingMIS I Documentation Lumpsum 00 Admin,strat,veOverhead of NHAI Lumpsum t 00 Ssb-Total:Institutional Capacity Building and Implementation 4.85 8.58 TOTAL 448.88 446.24 Miscellaneous - 2.5% of the total 11.22 11.16 Contingency @ 8% 35.91 35.70 GRAND TOTAL (INR Million) 496.01 493.10 -- Lea Associates 9-1 2 ,Z Table 9.7: RAP Budget for PackageIl-B Type Unit I Financedby Assistance Category Loss Entitle- Entitlement Details Quantityt Rate Unit NAI by WB LOSS! ment tHl b 4 Compensationas per LAAINHA Compensationfor land 137,000 1 010 0 sq m 1370 Solatium@ 1004 137,000.00 t0.00o sqm 1.37 CompeLsalonas Compensationfor ResidualLand 30,825.00 t00.00 sq m 3.08 Solatiumf 10% 30,825.00 10.00 sq m 0.31 nlereston all of above'J 9%1 1.66 tr . . Assistance _m , : Dilfferenceof'Actual Manet Vaeueand Compensat on as received 167,825.00 20 00 sq.m 3.36 . . Trans tional Allowance Ifor 9 months if the residualland is not viable 68 11934.00 famuy 0.81 P _ w ~~~~~~~~Rs.51/day for 26day/mont d for 3 monthisif the residualland is viable a 3,978.00 family 0.03 Assitancetowards severance of land (Additional10% of the arount paid for compensation)a 10%solatium 36,05263 t f00 sq.m 0 4C Assistancetowards TaxesvFees/Opening of Bank Accounts f 12.5u1=13.5%of compensation 2.72 AltemativeEconomic Rehabilitation Grant 681 24,00000 family 1 63 Sub-Total:Acquisition of AgriculturalLand 20.12 8.95 Compensationas per LAAINHA Compensationfor Residencialproperty 0000 700D0 s.m 0.56 Compensatonfor Commercialproperty 400.00 700.00 0.28 Solatium@10% on both theabove 0.08 Compensationas fe v) LAAVNHA for residualUnviable Property. Residential 200.001 700.001 sqim .14 .> 0co For ResidualUnviable Property: Commercial 100.00 700.00 s.rnm 3.07 Solatium@10% on both the above 0.02 a. X I Inlerest on all of above @8% 1. Assistance Differenceof Actual Market ValueandCompensationasreceived 1.200.00 140O00 sq.m 017 Rental Allowance'or 9 months@ Rs.600/month 399 5,400 family 2.15 ShiftingAllowance - lumosumof Rs.BOO 60 800.00 family 0 05 If slePAP 4sa tenant I RentalAliowance (smonts) Shiflng Allowance 18 6,200.00 family 1.14 Assistancetowards Taxesand Feesand OpeningofBankAccounts @12.501=13.5%of compensation 017 Sub-Total:Acquisition of Residentialand CommercialLand 1.26 3.68 m oC- c g |Employees(one ofthe eaming membersot tamily) 176 7,956.00 person 1.40 Employees(soe eaming member of family) 132 9,94500 person 1 31 gAtemutive EconomicRehabilitation Support VocationalTraining 184 24,000O0 person 3 70 .0 a u _ ° tTowards valueof slandingcroP tonne-ha TD rD t,i o.4 0 1i a. C5 in Towarosreplacement of next years seeds 76 1,00 00 1amily .01ft aJ _ 0.2 go ruitTree No OD E r |Timber7 Tree No. Sub-Total:Assistance towards Loss of Llvelihood . 6.49 Compensaton forCommercial Struclure at 'ReplacementCost' 122 2.700.00 fan,ily 0.33 o) | _Compensationfor loss OfResidential Slructure at 'ReplacementCost' 947 675.OG tamily 0 64 Assistancetowards (raining and incomegeneration 947 24,000.00 family 22.73 rSniftingAllowance - iumpsumof Rs.800 951 80000 family 0 78 Sub-Total:Assistance for Encroachersand Squatters 24.46 Lea Associates 9-13 Type Unit of Assistance Category of Entitle Entitlement Details Quanti| Rate Unit NHAI by WB Loss ment 2 G IC Xi 41 Co D Assistance towards vocational training for 1 yr 33 2.5000C amily 0 84 tn 3D D crE U E Assistancetowards start ng a livelihood 334 2,5000C family 084 Economic RehabilntationGrant 3 24,00 0C family9 Sub-Total: AdditionalAssistance for VutnerableGroups 11;26 _ Theyare not eligible for Compensationor 'Assistance' O Included i the assistanceto commercialencroachers and squatters,and in ,i 2 _ reseltlement site ° vo -r°r Includedas partof the Civ.IWorks Contractand the :: E EnvironmentalManagement Plan < E v Enhancement ~~~~~~~~Includedas part ot the Civil WsorkrsContract and toe M ~~~~~~~~~~~~~Environnnenta~ManagementPlan Site Development of Resettlement Site 5,040 25000 sq.m 1 26 Site, Plot,Structure of Area Free Residential Plots 128 54,0000d family 6 80 D ecuivalentto Lost Area.or (Cost of) House ConstruCtion Grant 126 5.4000d family 068 = as per Standardgiven in O EntitlementO D the Frameworh. Free Agncultural Plots 137.000O0 120 00 sc.m 1644 no n beu of all above. Development of Shopping Complexes 51187O 12000 sq.m 0 61 _ _ o ~~~~equivalentcash assistance.. tSu.valectlFree cons Dssistanl Shops 231 30,000.00 family 7 17 cFree Shop+Residencte 34 86600000 family 2 24 Sub-Total: Additional Assistancefor ResettlementSite 35.20 Tramingof NGOs Lumpsum 0 20 Preparationof Training Manuals,etc Lumpsum 0.10 Training of the PAPs 1 3471 90000T famil5 1 21 Trainingfor Staff Lumpsum 0 20 _.n Slaffingat NHAI HQ Lumpsum t 05 Strengtheningof Socialcell, CorporateCffice and Lumpoum 0 20 _, PIU(Computers. Softwvares etc.) ro _ Extensionof GovemmentProgrammes Lumpsum 0 40 E Extensionof OtherAgency Programmes (HIV, elcf Lumpsum 0.20 _ NGOAssistance for RAP Implementation 1'3471 1.320 oo0 family 1 78 co oS Ie SpecificPartcipatory Planning Lumpsum 0 05 a r PenodicMonitoring by NHAI HQ Lumpsuin 0 35 AdministrativeOverhead of NHA Lumpsum 1 05 2 FurtherSpecific Studies Lumpsum 2 00 _M&E Consultants 1.3471 400 Oo| family 0 54 MIS Consultants Lumpsum 1 00 IImplementing MIS!IDocumentation Lumpsum 100 AdministranveOverhead of NHAI Lumpsum 1 00 SubToatal:Institutional Capacity Building and Implementatlon 4.85 7.48 TOTAL 26.23 97.52 Miscellaneous - 2.5% of the total 0.66 2-44 Contingency f 8%n- 2.10 7.80 GRAND TOTAL (INR Million) 28.99 107.76 Lea Associates 9- 14 'Z77 Table 9.8: RAP Budget for Package IV-A Type Unit of Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details Quantity Rat Unit FinanIed by A byStan Loss ment Compensation as per LAAfNHA Compensationfor land 455.200.00 so o0 sq.m 36.42 Solabumg 10% 455,200.00 S00 sq m 3.64 Compensalion as ,e -- _ 1 LAANHA Compensationfor ResidualLand 102,420.00 80.00 sqrn 819 Solatium@1 0% 102.420.00 8 00 sq.m 0.82 Intereston all ofabove @9% 4 42 CGri z Assistance EifferenceD of 'Actual MarketValue andCompensation as received 557,620.00 16.00 sq,m 5 92 r, Transitionl Allowance@ for 9 monthsif the residualland 0snot viable 589 11,934.00 family 7,03 _al r Rs.511dayfor26dav/month Rs 5 1Jday for 26davftonfor 3 monthsif the residualland is viable 65 3.97800 family 0.26 Assitancetowards severance of land (Addibonal1 0% of the amountpaid for conmpensalion)- 10%solatium 13,103.98 80 sr m 00 vAsistancetowards TauesiFees/Opening of BankAccounts @1251=13 5% of compensation 7.22 AltenmativeEconomic Rehabilitation Grant 59 24,000.00 family 14.14 Sub-Total:Acquisition of AgriculturalLand 53.49 38.57 Compensationas per LAAfNHA Compensationfor Residencialpropenry 'o .| 000 nsqm 0 05 Compensationfor Commercialproperty 2.200.001| o.oo sq.m 11t0 Solatium@10% on both the above 0 12 Conmpensationas per LAAvNHAs for re9dual UnviableProperty Residential 25.0t 500.00 sq.m 0 0t .0sFor ResidualUnviable Property: Commercial 550.00 500.00 sq.m 0 28 _ z _ Solatium@10% on both tie above 0 03 _: r, I Inlereston all of aoovet: 9% 0 14 Assistance Differenceof 'Actual MarkelValue' and Compensationas received 2,300.00 1O 00 sq m 0.23 Rental Allowancefor 9 months @Rs.600/month 9 5,400 family 0.50 z ShiftingAJlowance - lumpsumof Rs.800 116 80005 family 0.09 f lhe PAP is a tenant RentalAllowance (9months) I ShiftingAllowance 6,20000 family Assistance sowardsTaxes and Feesand Cpeningof BankAccounts (@125+1=13 5% of compensalion 0 23 Sub-Total:Acquisition of Residentialand CommercialLand 1.73 1.08 m) ' ,, IEmpioyees(one of the earningmembers of family) 7,956600 person oD' zo- lEmployees(sole eaming memberof family) 9,945.00 person AlternativeEconomic Rehabilitation Support/ Vocational Training 24 00000 person d0 c ° vi S | Towardsvalue of standingcrop tonne-ha - Z mj z a c |Towardsienlacement of nextyears seeds 564 1 000.00 family 0 35 9-° ir -> |Fruit TrIee No CGo n TimOerTree 0 No.'J Sub-Total: Assistance towards Loss of Uvetihood | 0.65 Compensationfor CommercialStructure at 'ReplacementCOst' 89 2.70050 famly| 0 24 o Compensationfor loss of ResidentialStructure at 'ReplacementCost' 208 67500 famsy | 0 14 ,oj n | At |Assistance ovards training andincome geneiaco 206 24,000.OC family 4.90 r ShiftingAllowance - lumpsumof Rs.00| 274 000.00 family | 022 Sub-Total: Assistance for Encroachers and Squatters . s.e Lea Associates 9-15 Type Unit oF Category ot Entitle- Entitlement Details Quantily Rat Unit NtHAi by wtaE Loss ment 2 ;'t 5 2 Assistancetowards vocational training for 1 yr e 2 500 00 lamity 0 22 0. c CD 2°9re tJnJo t;; D Assistancetowards start ng a livelitlood 2 500 00 family 0 22 iinr < 0 ______rS r Economicrr - tr Rehabilitation g Grant 9 24 00000 family 2 23 -Os 3 X Seb-Totat:Additional Assistance for VulnerableGroups 2.67 -E Trhey are riot eligible for Compensation'or Assestance' included in Ihe assistanceto commercialencroachers and squatters.and in u0 u resettlementsile _ _ u QD _ 2 ° 4=° 8 n ui'- Inctudedas partof the Clul WorktSCOntract an)d the E - S _ ^ D D = a - Dr EnvironmentalManagement Plan. O ° Enhancement nctudedas part of the CIVIlWoGes Contract and the o E E n > EnvironmentalManagemenl Plan Site Developmentof ResettlementSite 1,52C 25000 sq.m 0 38 Site,Plot, Stnuctureof Area Free ResidentialPlots 3t 54.0000[ family 2 05 (i equivalentto LostArea. or (Cost ofl HouseConstruction Grant 38 5.400 00 family 0.21 as yer Standardgives in o o D asprSadr ei Free A9 l 455,2000D0 06.00 sq m 43 70 the EntitlementFramor' gnutrnPls _ _ r ir lieu of allabove, Developmentof ShoppingComplexes t 031.20 1200 sqm 0 12 8.i D onivalefiencash assistance Free Shops 55 30,000.00 family 1 55 Free Shop+Residence 55 55,00000 family 3 63 Sub.Total: Additional Assistance for Resettlement Site . 51.74 Trainingof NGOs Lumpsum 0 20 os Preparationof TrainingManuals, etc Lumpsum 0 10 v Training osthe PAPs 1,0891 900.001 family 0 98 Trainingfor Staff Lumpsum 0 20 o : Staffingat NHAI HQ Lumpsum 1 05 _ _ Strengtheningof Socialcell, CorporateOffice and Lumpsam 0 20 P!U(ComPuters. Sofireares etc) Entensionof GovemmentProgrammes L,mp sum 0 40 m c0 Extensionof OtherAgency Programmes (HIV, etc) Lumpsum 0 20 _ : NOC Assistancefor RAP Implementation 1 0891 1.32000 tamiy 1 44 m Site SpecificParticipatory Planning Lump sum 0 05 PenodicMonrtoning by NHAI HCt LumPsum 0 35 AdministrativeOverhead of NHAI Lumpsum 1.05 FurtherSpecific Studies Lump sum 2 00 M&E6 Consultants 1,0891 40 001 family 0 44 2MtS ConsultanlS Lumpsum 1 0C a rri ImolementingMIS I Documentation Lumpsum I 00 AdmmistrafiveOverhead of NHAI Lumpsum 1 00 Sub-Total InstitutionalCapacity Building and Impiementatlon 4.85 6.81 TOTAL 60.06 107.08 Miscellaneous - 2.5% of the total 1.50 2.68 Contingency @ 8% 4.80 8.57 GRAND TOTAL (INR Million) 66.36 118.33 7C= Lea Associates 9-16 Table9.9: RAP Budgetfor PackageIV-C Type Unit of Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details Quantity Rate Unit NHAI Assistanceby Loss ment . Compensationas per LAAINHA Compensationfor lard 1.243.000.00 80 00 sq m 9944 Solalium@ 10% t,243,000 0 00 sq.m 3.94 LAANHA Compensalionfor ResidualLand 279.6750 80.00 sq.m 22.37 Solatum @M10Y% 279.67500 8.00 sq.m 2.24 Inlerest on all of above@ 9% 12 06 ta ni D Assistance rI Differenceof 'Actual MarketValue and Compensationas received 1,522,675.00 16 00 sq.m 24.36 TransitionalAllowance @ for 9 months if the residualland is not viable 3.307 11,934.00 family 38.47 fo26 hymonh Rs501/day or 2 n for 3 monthsif the residualland is viable 367 3,978.00 family 1 46 Assitancelowards severanceof land (Additicnal10% of Ire amountpaid for cormpensation)- 10% solatium 310,4t1t63 666 sq m 2 73 Assistancelowards TaxesiFeeslOpeningof Bank Accounts @12.5y1=1 3.5% of compensation 19.72 Altomatve EconomicRehabilitation Grunt 3.307 24,200.00 family 79.37 Sub-Total:Acquisition of AgriculturalLand 146.05 167.11 Compensationas per LAAINHA Compensationfor Residencialproperty - 400l00 sq m Compensationfor Commercialproperty 200.00 .500 00 sqm 0 10 Solatium@10% on botl tie above 0.01 D Compersationas per tor residualUnviable Property: Residenlial - 40000 sq.m LAA/NHA ______: i c: For ResidualUnviable Property, Commercial 50.00 60000 sq m 0 03 c5 1 Solatium@10% on both the above 0.00 r-a u Intereston alt ofabove @ 9% 0 0t a Assistance c ' Differenceof 'Actual MarketValue' andCompensation as received 200.00 90.00 sq.m 0 02 RentalAllowance for 9 months@ Rs600/month ' 7 5,400 family 0.09 ShiftingAllowance - lumpsumof Rs.800 20 800.CO family 0.02 If Ire PAPis a lenact RentalAllowance (9months) I ShiftingAllowance 6,200.00 famiy Assistancetowards Taxes ard Feesand Openingof Bank Accounts j @12.51 =13.5%of compensation D002 Sub.Total:Acquisition of Residentialand CommerclalLand 0.16 0.tS |'ro .v Employees(one of the eaming membersof family) 7.956.00 person aaoi (r Employees(sole eaming memberof family) 9,945600 person _A6ernalive Economic Rehabtlitaton SupportI VocalionalTraining 24,C000.0 person 3 D _°Towardsvalueof standingCrop tonne-ca Sb z Towardsreplacement of next yearsseeds 3.674 1.0003.0 iamily 3.67 | r ra c, |~~~~~~~~F,uitTree No . |, D E |TimberTree No Sub-Total:Assistance towards Loss of Livelihood 3.67 Compensationfor CommercialStructure at ReplacementCosrt 79 2,700.0X family 021 to~~~~~~~- Compensatonfor loss of ResidenbalSnucture at RepacementCost' 71 67s00 fam-ya 0.05 _ Assistancetowards Irainingard income generation 71 24,000.00 family 1.70 Sh ft ng Allowance- lunpsum of Rs.800 761 600.00o family 0 06 Sub-Totat: Assistancefor Encroachersand Squatters 2.02 LeaAssociates 9-17 Type UHit of Category of Entitle- Entitlement Details Quantity Rate Unit NHAt Assistance by Loss ment C X0 V Assistance tomards vocational training for 1 yr 1.552 2,500 00 fam, y 3 88 oC D5 n0S~V C <- _ _ Assistance tovards starling a livelihood 1 3 88 _>C. > _ u. rs Economic Rehabilitalion Grant t 24.000 Co family C 41 -~ _ i . Sub-Total: Additional Assistance for Vulnerable Groups 8.17 aC They are not elig b e for 'CompensatOon or Assistance' _ _ > : c Included in the assistance to commerOtal encroachers and squalters. and in resettlement site aUC'vin0v rt Dn E r Included as part of the Civil Works Contract and the -~u~ r c Dt, Environmental Management Plan Included as part of the Civil Works Contract and the I -Enharcement Environmental Management Plan Site Development of Resettlement Site 250.00 sq. m o n Site, Plot. Stnuclore of Area Free Residential Plots 4 54000 0t family 0 22 7 eq,ivatent to Lost Area. GI (Cost of) House Construction Grant 0 400 00 farnily 0 02 as per Standard given in ctihe Entidement Framewoek Free Agricultural Plots 1.243.000.00 9606 sq m 119 33 or in lieu of a I above, Development of Shopping Complexes 243.70 120 00 sq m 0 03 M r: v ~~~~equ,,ale.itcash assistance__ fq.~.uinnt CiaSO ttsislanci Free Shops 13 30,000.00 family 0 39 ,n Tl Free Shop+Residence se,000.00 famly Sub-Total: Additional Assistance for Resettlement Slte 119.99 Training of NGOCs Lump sum 0 20 Preparation of Training Manuals, otc Lump sum 010 Training of the PAPs 3.8511 800.00o family 3 47 Training for Stan Lump sum 0.20 _ Strengthening of Social cell, Corporate Office and Lamp sum 0 20 of 8 PIU (Computers. SoftWares etc.) a. _ Extension of Govemment Programmes Lump sum 0 40 Extension of Other Agency Programmes (HiV, etc ) Lump sum 0 20 _ _ NGO Assistance for RAP implementation 3.85f t .320 00 famlyv 5 08 Site Specific Participatory Planning Lump sum 005 C Penodic Momtonng by NHAI HO Lump sum 0 35 o M&E Consultants 3.8st 4002 family 1 54 _ rs MIS Consultants Lump sum 1 00 _0c mplementing MIS / Documentation Lump sum t 00 Anminisrative Overmead of NHAI Lump sum 1 00 Sub-Total: Institutional Capacity Aailling and Implementation 4.85 14.04 TOTAL 151.05 315.15 Miscellaneous - 2.5% of the total 3.78 7 88 Contingency @ 8% 12.08 25.21 GRAND TOTAL (INR Million) 166.91 348-.24 Lea Associates 9-1 8 Table 9.10: RAP Budget for PackageV-B Type Unit of Financedby Assistance Category of Entitle. Entitlement DetaQis Quantity Rat Unit naI byAta Loss ment L b Compensationas per LAAINHA Compensatiorfor land 470,90000 80 00 sq.m 37 67 Solatum § 10% 47D,90000 800 sq.m 3.77 Compensationus per LAA,NHA Compensationfor ResidualLand 105,95250 80.00 sq.m 8.48 Solarium @10% 105.95250 8 00 sq m 085 Intereston all of abone@ 9% 4.57 Si .lo Assistance r n or Differenceof 'Actual MarketValue' and Compensationas received 576,852.50 16 00 sq.m 9.23 rai TransitionalAllowanceftU! for 9 monthsif tne residualland is not viable t8 11.934.00 family 0 21 Transitioar Alo8aynceth Rs.51day for 26d.,m tf for 3 monthsif the residualland is viable 2 3,978.00 family OO Assitancetowards severance of land (Additional10% of the amountpaid for compensation) I 10%solatium 117,725.00 8.80 sq.m t.C4 Assistancetowards TaxesvFeestOpening of BankAccounts 1t2.5n1= 3.5% of compensation 7.47 AltermativeEconomic Rehabilitation Grant 18 24,000.0 family 0 43 Sub-Total:Acquisition of AgriculturalLand 55.34 18.39 Compensationas per LAAVNHA Compensaionfor Residencralproperty 2,700.001 400.013° m 1 08 Compersabonfor Commercialpropery 4,600.001 50000| sq.m 2.30 Solarium@10% on both theabove 034 Com Employees(one ofthe eaming membes offamily) 7,098.00 peren ro (5 Employees(sole eaming memberof family) 9.945DC person BS_ , s | F Allemarve EconomiCRehabi itation SupportI VocationalTraining 24,000.0C person oO - 2IJ | Towardsvalue of standingcrop lonne-ha 0 2zac ,w _ w ZrTowards replacement of next yearsseeds 20 1,000.00 family 0 02 ,,j rc - _ |FrouilTree hNo _E |Timoer Tnee NO Sub-Total:Assistance towards Loss of Livelihood 0.02 Compensalionfor CommercialStructure at Repacement Cosr' 33.00 2,70000 family 0 09 o| Compensationfor lossof Residenlia Structureat'Replacement Cost' 6 57500 faminy i Assistancetowards frainingand incemegenerauion 6 24,00000 family 0.14 | r SrhitingAllowance - lumpsumof Rs.800 36 00 00 family 0 03 ub-Total:Assistance for Encroachersand Squatters 0.26 Lea Associates 9-19 Type Unitof Category of Entitle. Entitlement Details Quantity Rat Unit NtbAycWB Assistance Loss mentNHI bVB A 15s : j=ge c; i Assistancetowards vocational training for 1 yr Z Z,500 0t fam0ly 00T ~(01 0 C IO0 o0Cv Assistancetowards starting a livelihood 2 2,50000 amly 007 v,: _ 2g c > EconomicRehabilitation Grant A 24,00000 family 0 31 o Ia Sub-Total:Additional Assistance for VulnerableGroups _ 0.45 .00045 They are not eligible for Compensationor Assistance _Icludedin the assistanceto commercialencroachers and squatters,and in iri v, N resettlementsite *UD '0c zx Oo rO Includedas part of the Civil Works Contractand tIhe 8 _ _ Enihancement Includedas panof the CivilWorks Contractand the EIhanceme_t Eivironmental ManagementPlan Site Development of Resettlement Site 250 05 sq m o _ Sile,Plot, SIncture of Area Free Residential Plots 1 S4,00000 family 0.05 _ aquivalentto Lost Area, or (Cost of)House Construction Grant 1 54005.0 family 0.01 0 perStnnoard given lin reAPos40505.0 OE j n the~~~~~~~as EntitlemertFramework, Free Agncultural Plots 470,900 0o 96.0c sqs. m 455 21 or in lieu of all above, Development of Shopping Complexes 225 120.00 sq.m 0 03 u rr equivalentrash assisianci Free Shops 1 30 000.o0 family 0 03 Free ShopoResidenre 11 66.00000t family 0 73 Sub-Total:Additional Assistance for ResettlementSite 46 06 Trainingof NGOs Lumpsum 0 20 ou0 Preparationof TrainingManuals, etc Lump sum 0 10 Training of the PAPs 17q 900000 family 0 16 Training for Staff Lumpsum 020 _ct Staffingat NHAIHQ Lumpsum 1 05 o ~~~~~~~~~~~dStrengthen.ngof Socialcoil., Corporate Office and LumpsumS 7 20 co PIU(Computers, Softwares etct r _ Extensionof GovemmentProgrammes Lumpsum 0 40 to Ta Extensionof OtherAgency Programmes (iH v, eto) Lumpsum 0 20 o E NGOAssistanceforRAPImplementation 17q 1,320001 famiy 023 o Site SpecfficParlicipatory Planning Lumpsum 0 05 a.rl Pe4odicMonitonng by NHAIHQ Lumpsum 0 35 oz tn AdministrativeOverhead of NHAI Lumpsum 1 O5 in Furher Specifc Studies Lump sum 2 70 Ofi C M&EConsultants 176 400.00 famly 0.07 S,o MIS Consultants Lump sum 100 DImplemenong0 MISI Documentatior Lumpsum 1 00 AcmrtnistraliveOvertleaa of NHAI Lumpsum 1 00 Sub-Total:Insttutlonal Capacity Building and ImplementatIon 4.85 4.41 TOTAL 65.26 71.02 Miscellaneous - 2.5% of the total 1.63 1.78 Contingency a 8% 5.22 5.68 GRAND TOTAL (INR Million) 72.11 78.48 E]f=2 LeaAssociates 9-20 10. IMPLEMENTATION ARRANGEMENTS The NHAI is responsiblefor implementationof the R&R component of the project (as part of the overall project). It is responsible for planning all R&R activities, implementing in consultation with the affected people, considering R&R as a process of development. It is also responsible for the monitoringof each activity planned in the RAP ensuring that the mitigation measures are actually translated from policy to action. 10.1 EXISTINGINSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY The NHAI is responsiblefor implementationof the complete resettlementand rehabilitationof all those affected by the project and is committed to ensure the income restoration of the project- affected and project-displacedfamilies. The NHAI already has certain organizationaland institutionalcapacity to be able to satisfactorily complete the implementation of the RAP. The capacity was mainly created due to the requirementsof implementingthe Third National Highway Project (TNRP). TNRP precedesthe GTRP, and the preparationand implementationof the RAP in GTRP is expected to benefit from that of the TNHP_ Moreover, the TNHP and the GTRP are both located on the Agra-Barwa Adda section of the NH-2. The five NHAI project implementation units (PlUs) will be responsiblefor implementation of both TNHP and GTRP1. Given this scenario, the organizationalcapacity and implementation strategies of both TNHP and GTRP will be complementary.Also given the fact that the two projects are being taken up within a short period, the requirements and challenges are very significant. 10.1.1 THE PROJECT IMPLEMENTATIONUNITS The TNHP and the GTRP are fast-track projects. The PlUs were specially created to see that the preparation and implementationof the projects are completedas per schedule. The projects also envision decentralized decision-making3, and therefore have placed a lot of importance in the capacity building at the PlUs. The PlUs are placed at the work sites. The PlUs started operating in the early 1998 when project preparation work started. A Project Director at the rank of Manager or Deputy General Manager headed each PIU during the project preparation stage. During the implementation stage, Project Directors at the level of General Managers(located at site) will head the PlUs. Other than the ProjectDirector, a PIU has the following officers: A Manageri/c of construction contract; While the PlUs at Agra, Kanpur, Varanasi and Jumri Talaiya will be responsible for implementationof both the TNHP and the GTRP, the PIU at Allahabad is responsiblefor the implementationof Package Ill-A and Ill-B of TNHP alone. Implementationof TNHP starts in April 2001, that of GTRP starts by end of 2001. The RAP implementationfor TNHP started in October 2000, the same for GTRP is expected to be started by mid-2001. Also, payments for the work under the contracts for the project will be made at the site, from the PIUs. LeaAssociates 10-1 * A Manageras the Contract Resettlementand RehabilitationOfficer (CRRO); and, * A Manager i/c Environment.(The Manager i/c Environmenthas additional duties related to the construction contract). The PlUs have worked with the project preparationconsultants for the entire project preparation phase, have acquired intimate knowledge of the sites, and were involved in the processes of social assessment,environmental assessment as well as communityconsultations. The NHAI has appointed a CRRO for each of the PlUs, whose sole responsibility is to implementthe RAP in close coordinationwith the NGOs (an NGO will be appointed for each of the contract packages in GTRP, as was done in the case of TNHP). The task of developing the resettlementsites, market places, etc. will be contracted out (both in TNHP and GTRP), as per the procurement procedures agreed for the project4, and the contractorswill have to completework in time. 10.1.2 ORGANISATIONAT THE NHAI HEADQUARTERS A separate Environmentaland Social Unit has been created in the NHAI headquarters,headed by a General Manager. The unit is responsible to co-ordinate the pre-construction activities in the TNHP and the GTRP. The unit will be responsible for policy guidance, co-ordination, contingency planning, monitoring,and overall reportingduring the implementationof the RAP. The social and environmentalunit at the NHAI headquartershas the following officers, * General Manager (Social/Environmental); * Manager (R&R); * Manager (Environment). The unit at the headquartersis fully functional. 10.1.3 INSTITUTIONALDELIVERY SYSTEM The institutional mechanismfor the delivery of R&R componentsof the project is as shown in the Figure 10.1. Important components of the institutionalmechanism that is in place are the (a) district level committees, (b) the grievance redressalcommittees, and (c) NGOs. o District Level Committees for Recommending Replacement Values of Land The District level Committees are ad hoc committees and will be dissolved once the implementationof the RAP is complete.The committeeswill meet once a month to stipulate the replacement value of the land (and any other asset, if required, and if any), during the implementation of the RAP. The committee in each district will comprise of the District Magistrate; the officially deputed Land Acquisition Officer (LAO) from the state department of revenue; Project Director and the CRRO from the PIU, NHAI; representative of the NGO; and the representativesof the PAPs. The decisions of the committee will be binding, and no downward revision in the replacement value decidedby the committeewill be permitted by NHAI. Standard FIDIC international competitive bidding will apply to the procurement of contractors. The NGOs will be selected as per standard national competitive basis. If required, small contractswill be set out on quality-cum-costbasis. LeaAssociates 10-2 NHAI HEADQUARTER IChief General Manager (WB), NHAI General Manager(Social/Env), NHAI General Manager (WB), HQ, NHAI Manager (R&R), HQ, NHAI | DeputyGeneral Manager(WB), NHAI ...... Manager (Technical), HQ, NHAI ,l...... District Level Construction General Manager (PD), PIU, NHAI _Committees . Supervision . Consultants/, *"A . Engineers / ~~Manager(CRRO) SPaJC :(foreach contract or IMPLEMENTATION Manager (Technical) UNITS Committees . . ~~~~~~~Manager(Technical & ilc Environment)| Non-GovernmentOrganisa tions|Cotaor (one for eachContract Package)|(freccotatPkg) l -=== OverallResponsibility & Control - AdvisoryGuidance (R&R) Direction regardingR&R Issues ...... Co-ordination& Guidance (R&R) Figure 10.1: Existing Implementation Structure If the replacement value recommended by the committee(s) is less than the compensation legally determined by the appropriate authority, under the provisions of the LAA or the NHA, no deductions will be made from the entitlement of the respective entitled PAPs, on this account. If the replacement value recommended by the committee is more than the compensation legally determined, the difference5 will be paid as assistance. The district level committees will also help the PIU arrange for extension of the various government programmes/schemes for the benefitof the eligiblePAPs. Grievance Redressal Committees Grievance redressal committees (GRCs) have been formed (or are being formed) at every district through which the project traverses. The GRCs are expected to resolve the grievances of the eligible persons, within a stipulated time. The decision of the GRCs are binding, unless vacated by a court of law, and people are not debarred from moving to the court for issues including those related to R&R. However, it is expected that the GRCs will play a very crucial role, and will help implementthe project as scheduled. While calculating the difference, the total compensation received (base compensation plus solatium plus incentive award, if any but without including the amount received as interest payment) will be deducted from the 'replacement value' recommended by the committee. Lea Associates 10-3 The GRC at each district will consist of the following members, * The District Magistrate; * The Project Director, PIU, NHAI: * The CRRO, PIU, NHAI; . A representative of the local self government bodies (Village/Block Panchayats or municipalities); * A representativeof the NGOs involvedin implementingthe RAP; and * A representativeof the PAPs. The GRCs will continue to function, for the benefit of the PAPs, during the entire life of the project (including the defects liability period). The response time prescribed for the GRCs is 15 days. Since the entire resettlementcomponent of the project has to be completed before the actual construction starts, the GRC will meet at least once in 15 days, to resolve the pending grievances. The committees will meet more frequently, if the number of grievances is large enough to necessitatesuch meetings. 10.1.4 EXISTINGROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES During the preparation of the TNHP, the roles and responsibilitiesof all members involved in the implementationof the RAP have been sufficientlydefined. Table 10.1 is a summary description of the roles and responsibilities,as defined in TNHP and as will be applicableto GTRP, of the Chief General Manager (WB) and the General Manager (Social/Environmental)at the NHAI headquarters; the Project Directors and the CRROs at the PlUs; and the NGOs procured to implementthe RAP. The roles of the GRCs and the district level committees have already been described in the preceding sub-section10.1.3. Role and responsibilitiesof the NGOs, which are the cornerstone for proper implementationof the RAP in this project has been described very briefly in Table 10.1. A full description of the roles and responsibilitiesof the NGOs is given in Section 10.4 of this Report, which includes the terms of reference for the NGOs to be contracted in GTRP (refer the terms of reference of the NGOs presented as Appendix "A" at the end of Section 10 of the Report). Table 10.1: Role & Responsibilitiesfor Implementationof the RAP in GTRP Level ImplementationStaff Rolesand Responsibilities * Overallin chargeof all the projectactivities. * Overseethe progressof landacquisition and R&R activities. corporateOffice ChiefGeneral Manager * Participatein the statelevel committees to facilitateland acquisition. d contractingthe NGOsfor implementationof RAP. * Coordinateimplementation of R&Ractivities with corporate andfield staff. * Consolidatethe microR&R plans prepared by the PIUon physicaland financial needs on monthlybasis. * Organizetraining for the PIUand NGOs for capacitybuilding to implementthe R&R. GM (R&RIEnv) * Preparemonthly progress report. MMonitor the progresson R&Rand land acquisition. * PrepareTerms of Referenceand facilitate the appointment of the externalagency for Monitoringand Evaluation. * PrepareTerms of Referencefor anystudies required and qualitativedimensions to the implementationof theR&R: facilitateappointment of the consultantto carryout the studiesand coordinate them. LeaAssociates 10-4 Level ImplementationStaff Roles and Responsibilities Overall responsibilitiesfor land acquisition and R&R activities in the field. Project Implementation * Make budgetaryprovisions for land acquisition and R&R Unit . . activities. (Field Office-Contract Project Director X Liaison with district administrationfor land acquisitionand Level) implementationof R&R. * Participate in the district level committee. * Co-ordinatewith district administration and NGOs responsible for land acquisition and R&R. * Translation of R&R Policy in local language. * Preparepamphlets on the policy for information dissemination. * Print Policy and Identity Cards for the PAPs. (Sample Identity Card shown in Chapter 10) * Ensurethat the contractor has paid the mutuaily agreed amount to the people for the land taken for borrow areas; and also ensure that the land is returned back to the concerned peoplewithin the stipulated time as per the agreementand has not made it unproductive. * Ensure that the land acquisition plans as per the alignments are submitted to the district administrationfor acquisition. * Ensure the development of resettlementsites and agricultural land, whenever required. * Participate in the allotment of residential,commercial and agriculturalplots. Manager as CRRO * Liaison with the District Administrationfor dovetailing Government'sschemes for income generation and development programs for the PAPs. * Co-ordinate with the NGOs appointedfor implementationof the R&R. * Ensure the inclusionof those PAPs who might not have been covered during the census survey. * Facilitatethe opening of Joint Account in local Banks to transferthe rehabilitationassistance for the PAPs and also organise distribution of cheque payment of compensation and rehabilitationassistance, through transparent manner in Gram Sabha or public meetings specially organizedfor distribution of cheques. * Monitor physical and financial progress on land acquisition and R&R implementationactivities including shifting of people. * Participate in regular meetings. * Organise by-monthly meetings with the NGOsto reviewthe progressof R&R. * Co-ordinatewith the CRRO to implement R&R activities. * Verification of PAFs listed out in the RAP. * Issue Identity Card to the PAFs * Develop rapport with the PAPs. * Facilitatethe CRRO in organising the public information campaign at the commencement of the R&R activities. Distribute the pamphlets of R&R Policy and also explain to them the meaning and measures of mitigation to eliminate the feeling of insecurity among the PAPs. Non Government Organization * Assist the PAPs in receivingthe payment of compensation, opening of the Bank accounts and facilitate the vulnerable PAPs in ensuring that they get their dues on time and are not left out to deteriorate to the stages of impoverishment. * Facilitatein opening of the Joint Accounts in the Bank. * Generateawareness about the alternate livelihoodoptions and their viability, the resource base and other opportunities, to enable the PAPs to make informedchoices and participate in their own development. * Prepare micro-planswith PAPs for R&R. * Enable the PAPs to identify the alternatesites for Lea Associates 1 0- 5 Level ImplementationStaff Rolesand Responsibilities agriculture,residential and commercial plots. * Participatein consultationof allotmentof shopsand residentialplots to the PAPs. • Ensurethat the PAPsreceive their entitlements on time. * Ensurepreparation of resettlementsites as perthe guidelineslaid in the policy,complete with the basic facilities. * Participatein the meetingsorganized by the PIU_ • Submitmonthly progress report. * Identifytraining needs of the PAPsfor incomegenerating activitiesand ensure they are adequately supported during the post-trainingperiod on enterprisedevelopment and management,the backwardand forward linkages, credit financingand marketing of the produce. d Participatein the disbursementof chequesat public meetingsand Gram Sabiras. * Ensurethe women headed households, and other groups of vulnerablePAPs are given their dues both for paymentof compensationand rehabilitation assistance. 10.1.5 COMMUNITYPARTICIPATION IN THE IMPLEMENTATIONOF THE RAP The existing institutional arrangementalready provides for the continued involvement of the communities, especially the project-affected and the project-displaced persons in implementationof the RAP. The NHAI will ensure that. - The Stakeholdersare consulted at every stage of project; TheI women's perceptionis built into the RAP implementationplan; TheI host community is consulted, so that community assets are optimised and enhanced; • The PAPs participate in ensuring creation of community assets, and the upkeep and maintenanceof assets created by the project; * An institutional mechanismis evolved involving the people, the Gram Panchayats,and the formal and informal people's committeesto ensure sustainabilityof the process of development,beyond the RAP implementationperiod. 10.2 ADDITIONALINSTITUTIONAL CAPACITY BUILDING IN GTRP While the capacity building processstarted in the TNHP is very significant,and will be generally able to address the challenges of implementingthe RAP, certain specific area require further strengthening. These areas are described below, as well as the proposed additional capacity building proposals. 10.2.1 NEED FOR ADDITIONALCAPACITY An institutionaldevelopment study (IDS) carried out during the preparation stage of the GTRP and the TNHP, identified "Strengtheningthe R&R and the EnvironmentalCapacity" within the Infrastructure Sector Unit, South Asia Regional Office, the World Bank (12 May 2000). Additional Annex No.: 12, Project Appraisal Document for the Third National Highway Project (p59). LeaAssociates 10-6 NHAI as an important issue. The following discussion takes-off from there, but reflects the other policy and positions of the Gol7. The implementation of RAP for the TNHP is in progress. Several issues have been identified during this implementation,which requires resolution.These issues concern the tough targets and schedules for completion of the resettlement component, particularly the issue of land acquisition (under existing legal procedures, land acquisition is a very long-drawn process).The other issues are of the participation of women in the project; of proper documentation of the R&R process; of sustainabilityof the capacity created.These are describedbelow. 10.2.2 LAND ACQUISITION The GTRP involves much more land acquisition than the TNHP8. Even in TNHP, the land acquisition procedures proved too long-drawn and demanding. The existing strength of the NHAI for this work was small comparedto the requirements.The responsibilityfor arrangingfor completion of all formalities and procedural requirements lies with the Project Directors at the PIU, supported by the CRRO, and coordinated by the GM (Social/Environment)at the NHAI headquarters. The Project Directors are responsible for a number of other (important) components of pre- construction work, other than ensuring timely land acquisition.As the acquisition is to be done by the state government bodies, the experience in India is that it requires constant follow up, at sufficiently higher levels of officialdom.Therefore, the responsibilitymostly lies with the CRRO. Among the pressing demands of identificationand verification of the entitled PAPs, the CRRO is simultaneously responsible for regular follow-up on the status of land acquisition. The GM (Social/Env) at the NHAI headquarters is responsible for a number of work components, includingco-ordinating to ensure land is acquired in time. It would be important to address the following (in GTRP, and in parts,for TNHP, if required): e The procedural requirementshave to be fulfilled. An official thoroughly conversant with the procedural requirementsshould be in position to co-ordinate the land acquisition proposals. a For better co-ordination,the officer responsible has to spend sufficient time at the site. To enable better follow up the officer should be of sufficiently high rank. • The procedural requirements(expected of the NHAI by the appropriate authorities for land acquisition) have to be formalized, and documented for the benefit of all projects concerned. * Ensuring timely land acquisition is demanding requirement and requires full time involvementof an officer, at least during the first six months of a project. Any organisational strengthening process, however, may be conducive to the Gol initiative of streamlining the government agencies. The NHAI is created as small size organisationto work as a facilitator,and not as a wholesome provider. 8 Contract packages in TNHP were selected based on the status and progress of land acquisition, among other criteria. Construction packages requiring comparatively more land acquisition were left, and 7 of 8 such acquisition-intensivepackages are being taken up under GTRP. LeaAssociates 10-7 o Proposalfor inductingDGM(R&R) at the NHAI headquarters To fulfill the above it is proposed that an officer be appointed at the NHAI headquarters,at the rank of a DGM. Responsibilities The DGM (R&R) will be responsible for co-ordinating all packages of GTRP (and TNHP, if required) to ensure timely acquisitionof land and handing over to the NHAI by the appropriate authorities. The DGM (R&R) will ensure that all procedural requirements for land acquisitionare completed by the PIU in time and with complete understanding of the requirements.The DGM (R&R) will spend at least 15 days in a month at the various sites and will be personally involved in the follow up of the land acquisition proposals with the appropriate district authorities. S/he would interact with the state authorities, if required. The DGM (R&R) will report to the GM (Social/Env)regularly and update the progress of land acquisition. The DGM (R&R) will primarily focus on the issue of land acquisition. However,over time, s/he is expected to be responsible to the GM (Social/Env) for other aspects of RAP implementation also. Qualification The DGM(R&R) may be appointed through deputation, or secondment. It would be advisableto depute a sufficiently senior officer (with about 15 years experience as a GazettedOfficer, in land acquisition, and associated procedural requirements) from the revenue departments of any of the states. It would be desirable that the appointed DGM(R&R) will have some background in social sciences studies and/or social welfare schemes. Period of appointment The appointment or deputation, as the case may be, may be initially for the purpose of the GTRP (and TNHP). Given the requirements of this (these) project(s), the period of appointment/deputationmay be 2 years, initially. However, judging from the large targets in place for NHAI for implementationof the fast-track projects, it is possible that this position might be turned permanent in near future. 10.2.3 WOMEN'S PARTICIPATION It is imperative to bring the issue of women's development in the process of socio-economic uplift within the scope of the RAP for GTRP. Encouragingwomen's participation in development projects is a policy being followed by the Gol. The Gol has earmarked the year 2001 as the Year of Empowerment of Women. Involving women meaningfully at all levels of the project therefore, will show a greater commitmentto the nation-widegoals. Women are involved in the project anyway. However, most of the times, they are on the negatively impacted side. Following is the account of the ways women are affected and/or involved in the project. * Women constitute about half of the PAPs. * Woman headed families are addressed in the RAP as a vulnerable group. While 365 woman headed families will be affected by the project, 182 such families will be displaced from their agricultural, residential or commercial land. There is a possibility that the numbers might increase. * Women constitute the more impacted group among the resettled, the affected or the displaced.This aspect is further described in Section 14 of this Report. LeaAssociates 10-8 D It is expected that women labourers will be engaged as contract labourers during the construction period. Experiences(elsewhere in India) show that women constitute 25- 40% of the semi-skilled and unskilled workforce in road construction contracts. However, women are seldom, if ever, involved in the road construction industry at managerial levels. As per the R&R Policy of the GTRP, as well as the larger perspective, it is importantto involve women in several stages and levels of the project. The scope for involvement ought to be concrete; otherwise betterment will not be achieved. Women will need to be integrated in the project as full-fledged participants,and not merely as beneficiaries,or bystanders. 3 Possibleareas of Women Involvement The Entitlement Framework of the GTRP includes provisions for participation of, and consultation with women during implementationof the RAP. These provisions are already in place, and are not discussed here. Without doubt, women need to be involved in the implementationof the RAP. The other areas of concern to the women and more readily addressed by them will be in managing health and hygiene issues at the construction camps (where there are possibilitiesof exploitationof women workforce, or children); and in managingthe spread of highway related diseases. However, involvement of women is seen to be more important and as part of the long-term strategy than symbolic in GTRP. Therefore, certain management positions will need to be occupied by women in this project. The following proposals are made to involve women at various levels of the project9 . o Women Managers in Social/Environmental Unit in NHAI Headquarters As part of the environmentalcapacity building requirements in GTRP, it is proposed to induct two new managers at the NHAI headquarters.The positions are Manager (GIS) and Manager (Documentation).The details regardingtheir required and desirable qualifications,tenure, and modes of appointmentis describedin the ConsolidatedEIA Report. It is proposed that at least one of the managers to be appointed be a woman. It is entirely possible to appoint women at both these positions. Both these positions are very important for the success of the project, and long-termvisions of the NHAI. These will be visible beginnings for women as managers in road constructionindustry. 9 Women Managers at PIU It is proposed to induct 5 new Managers(Environment) by appointmentfsecondmentldeputation. It is advisable to induct women in at least 50% of these newly appointed positions (3 of the 5 positions, at least). Given the required and desirable qualifications as described in the ConsolidatedEIA Report, it is readily possible to appoint women in these positions. Given the small number of woman engineers in the highway constructing industry, it may not be possible to readily possible for the NHAI to identify and induct woman engineers in the NHAI. However, the number of qualified woman civil engineers in the country is not small, and NHAI needs to consider women to be appointed/deputedas a priority in future appointments/deputations.As the NHAI is increasing in staff, there is enough space for woman engineers/managersto be appointed. However, this is a corporate policy matter, and not within the ambit of this project, and therefore, such proposals are not made as part of this project. LeaAssociates 10-9 There is a possibility of appointing/inductingnew managers as CRROs in the PlUs, due to employee turnover, end of deputation or promotions. (There is no proposal for creating new positions, but only a possibility during the life of the project to fill the vacancies created by employeeturnover, etc.) It is proposed that any vacancy in the position of CRRO in the PlUs will be filled up by appointing/inductingwomen only. Given the modest requirementsof qualification, and site level responsibilities,it would be readily feasible to fill up any such vacancy (if such vacancy arises) by appointing/inductingwomen. ® Women as Managers in the NGOs Several NGOs will be procured to implementthe RAP in GTRP. It is proposed that to qualify to be considered and/or selectedfor such contracts,the NGOs must fulfil the following conditions, * That the NGOs must propose at least one woman as part of the key personnel. The proposed woman key person shall be available to work at site for at least 50% of the durationof the contract • That the women key persons, if selected for the contract, may be replaced during the period of contract, only with women key persons of equivalent qualifications and experience. * That the NGOs will depute a 'technical/professional'team to work at the site, which will consist at least 33% of women members. Junior support personnel and administrative staff will not be considered as 'technical/professional'. Given the experience during the preparation phase of the TNHP and GTRP, and the initial implementationpart of RAP in TNHP, these will not be difficult propositions. Women as Members of the Consultants'Teams It is proposed that the following studies will be undertaken, among othersll, in the GTRP, by procuringconsultants' services. * Mid-term Monitoringof the RAP implementation; * End of the Project, Evaluationof the RAP component of the project: * Mid-term Monitoringof the RAP implementation; * End of the Project, Evaluationof the RAP componentof the project; and, * A BenefitMonitoring Study as part of the Project Completion Report. As part of the Consolidated EIA and the Consolidated RAP, the following studies are also proposed. * A study on the Host Community; • A study on the GT Road as a cultural property. It is proposed that in all these consultants' team provisions similar to those in the cases of the NGOs should apply. Summarily, 10 As part of the proposal,the NGOs are expected to undertake that all key persons will be available to work at the site for the duration stated. Several other studies are suggested, including a safety audit, an MIS, etc. It is difficult to assess the availability of qualified women professionals for those projects at this point of time, and therefore, no recommendationsare made in the cases of those in this Report. However, there are possibilitiesof involving women professionals in those studies, and as such can be explored. LeaAssociates 10-10 . That the consultants must propose women professionals for at least 33% of the positions of key personnel. The proposed women key professionals shall together constitute at least 33% of the person-monthinput for all the key personnel proposed in the contract, both at home-officeand at projectsite. * That the women key professionals,if selected for the contract, may be replaced during the period of contract,only with women key professional of equivalent qualificationsand experience. * That the team of sub-professionalto work in the project, both at the home-officeand at the project site, should consist of women for at least 33% of the positions, and of the total person-month input for the contract. Junior support personnel and administrative staff will not be consideredas 'technicallprofessional'. Given the number of women professionals in the consulting services industry, this will not be difficult for the consultantsto propose such a team. 9 Women as Managers in the Contractors' Team The contractors in various contracts have been seen to engage a number of women labourers, either directly, or through sub-contracts. There are cases of engaging children as labourers also. Some of the women workers stay at the construction camps, but most of them are from nearby areas, from local communities. As the contract moves on, labourers are continuously engaged from newer areas, and therefore, there is a significant turnover of employees. (This would also mean significantly more number of workers engaged during the construction period than the number of workforce required at any point of time.) There are potential issues of exploitationof women at workplace, child labour, transmissionof STDs, etc. The applicable laws in India require the contractors to fulfil a number of obligations, including special provisions for women. These relevant laws include (a) the Maternity Benefit Act, 1951; (b) the Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1948; (c) the Minimum Wagers Act, 1948; (d) the Equal RemunerationAct, 1979; (e) the Industrial Employment (Standing Order) Act, 1946; (f) the Child Labour (Prohibitionand Regulation)Act, 1986; (g) the Building and Other ConstructionWorkers (Regulationof Employmentand Conditions of Service) Act, 1996; (h) the Cess Act of 1996; and (i) the FactoriesAct, 1948. As part of these laws, there are specificationsregarding the following facilities/requirementsat the construction camp/site (for a detaileddescription, refer Sections 13 and 14 of this Report). * Temporary housing, * Basic healthcare facilities, including Mother and Child Welfare units and facilities for vaccinations. * Day creche facilities, * Proper scheduling of constructionworks for women, * Educationalfacilities, Preventionon child labour * Special measuresfor controlling STD, AIDS etc. To be able to manageall the issues regardingwomen and children, it is proposed to specify that the contractors appoint and propose as part of their team a woman Inspector of Works. The requirementsfor the GTRP would be as follows, The woman Inspector of Works proposed by the contractors.should not be below the rank of an assistant resident engineer (ARE). LeaAssociates 10-1 1 ` • The woman Inspector of Works will be responsibleto inspect the construction camps and any other component of work with respect to gender issues. She would examine and resolve all issues/grievances of the women and children involved directly or indirectly related to the construction activities. * She would assist the Resident Engineer (RE) in all aspects of gender and child-labour related issues. She would have a full-time tenure throughout the entire construction period. Her duties should include the preparation of monthly and quarterly reports and submit them to the RE with a copy to the RO of PIU. * At each work site, the contractor, by clear and visible signboards, inform the workers and the public the presence of the woman Inspector of Works, and suggest them to approach her in case of grievances. * A recommendationof the woman Inspector of Work will be binding on the RE, or any other representativeof the contractor, or the sub-contractors. * A recommendationof the woman Inspector of Works about any member of the client's or engineers' team (regarding exploitation of women, or abuse, or the like) will be examined at the level of the GM (Social/Environmental),GM (WB) at the NHAI headquarters.Their recommendationswill be binding on all parties, including the PIU. 10.2.4 DATABASEMANAGEMENT & DOCUMENTATIONOF THE R&R PROCESS The project in general, and the RAP implementationcomponent in particular requires proper and adequate storage, retrieval and analysis of a huge database. The database, is already existing in parts (as part of the primary consultants' works), and more will be collected by the NGOs during counselling and RAP implementation,the monitoring and evaluation consultants, and from all further studies. As of now, no proper documentation system exists, either in the PlUs, or in the NHAI headquarters, as far as the R&R data is concerned. The retrieval of data collected during the preparationstage of GTRP, itself is difficult to be fully retrieved. A continuation of this processof losing the data will create problemsfor the RAP implementationprocess in the project(s). Database management is a full-time professional job. Managing data is a very difficult proposition, at the inceptionof such initiative. At this point of the project, it would be very useful to take stock of the data already collected, and further collation of data to hand over to the NGOs. Once, creation of a system of data storage and retrieval is created within the social/environmentalunit of the NHAI, the data will need to be continuously updated (particularly during the initial period of RAP implementation,say 6 months), although the physical work will be decreasing incrementally. A study on overall MIS is proposed at NHAI, inclusive of the requirementsof the GTRP and the TNHP. It is expected that the study will bring R&R elements of the NHAI projects into the fold of the overall MIS. Plugging-in into the overall MIS, including supply and retrieval of data and cross-sector analysis will then be an additional work for the social/environmentalunit at the NHAI headquarters. The project requires a monthly reporting from the contractors to the supervision consultants, from the supervision consultants to the PlUs, from the NGOs to the PlUs/CRROs, quarterly reports from the PlUs to the headquarters, and from the NHAI to the WB. All these reports will contain reporting on the progress and implementationof the RAP. Additionally, there would be reports from the GRCs, the district level committees,the consultants,etc. LeaAssociates 10-12 Figure 10.2: ProposedAdditions to the Existing ImplementationStructure I Chief General Manager (WB), NHAI| General Manager (Social/Env), NHAI Gnral Manager (WB), HQ, NHAI * | DeputyGeneral Manager (R&R) Deputy General Manager (WB) Senior Senior N HAI * Manager; Managerl. Managers HEADQUARTERS (onefoR&each Manager* (Technical) ES, m;anaManagerGnra er , , Mnge PD,, I, WAiEMNATO :...... I FX'R'E District Level Construction| General Manager (PD), PIU, WmenMners _CommiOtees r CoSnupervision E needs tEngineers Manager (CRRO) s (foreach contracti T GrievanceS Package) R w ber inicorian Redressal M. Committees . tte Co-ordinations&uidance(&ts/dior.~ udnc RR It is d pr ProposedNew PositionsforManarPossible Induction of Women Managers sca/t uOverallControl & Responsibility T R&R Directionsand Control an...... taiinofsef,cotacor ... >Co-ordinati6n &ad Guidance terstffofNHA),thr (R&R) 10 Advisoryaagren pTersonlcaalabea)hGuidance (R&R) The quarterly reporting is an important tool to ensure proper, adequate and successful implementationof the project. As regards, the RAP implementationis concerned, the reporting needs to be both on progress, and contingency management (as the progress of civil work should not suffer due to slack in RAP implementation). The progress reports therefore, wiill contain some amount of analysis and forecast. Considering that the Senior Manager (or Manager) (R&R) will be primarily busy in co-ordination, and training (of self, contractors and other staff of NHAI), there are rno personnel available at the social/environmental unit at the NHAI headquarters to be able to be devoted to the components of data management and of regular reporting. It is proposed that a position for Manager (Documentation) is created in the social/environmental unit at the NHAI headquarters. The qualifications, required and desirable, Lea Associates 10-13 the possible method of procurement,etc., have been discussed in the ConsolidatedEIA report, which may be referredto. 10.2.5 ADDITIONAL INVOLVEMENTOF THE NGOs Detailed terms of referencewere preparedfor procuring the NGOs to implementthe RAP in the TNHP. While the same terms of reference is valid for GTRP, for most of the purposes, certain additionsare required in light of the following. * The documentation about the PAPs is not fully recoverable.There is a possibilitythat some data is beyond retrieval. Additionally video of the roadside encroachers and squatters was not done (or is not retrievable now). (In absence of a video, it becomes very difficult not to entertain the claims of the people, some of who are opportunity seekers, who come and settle after the cut-off dates.) It is important that the NGOs also complete these exercises. * The socio-economicbaseline of the PAPs (collected by the primary consultants) does not include data about asset ownership (or such data is beyond retrieval).This data is very important, consideringthat the success of the R&R componentswill be judged by the increase of asset ownership of the PAPs during the project period. The NGOs may also complete this work. * The socio-economic baselineof the PAPs (collected by the primary consultants) does not include data about asset ownership, cultural association, or ethnicity of the indigenous population affected by the project (or such data is beyond retrieval). Ownership analysis and cultural analysis are the two very important aspects of the indigenous people's developmentplan (IPDP) or the operationalpart of the RAP aimed at the indigenous population. Without these, there is every risk that the project's expected goals will not be achieved. The NGOs should collect this information. Considering that the numbers of the indigenous(ST) populationaffected by this project is vary small'3, the (ownership and cultural) analyses may also be done by the NGOs, and the modifications(in the delivery systems of the entitlements,to be finalised after consultations and counselling)incorporated into the RAP implementationplan. None of the above is too demandinga task for the NGOs operating at the field in implementing the RAP (which includes verification of eligible PAPs, counsellingwith each of the PAPs, etc). However, even a marginal increase in workload would mean a proportional increase in the budget for the procurementof the NGOs. It is expected that an increase of 10% in the budget will be able to take care of the additionalwork by the NGOs. The detailed terms of referencefor the NGOs, incorporatingthe modificationsdescribed above is attached at the end of this Sectionof the Report. 10.2.6 AMENITIES AND FACILITIES To be able to address the requirement of the RAP implementation,and as part of the overall capacity building plan of the NHAI, with respect to the R&R component,the following would be important. With regard to the 'bettermentof the living conditions' of the indigenouspeople... Only 66 ST families are affected by the project, while 45 of them will be displaced. LeaAssociates 10-14 174 o Website NHAI will upgrade its website in near future. The exact shape of things to come is not really known as of now. However,certain basic features, such as informationbank about the on-going projects, highlighting the achievements,features about the best practices incorporated in the projects, etc., may be expected. The implementationof the RAP in both TNHP and GTRP will need to be important componentsof these features. This is important on two accounts, (i) to alleviate negative propaganda(if any), and (ii) to publicise the efforts of the NHAI on this regard to set a widely acclaimed benchmarkfor all road projects in the country. The proposed database managementand documentation personnel {including the Manager (GIS)} will be adequate to provide input for the website (and its updating) from the social/environmentalunit at the NHAI headquarters.As the website will be stand-aloneproject, no budgetary provision is made in this project. C Transportation and CommunicationFacilities The PlUs will have vehicles and other facilities as per the proposal in TNHP. Vehicles for the CRROs will also be available, from the pool for the PIU pool, and will suffice. However, the DGM (R&R) and the Manager (R&R) will require vehicles, whenever they are at site. At headquarters, they will use the vehicles in the pool for the social/environmentalunit (refer such proposals in the ConsolidatedEIA Report, and the EMP budget). Provisionsfor transportationis made in the RAP budget. The communicationfacilities (includingelectronic mail. Etc.) of the social/environmentalunit, as proposed in the Consolidated EIA Report, will be used by the R&R work also. No separate provision is made in the RAP budget. co Library As part of the capacity building and training plan of the NHAI, as far as the R&R issues are concerned, reference books and journals are very important. Over the years, NHAI needs to build up a good library. A provisionof INR200,000is kept in the RAP budget for procuring R&R related reading materials/books/journals,etc. 10.3 SUSTAINABILITY OF THE INSTITUTIONALCAPACITY Sustainability of the institutionalcapacity created by the TNHP and the GTRP will depend upon the following. • Sustainablelevel of staffing, * Co-ordinationwith line agencies,and * Training of staff and awarenessprogrammes. Each of these is discussed in the following sub-sections. 10.4 STAFFING The staffing in the social/environmentalunit at the headquarter level, created during TNHP and GTRP will be adequate for the other projects of NHAI to come. The NHAI proposes to be a lean organization,working as a facilitator,and outsourcing many of the works. This is welcome, and the organization should not be burdened with numerous staff. The given staff of the social/environmentalunit will increasingly better fulfill the requirement of co-ordination of the projects, as they experiencethrough the completionof TNHP and the GTRP. Lea Associates 10-15 :,z, - The staffing at the project level will depend on the number and magnitude of the individual projects undertaken by the NHAI. However, in each of the projects, NHAI is procuring (during detailed design and feasibility study) consultants with contracted provisions for social/environmental professionals. NHAI has started providing for sociallenvironmental professional in the construction supervisioncontracts also, and it is expected that this will be institutionalizedover all projects in near future. In such scenario, the staffing requirements(as far as the environmental and R&R components of the projects are concerned) of the NHAI at project level also, would be those related to co-ordination and facilitation only. Staffing at the PlUs of future projects will not be an issue, even if such need arises. The requirements may be better served by creating awareness among the engineers within the NHAI, and by formalizing the contractual requirements regarding implementation of the environmental/R&Rcomponents. 10.4.1 CO-ORDINATIONWITH LINE AGENCIES In the process of preparationand pre-constructionstages of the TNHP and the GTRP, the NHAI is increasingly being in touch with the various line agencies. There are several issues regarding co-ordination, and outlook about the deliverables. NHAI has already identified some issues regarding better collaborationwith the line agencies, including proposed changes to be brought about in the existing procedures for clearances and assistance. These are proposed to be discussed and deliberated upon in near future, and undue procedures removed, in consultation with the line departments. Following are some of the various proposals pending with the NHAI to be taken up with appropriateagencies in near future. * Proposal to notify the NHA as the requisite tool for all land acquisitionin NHAI projects; * Proposal to notify Corridor ManagementAreas (on either side of the national highways) for developmentcontrol; * Proposal to create a designated national highway police force for better policing and surveillance; * Proposalfor simpler proceduresto transfer forest land; * Proposal that the national level projects are cleared (by the line departments now located at the state or the districts) at one central level; etc. All of these are important to manage the national highways, and to avoid very significant resettlement issues in future projects, and in the operation stages of the TNHP and the GTRP. For example, the corridor managementareas will ensure that the encroachmentson NHAI land is lower, there are lower number of unregulatedvehicular entries on the national highways (and therefore accident risks are reduced), and the risks to communities caused by air/noise pollution,or the transportationof hazardousgoods is lesser. It is expected that most of these proposalswill materializein near future. 10.4.2 TRAINING Training as a whole, is an importantpart of the RAP and thus was specially emphasisedas part of the implementation of the resettlement and rehabilitation programmes in the GTRP. The following training modules are suggestedin the TNHP. Extension and continuation of these are sufficient for the GTRP also. Cost of training of the NGOs, NHAI staff and the beneficiarieshas been included in the RAP budget. LeaAssociates 10-16 ®3 The NGOs The NGOs will need to upgrade their skill through training to be able to deliver the R&R components, more effectively over time. Documentation and reporting of the process of implementation,monitoring and evaluation will also be done by the NGOs, and therefore, the NGOs' staff will need to be trained for such purposes. 0 Beneficiaries of the Project The beneficiaries are to be providedwith access to training for vocational skill, technical know- how and starting of production units and businesses. These training programmes could be organized by the implementing agencies, based on the recommendations of the NGOs, depending upon the nature of skill requirementin the areas desired by the eligible PAPs (short listed choices of alternative livelihoods). In some cases such as the improved agricultural practices or handicrafts, which are dependent on the locally available raw materials, etc., the NGOs can organize training by themselves. In the case of alternative livelihood schemes requiring technical expertise or the presence of technical training institutes such as industrial training centres (ITIs), the NHAI will facilitate in to tag the beneficiarieswith such provisions available in the vicinity1. s NHAI Staff The project officials or the NGOs can implementthe RAP only when they gain conceptualclarity in translating the policy in its correct perspectives. The RAP is to be seen as a process of development, and the implementation plan as a management tool. The 'target-fulfilling' approach would need to be changed if the RAP is to be implemented as a 'process of development'. The NHAI staff would need to be extendeda full training program in evolving a "people centered development'process in all its projectsin general and TNHP and GTRP in particular. The NHAI will also have the responsibilitiesof assessing the training needs of the NGOs, and identifying the right organizations for impartingtraining. The NHAI will plan for training programsin order to ensure smooth implementationof RAP. The areas are broadly demarcated and presented below, but would need to be revisited periodically to modify the same with regard to the individualtraining needs of the personnel actually involved in implementation of the RAP. The following are some of the training programs that would facilitatethe RAP to be implementedin its correct perspectives. * Understandingthe policy guidelines, national context and framework for R&R, and how the policy will impact the peopleaffected; * Understanding the implementation schedule step-by-step, and following them in implementation; * Importance of the baseline data, methods of collecting, collating, retrieval of data; Understandingthe MIS package for managing the information; I Understanding of the Land Acquisition Act and the NHAI Act, and their implications; reference to the Draft National Policy on Resettlement; * Preparing participatorymicro-plans with the PAPs; • Initiating people's participationin income restoration; An ITI is available in each of the districts traversed by the project. Lea Associates 10-17 • Women's participationin incomerestoration through self-help groups; * Development of micro-enterpriseswith options available, harmonisation of the micro- enterprises development schemes with the available resource base, and the external factors and environment;and, * Developmentof social and economicindicators to measure the processof change. 0 Awareness campaign There is a need for broad-based awareness campaign within the NHAI and within the road construction industry (including the policy makers, the planners, and line agencies) with regard to the R&R issues. This will help all parties concerned to realise that the R&R issues are intrinsic to the road development process, and is not concern imposed by external agencies. The awareness campaign shall focus on the fact that the road building is not an end in itself, is merely one of the several means for development of the nation, and therefore, can not be isolated from the other poverty alleviationand social commitments/policiesof the government. The awareness campaign will have two components.The NHAI website will be an importanttool for this campaign, on the first part. However, for the overall staff of NHAI, the awareness campaign shall be a process of symposia and seminars as well as informal means of campaigning (such as leaflets, news letter and informationsharing). The awareness campaign is an issue, which transcends projects. Sensitising the entire road construction industry through a single project may not be possible or viable. This has to be part of the overall capacity building plan for the NHAI. However,it is expected that the TNHP and the GTRP together will play a major role. Therefore, a limited provision is included in the RAP budget in the GTRP for this. The awareness campaign through the GTRP budget sub-head will be taken up after substantial progress has been made in the implementation of the RAP, and not earlier, so as not to increase the pressure on the staff of the social/environmentalunit in the NHAI headquarters. The awareness campaignfrom GTRP will be taken up in the later half of the second year of the implementation. 10.5 ADDITIONALSTUDIES RECOMMENDED The following additional studies'5 are recommended as part of the GTRP. These will be conducted during the initial period of the project (within the first six quarters) and the resulting recommendationswill be implementedduring the construction period of the project (in the later six/eight quarters). If absolutely required, or is specifically desired by the outcome of the recommended studies, certain measures may be implementedduring the defects liability period of the project. 10.5.1 ADDITIONAL STUDY ON ALTERNATIVELIVELIHOOD Conceptually, alternative livelihood implies the means of earning a living in a way not usually followed by a community in its normal setting. Creation of alternative livelihoods is consequent to the alternative economic rehabilitation. Certain studies such as (i) a Safety Audit, (ii) a mid-term monitoring of RAP implementation, (iii) a post-project monitoring of RAP implementation,and evaluation of the R&R issues are already committedby the project. LeaAssociates 10-18 ° GTRP will affect and/or displace a good number of families located along the project corridor by disturbing the means of earning of these families. There will be certain depletion of economic resources for these people. As the majority of the affected families will be lose land, the economic base for agricultural communities will reduce. Among the losers are the people engaged in petty businesses abutting the highway. To reduce the burden incurred upon these families by losing their economic base, alternativelivelihoods have been thought of. ® Scope of Work The consultants procured for the study will need to follow the steps as mentioned below, for identificationand facilitating of the alternativelivelihoods. a) Consultationwith affected peoplefor valuing their choices16 b) Short listing of such activities after studying the feasibility, and viability; c) Making provisionsof training in the chosen activitiesfor developingskill; d) Selecting trainees/beneficiarieskeeping in mind the level of skill available among them in the selectedactivities (with a try to match their preferences); e) Organise training programmessuiting 1 to differentgroups of beneficiaries. This will include discussion with all the eligible PAPs for economic restoration (estimated to be 1.037families, refer Table 7.17). Some of the important considerations for the creation of alternative livelihood could be envisagedas follows. • Alternative livelihoods should be considered keeping the amount of earning they could provide with. People engaged in alternative livelihood should be able to earn substantiallyso that they can enhance their level of earning or at least can compensate the loss of income due to the project. The consultants will examine the viability of each of the livelihood choice suggestedby the target groups. [Raw materials required for the selected activities should be locally available for ready supply. The consultantswill estimate the requirementof the supply and feasibility of the raw material (includingin financial terms). * Provisions of financial support in terms of loans, etc., wherever possible should be 18 made. The consultantswill identify the linkages applicable While choosing alternative vocations to facilitate, it is important to consult the beneficiaries. This will help to select socially acceptable alternatives. Otherwise, going only by feasibility perspectives, one may end up with alternatives those may be turned down by the beneficiaries. For example, the bamboo-basedcraft may apparently seem to be a viable alternative (due to its demand in the market or availability of raw materials in the rural areas). But in the project areas, this is a caste based economic activity (followed mostly by the SCs). Thus, selectionof such activity may create repulsion among the other social groups in the rural societies and ultimatelybe rejected. For example, the schedule of trainings for women beneficiaries should be such that it must consider their involvementat home. This on one hand will help them avoid conflict at home, and on the other will encourage larger participation. 18 The actual procurementof the loan facilities, or access to these will be the responsibility of the NGOs implementingthe RAP. Lea Associates 10-19 * The consultants will explore possibilitiesof tagging governmental support schemes for economic uplift of the backward peopleavailable in the region. * The consultants will suggest means to assist the beneficiaries to start their production units, at the end of the training. * The consultantswill suggest means to assist the producers in marketing their products or earn through catering services. The consultants procured for this study will prepare a detailed action plan, specifying the deliverables with respect to each of the target group families. The responsibility for implementationof the recommendedaction plan will rest with the NGOs. The whole process of alternativeeconomic rehabilitationwill be assisted by the NGOs in the field. Selection of suitable activities, selection of proper beneficiaries, organizing meaningful training programmes, assistancefor starting business and marketing of products/ services etc., are all possible if these are done in a participatoryway. 10.5.2 ADDITIONAL STUDY ON THE INDEGENEOUSPEOPLE An additional study will be taken up with regard to the ST population affected and/or displaced by the project. (D Scope of Work The focus of the study will be on the following. . Generating data on the socio-economiccharacteristics of the project affected/displaced families, including the income pattern, employment pattern, dependence on agriculture or other primary sector activities; . Asset ownership analysis of the project affected/displaced ST families, including collecting, collating and analyzing the data on possession of movable and immovable assets, usufruct and easement rights, gender analysis on asset ownership, inherited assets and the patternof inheritance,etc. e Cultural analysis of the project affected/displaced ST families, with respect to the cultural receptivity about activities, employment,space forms including built-up spaces and community spaces, community services, and common property resource requirement,etc. . Adaptability analysis including the status of cultural assimilation (if any, and if desirable), with respect to capital and recurrent investment,the need to maintenanceof assets provided, tying up participatory maintenance for the assets provided by the project, etc. * Collecting informationon and analysis of any other issue, which will help the project to deliver acceptable forms of entitlement to the eligible PAFs/PAPs,and make the asset transfer from the projectto the beneficiariessustainable and viable in the long run. As the estimated number of project-affectedST families is 65 only (45 of these families will be displaced by the project), the study is expected to be very detailed. At the end of the study, the consultants will recommendan action plan, specifying therein actions to be taken with respect to each of the project affected/displaced families/persons. These recommendations will be implementedby the NGOs responsiblefor the individual RAPs. Lea Associates 10-20 The study will be undertakenin the second quarter of the project period (i.e., early in the RAP implementationperiod) or on identificationof the eligible PAPs/PAFsby the NGOs, whichever is earlier. 10.5.3 ADDITIONAL STUDY ON THE QUALITY OF LIFE A study on the assessment of the Quality of Life will be commissioned by GTRP during the second year of the construction period. 3 Scope of Work The study will aim to gain deeper understandingof the following: • Social, cultural dynamics, and the macro and micro economic environment impacting the communitiesimpacted by the project; * Dynamicsof economicinterdependencies as a part of the livelihood systems; * This study will indicate the changing social and economic scenario impacting peoples' lives, particularlythe host community,if they are adversely impacted in any way. Depending on the findings of the study, the NHAI will plan for adequate mitigation/management actions during the second and third year of the construction period . Budgetary provisions for the study has been made, while resources, if required, for the mitigation/managementactions, will come form the contingencybudget of the project. This study will also help building in the element of adaptability in the RAP. The Entitlement Framework for GTRP already includes a provision for impacts 'unforeseen" at the project- preparation stage. The study will, additionally, identify any lacuna in the implementationof the RAP and suggest contingency actions (including with respect to the host communities). This part of the study will trigger contingency actions, in advance of the mid-term monitoring proposed. As part of the study, the host communitywill also be studied and recommendationswill be made so as to ensure effective delivery of the entitlements to the host community. The details are described below. E9 Specific Scope of Work for the Host Community Study The study will be commissionedon the following scope of work: * Documentation and appraisal of the population, gender issues, ethnic composition, occupation pattern; educationalstatus; and social composition(caste, religion,etc); * Appraisal of the current land use pattern, land tenure systems, production systems; • Assessment of the use/utilizationof the area (including usufruct rights, and easement rights) by the residents as well as the impacts due to the resettled PAPs or the project; * Assessmentof the regional and local level economic environmentand the impact due to the project; 19 The construction period for the project, for different packages, varies between 36 and 42 months. The study is planned in the second year so that the relocation of the PDFs is substantiallycompleted by that time. The mitigation and managementactions, if any, are proposed in the second and third year, so that the adaptive RAP is implementedwithin the construction period. If absolutelyrequired, the contingency action can be implemented during the defects liability period LeaAssociates 10-21 Assessment of the social and cultural environmentand the change-processtaking place due to the project, impactingthe host community. ® Method of Study The study will have to be built on both on structured and semi-structuredformats, and using the rapid rural appraisal (RRA) methods.Gender analysiswill be an important aspect and the study would focus on the impact on women in the host community due to the project. 10.6 INVOLVEMENTOF THE NON-GOVERNMENTORGANISATIONS NGOs will be the cornerstone of the implementation stage of the RAP. The NGOs will be responsiblefor almost all aspects of the implementationof the RAP. Broadly, the areas of NGO involvementwill be the following. . To verify the eligible PAPs, including supplying identity cards to the PAPs and consultation. 20 * To ensure that the PAPsare given their full entitlements due to them • To provide support and informationto PAPs for income restoration. • Assist the PAPs in relocationand rehabilitation. * Assist the PAPs in redressalof their grievances(through the GRCs). * Impart information to all the PAPs about the functional aspects of the district level committeesand assist them in benefitingfrom such an institutionalmechanism. * To collect data and submit progress reports on a monthly basis as well as quarterly basis for NHAI to monitor the progress of the RAP implementation. The plan for procuring the NGOs will be the same as in TNHP. However, as a result of earlier discussions (on apparent partial lack of documentation about the PAPs or the R&R process), there will be certain additions in the scope of work of the NGOs, compared to the same in the TNHP. The revised terms of reference for the NGOs is appended at the end of this Section of the Report as Appendix "A". The NGOs will ensure that the RAP is implemented in an effective, proper and transparent manner. It will ensure that all the eligible PAPs receive appropriate and justified entitlement within the EntitlementFramework of the GTRP, and that, at the end of the project R&R services, the eligible PAFs/PAPss have improved (or at least restored) their previous standard of living. Additionally,the NGOs will help the NHAI in all training programmes/sessions. The NGOs should be involved for a period for three years, with a withdrawal mechanismin-built. The withdrawal mechanismsare not specified in this report, but the ToR for the NGOs require that each of the NGOs selected for the work will have to submit a work plan in advance which will also include the withdrawalmechanism best suited for the arealregion. 20 The NHAI or the appropriate authorities will disburse the entitlements. The NGOs will assist the NHAI in the disbursementof the R&R assistance, and keep a track of (and co- ordinatewherever necessary) all other compensationor benefitsgiven to them. Lea Associates 10-22 '~Z7, APPENDIX"A" Terms of Referencefor the NGOs For Implementingthe ResettlementAction Plan in the Grand Trunk Road Project The National HighwaysAuthority of India (NHAI) has undertakenthe Grand Trunk Road Project (GTRP), which consists of improving,strengthening and 4/6 laning of 7 construction packages (total length 422.78km) betweenAgra and Barwa Adda on the existing National Highway2. The project will be implemented with a loan assistance from the World Bank. As a result of the project an estimated 11,155 families will be affected and 6,614 families among them will be displaced. Package-wisedetails are given in Table 1. Table 1: Impacts of the GTRP Package Description Length District/State Displacement Partial Total Project ______(kin) ______(Severe Impact) Impacts Affected Family Person Family Family Person Package I-A Agra- Shikohabad 50.840 Agra, Firozabad 643 1,050 572 1,215 1,777 (UP) PackagelI-B Shikohabad- Etawah 59 020 Firozabad, 437 713 1,276 1,713 1,893 PackaeI-B Bypass (start) 5900Etawah (UP) Package l-C Etawah bypass (end)- 72.825 Etawah,Kanpur 833 1,605 931 1,764 2,118 Bhognipur (ua)(P Package Il-B Bhaunti - Fatehpur 51.330 Kanpur (Urban) 1028 3,764 319 1,347 4,268 BhauntiFatehpur - 51330 n(UP (UP), _ Package IV-A Raja Talab - Mohania 76.100 Varanasi (UP), 842 2,780 247 1,089 3,669 Package IV-C Sasaram bypass 31.100 Rohtas (Bihar) 2772 9,780 1,079 3,851 14,833 Gaya (Bihar), Package V-B Raniganj - Barakatha 81.570 Hazaribag 59 413 117 176 1,285 ______(Jharkhand) TOTAL 422.780 6,614 20,105 4,541 11,155 29,843 Detailed project reports, feasibility reports and detailed engineering designs have been prepared for the project, including comprehensive environmental and social assessments. Construction in the project is expectedto start by the last quarter of 2001. A detailed resettlement action plan (RAP) has been prepared for compensating and assisting the project-affected persons (PAPs) including the project-displacedpersons (PDPs) to restore their life and livelihood. The RAP prepared fully complies with the requirements of the Governmentof India and the World Bank. Implementationof the RAP is an important part of the overall project. To assist the NHAI in the implementationof the RAP, NHAI now invites the services of eligible NGOs to be procured under quality-basedlump sum contracts. Four NGOs will be contracted to implementthe RAP in individualpackages. For this the packages are grouped into the following: * Group I consisting packagesI-A, 1-8and I-C. * Group II consistingof package Il-B. * Group IlIl consistingof packages IV-A and IV-C. * Group IV consistingof package V-B. LeaAssociates 10-23 Obiectives of the Assignments The NGOs shall be responsiblefor the.following, as per the RAP prepared: * Educatingthe PAPs on their right to entitlements and obligations. * To ensure that the PAPs are given their full entitlementsas due to them. * To provide support and informationto PAPsfor income restoration. * Assist the PAPs in relocationand rehabilitation. * Assist the PAPs in redressal of their grievances (through the grievance redressal cells set up by the project). * Impart information to all the PAPs about the functional aspects of the various district level committees set up by the project, and assist them in benefiting from such institutionalmechanism. * To collect data and submit progress reports on a monthly basis as well as quarterly basis for NHAI to monitor the progressof the RAP implementation. Scope of Work The NGOs shall play a role of secondary stakeholder in implementation of the RAP and in mitigating the adverse effects of the project. The NGOs shall remain responsible for the development of a comprehensivelivelihood system to facilitate the PAPs to take advantagesof the options available (as per the RAP). AdministrativeResponsibilities of the NGOswill include e Working in coordinationwith the Manager(R&R), NHAI (alternativelycalled the CRRO); i Assist the CRRO in carryingout the implementationof the RAP; , Assist the CRRO undertake all public meetings, information campaigns at the commencementof the projectand give full informationto the affected community; * Translate the policy objectives and guidelines in mitigating adverse impacts on the PAPs; * Report to CRRO on a monthly basis, and quarterly basis. The report should include physical and financial progress, both in terms of quantitative and qualitative reporting. The report should prominentlyfeature, the problems and issues addressed and tackled with the PAPs and the solutions found. The report should have a separate chapter covering the women's issues, their problems and what has been done (within the framework of the RAP) to ensure their participation in decision-makingas well as the options made available for them to access economic opportunities, marketing and credit. The report should clearly indicate the number of field visits made by the NGOs' staff and the outcomeof consultationswith people. Responsibilitiesof Implementationof the RAP will include Identificationand Verification The NGO shall undertake a survey of the project affected area and shall update the information on the Eligible PAPs and project-affected families (PAFs). The NGO shall verify the information already contained in the RAP and the individual losses of the PAPs. The NGO shall establish Rapport with PAPs, consult them, provide them information about the respectiveentitlements as proposed under the RAP, and distribute Identify Cards to the eligible PAPs. An identity card should include a photographof the PAP, the extent of loss suffered due to the project, and the LeaAssociates 10-24 C7 choice of the PAP with regard to the mode of compensation and assistance (if applies, as per the RAP). The NGO shall prepare a list of the project-displaced persons/families (PDPs/PDFs) for relocation, enlisting the losses and the entitlements as per the RAP, after verification. It shall also prepare a list of the project-affectedpersons/families (PAPs/PAFs) enlisting the losses and the entitlementsas per the RAP, after verification. - During the identification and verification of the eligible PAPs/PAFs, the NGO shall ensure that each of the PAPs are contacted and consulted either in groups or individually.The NGO shall specially ensure consultationwith the women from the PAP families especially women headed households. Participatory methods should be applied in assessing the needs of the PAPs, especially with regard to the vulnerable groups of PAPs. The methods of contact may include (i) village level meetings; (ii) gender participation through group interactions; (iii) individual meetings and interactions. While finalising the entitled persons (EPs) for compensation/assistancethe NGOs shall make a list of entitled PAPs, and distribute Identity Cards to each and every verified eligible PAP. A format for the identity card is appendedto the ToR. Counsellingthe EntitledPersons The counsellingshall include the following activities by the NGO. * The NGO shall explain to the PAPs the need for land acquisition,the provisionsof the policy and the entitlements under the RAP. This shall include communication to the roadside squatters and encroachersabout the need for their eviction, the timeframe for their removal and their entitlementsas per the RAP. - Distributionof the NHAI R&R Policy and the translated version of the policy (in Hindi, or in the other regional dialects, if required) for each and every PAP to make them understandthe entitlementpackages in correct perspectives. * The NGO shall disseminate information to the PAPs on the possible consequences of the project on the communities' livelihood systems and the options available, so that they do not remain ignorant. * The NGO shall initiate micro-level plans for income restoration, in consultationwith the PAPs. Women's perceptions are important to be incorporated in the development of these plans. In all of these, the NGO shall consider women as a special focus group, and deal with them with care and sympathy. Disbursingthe Assistances * The NGO shall determine and document the entitlement of each of the PAPs/PAFson the basis of the RAP and compare it with the CRRO's data. In case of discrepancies, the NGO shall try to resolve it in consultationwith the CRRO on the basis of the Policy guidelinesor take up the matter to the Grievance RedressalCommittee. * The NGO shall assist the project authorities in ensuring a smooth transition (during the part or full relocation of the PAPs/PAFs), helping the PAPs to take salvaged materials and shift with proper notices. In close consultationwith the PAPs, the NGO shall inform the CRRO about the shifting dates agreed with the PAPs in writing and the arrangements desired by the PAPswith respect to their entitlements. LeaAssociates 10-25 * The NGO shall assist the PAPs in opening bank accounts explaining the implications, the rules and the obligations of a joint account2l, and how s/he can access the resources s/he is entitledto. * The NGO shall ensure proper utilisation of the R&R budget available for each of the packages. The NGOs shall ensure that the PAPs have found economic investment options and are able to restore againstthe.loss of land and other productiveassets. The NGO shall identify means and advise the CRRO to disburse the entitlements to the eligible persons/familiesin a manner that is transparent,and shall report to the NHAI on the level of transparencyachieved in the project. Accompanyingand representingthe EPs at the Grievance Committee Meetings * The NGO shall nominate a suitable person (from the staff of the NGO) to be a member of the GRCs for the respectivecontract package22. * The NGO shall make the PAP aware of the grievance redressalcommittees (GRCs). * The NGO shall train the PAPs on the procedure to file a grievance application and to confirm that a statementof claim from the concerned PAP accompanies each grievance application. The NGO shall help the PAPs in filling up the grievance application and also in clearing their doubts about the procedure as well as the context of the GRC award. * The NGO shall record the grievance and bring the same to the notice of the GRCs within 7 (seven) days of receipt of the grievance from the PAPs. It shall submit a draft resolution with respect to the particular grievance of the PAP, suggesting multiple solutions, if possible, and deliberate on the same in the GRC meeting through the NGO representativein the GRC. * To accompany the PAPs to the GRC meeting on the decided date, help the PAP to express his/her grievancein a formal manner if requested by the GRC and again inform the PAPs of the decisions taken by the GRC within 3 days of receiving a decision from the GRC. (The timeframefor the GRC to take a decision is 15 days). Assistingthe EPs and the CRRO Identifyand Negotiate for the New Land for Resettlement As part of the RAP, it is proposed that a sizable number among the eligible PAFs will receive alternative land (and residential/commercial)building structures. Some of the more vulnerable among the PAFs will be eligibleto receivethese free of cost. Regardingthese, the NGO shall, * Obtain the PAP's choice in terms of (i) land identification; (ii) site for relocation; (iii) shifting plan and arrangements;(iv) grant utilisation plan; (v) community asset building plan and institutionalarrangements in maintainingthe assets. * Assist the PAPs/CRRO in identifying suitable land for relocation and for agriculture, ensuring the replacementof the land lost in terms of quality and quantity. * Identify suitable government land in consultationwith the Revenue Department Officials and assist in negotiatingits transfer to the PAPs/CRRO.Where Governmentland is not available, the NGOs shall encourage and negotiate with the willing private landowners 21 It is proposed in the RAP that the R&R assistance from the projectwill be paid in the joint name of the spouses, as applicable, except in the cases of the woman-headed householdsand woman wage earners. 22 The GRC is a district level committee. As some contract package pass through more than one district, these packageswill have more than one GRC. LeaAssociates 10-26 `°- to sell the land to the PAPs/CRRO at reasonable prices and motivate them to appreciate and welcome the new neighbours. Assisting the eligible PAPs to take advantage of the existing Government Housing and EmploymentSchemes With regard to the above, the NGO shall, * Coordinate (and impart wherever required) the training and capacity building of the PAPs, for upgradingtheir skills for income restoration.This will include the training to be given by the NGO to women self-help-group members in accounting, record maintenance,skill acquisitionin the chosen enterprise,and marketing, etc. * Help the PAPs in realising and optimising the indigenous technology knowledge (ITK) through use of local resources. * Define, evolve and implore alternative methods of livelihood using the local skill and resources. * Contact financial institutionslike NABARD, SIDBI, RMK and the Lead Bank of the area in accessing the credit required by the individual as well as groups of PAPs and the women's groups from the PAFs. The NGO shall maintain a detailed record of such facilitation, and plan for each PAF to repay the loan. * Establish linkages with the district administration for ensuring that the PAPs are benefited from the schemes available and those they are entitled to. The focus for this component of the NGO's work shall be the vulnerablePAPs for their income restoration. The NGO shall maintaina detailed record of such facilitation. Representingthe EPs in MarketValue Assessment Committee * Market Value Assessment Committees will be established at the district level to evaluate the actual market price of the properties in the areas where acquisitionof land and/or structures is necessary. The project will assist the eligible PAPs/PAFstowards the difference between the assessed market price and the compensation award. The NGO shall represent the entitled persons (EPs) in the committee to ensure that a fair assessmenttakes place. Inter-AgencyLinkages for Income Restorationand other R&R Services The NGO shall be responsiblefor establishinglinkages with, * Financialinstitutions for facilitating the PAPsto access credit; * Government departments, district administration, etc., to ensure that the PAPs are included in the developmentschemes, as applicable; * Training institutes for imparting skill and management training for enterprise creation and development. Monitoring and Evaluation The RAP includes a provision for mid-term and post-project monitoring and evaluation by external consultants. The NGOs involved in the implementationof the RAP will be required to supply all information,documents to the external monitoring and evaluation consultants.To this end, the NGOs shall keep proper documentationof their work and the R&R process involved in the project, and shall be responsible for the upkeep and updating of such documents periodically and regularly. The documentationshall include photographs and videotapes of the pre-intervention and the post-interventionscenario of all the properties, structures and assets affected by the project. LeaAssociates 10-27 Recommendingfor the Improvementof R&R Services * Extend all services recommended by the additional studies23 to be undertaken by the project, in respect to the R&R services to be providedas part of the project. * Recommend and suggest techniques and methods for improvement of services extended by the concerned government departments and other agencies and committeesin disbursement/extensionof R&R services in the project. * Document implementationof the R&R process and services, includingdifficulties faced and correspondingsolutions. * Discuss with the NHAI on contingency management and other improvement of R&R services, within the project period. Documentingof Tasks Carried Out by the NGO and Evaluationof the Achievementsof RAP The NGOs selectedfor the assignmentsshall be responsibleto, * Submit an inceptionreport within three weeks; on signing up of the contract, includinga work plan for the whole contract period, staffing and personnel deployment plan, and a withdrawal plan at the end of the period of contract. The withdrawal plan shall be detailed and reflect how the PAPs/PAFs will maintain the assets created and transferred to the PAPs/PAFs. * Prepare monthly progress reports to be submitted to the CRRO, with weekly progress and work charts as against the scheduledtimeframe for RAP implementation. * Prepare and submit quarterlyreports on a regular basis, to be submitted to the CRRO. - Submit a completionreport at the end of the contract period. Reporting in writing as well as photographs,videotapes, etc., taken during the assignmentshall be submitted in support of the reports. Accounts reports both on expenditureon administration as well as training, and other heads shall be submitted with the quarterly and the completion reports. In additionto these above,the NGOs shall, * Prepare and submit separate descriptive reports on participatory micro-plans with full details of the ParticipatoryRapid Appraisal exercises conducted. Condition of Services The NGOs shall ensure that the RAP is implemented in an effective and proper manner. The prime responsibility of the NGO shall be to ensure that each and every eligible PAPs receive appropriate and justified entitlement (within the Entitlement Framework of GTRP) and that, at the end of the project R&R services, the eligible PAPs have improved (or at least restored) their previous standard of living. Additionally the NGO shall help the NHAI in all other matters deemed to be required to implementthe RAP in its spirit and entirety. 23 Consequent to the RAP, additional studies are proposed with regard to (i) alternative livelihood of the affected persons, (ii) indigenous population, and (iii) quality of life of the affected persons and the host communities. Recommendationsof these studies will be deemed to be integral to the RAP and will need to be implementedby the NGOs. LeaAssociates 10-28 All documents created, generated or collected during the period of contract, in carrying out the services under this assignment will be the property of the NHAI. No information gathered or generated during and in carrying out this assignment shall be disclosed by the NGOs without explicit permission of the NHAi. Timeframefor Services The NGOs will be contracted for a period of three years from the date of commencement,with a withdrawalmethodology in built into the proposalsfrom the NGOs. Team for the Assignment The NGOs are free to recommend a team commensuratewith the requirementsof the project, subject to the following conditions, * That the proposal should accompany a personnel deployment schedule, clearly indicatingwhether the deploymentis home-officebased or in the field. * That the NGOs must propose at least one woman as part of the key personnel. The person-month deployment of the woman key personnel shall constitute at least 33% of the person-month deploymentof all key professionals in the assignment. The proposed woman key person shall be availableto work at site for at least 50% of the duration of the contract. * That the women key persons, if selected for the contract, may be replaced during the period of contract, only with women key persons of equivalent qualifications and experience. * That the NGOs will depute a 'technical/professional'team to work at the site, which will consist at least 33% of women members. Junior support personnel and administrative staff will not be consideredas 'technical/professional'members. Date of Commencementof Services (To be filled in by NHAI prior to tendering bids from the NGOs) Value of Contract (To be filled in by NHAI prior to tendering bids from the NGOs) EligibilityCriteria (To be filled in by NHAI prior to tenderingbids from the NGOs) Method of Selection (To be filled in by NHAI prior to tendering bids from the NGOs) Date of submission of the Proposal (To be filled in by NHAI prior to tendering bids from the NGOs) LeaAssociates 10-29 APPENDIX "B" Grand Trunk Road Project ENTITLEMENTPHOTO IDENTITY CARD Package Location Chainage Family Size Earning Member glltimiJLiiiiZ Photograph(3 copies) ID.No. . Iincome/Month Name Va'u of Other Assets Attested by the PAP, the PermanentAddress ' || ,, . ., ,,,EI ''' "'' '" verifying officer (EMU) and the ""PrermaentAddres_s ||e. .q.tus .Z . NGO WomenHeaded ...... , .' ." ' -i ' ' v~E,xtentof iLoss - , , 1t,- Caste z Vulnerabilityling -. Z Typeof Loss,- Occupation:ofHead .of theFamily '_,, . , L , ,;.______' ,_' ;' j' * i'-' :'' ' ' Typ of Land2 '' 'Signtatueof te EP(s) .' ; BuildingArea j LandArea l I] Typeof Building Typeof Land '______:Signature of the Verifying Officer ._' Entitlement Options ii .,______Signature of the NGO Representative Lea Associates 10-30 11. MONITORING, EVALUATION AND REPORTING Resettlement and rehabilitation is a complex process and involves human misery, emotional and economic hardships, if not planned and implemented systematically. Ensuring smooth implementation of the RAP is essential and is possible only when systematically monitored. The monitoring would include, among others, ensuringthat the activities are being carried out according to the plan and as per the schedule. Monitoring and evaluation (M&E) is a management tool and needs to be applied in a way to maximizethe operationalefficiency of the RAP. M&E is useful to gauge the change process within the project framework. The M&E will help in making adequate changes in the RAP as and when required, and as such the RAP should be treated as a flexible document rather than a fixed plan. This Section addresses the monitoring and evaluation procedure to be followed after the implementation of the RAP. It contains elements of both compliance monitoring to ascertain whether the actions called for by the RAP have indeed been carried out, and success or performance monitoringto determine whether these actions have achievedtheir objectives. In both cases, the purpose is to provide regular, rapid and reliable feedback to the PIU or the NHAI headquarters, so that they may initiate any required remedial actions. The proposed monitoring programmefor RAP has both internal and external components. 11.1 TYPE OF MONITORING& SCHEDULE There would be both internal and external monitoring in GTRP. While the NHAI (through its social/environmentalunit at the headquarters, and the CRROat the PIU) is responsible for the internal monitoring, the external monitoring will be done by consultants specially procured for such purpose. The external agency will be commissioned for annual, mid-term and end-of project monitoring and documentationof the results. The continuous internal monitoring, and the periodic external monitoring will provide necessary guidelines to make mid-coursecorrections during the life of the project. Monitoringwill be in terms of both quantitativeand qualitativeaspects. All monitoringis planned to be participatoryin nature. The monitoring and evaluation schedule will be as given in Figure 11.1 placed at the end of this Sectionof the Report. 11.2 INTERNALMONITORING AND REPORTING Internal monitoring refers to monitoring activities that will be carried out by the PIU (through the CRRO) and its agents, such as the NGOs. It is essentially compliance monitoring, designed to compare on a monthly (and quarterly) basis the tasks completed with those called for under the RAP. 11.2.1 ORGANISATIONOF THE INTERNALMONITORING The RAP will be implementedat the contract package level and internal monitoringwill therefore be conducted at the same level. Because of the role of the state departments of revenue (DoR), the GRCs are, however, obliged to be organised at the district level. Where a package traverses more than one district, the monitoring reports from the GRCs will have to be compiled by the relevant NGO or the PIU into a single reportfor the package as a whole. Lea Associates 1-1 A= The present sub-sectionaddresses only the responsibilitiesof the NGO that will be contracted by the PIU and those of the GRCs and the MVACs. It goes without saying that the PIU will have to develop reporting instrument for its officials, and it will have to co-operatewith the collaboratingline agencies to ensure that they too report in a standardized fashion on a monthly basis for each package or district, as the case may be. 11.2.2 MONITORINGINDICATORS The set of indicators those will be used for monitoring during the entire life of the project, for both the internal and the external monitoringwill include, a) The input indicators; b) The output indicators; c) The outcome indicators;and, d) The impact indicators. Monitoring the inputs and the outputs will be carried out by the NHAI as part of the internal monitoring.These are built in the design of the project and the reporting requirementas part of the QuarterlyProject Monitoring Reports. The impact and the outcome monitoring are, in effect, measuring the qualitative impact of the project and how the project has changes the lives of the people qualitatively.The impact indicators relateto the overall project objectivesas per the R&R policy. The qualitativeoutcome and impact of the project will be monitored by an external agency through annual, mid-term and end-of-project monitoring. The progress and effectiveness of GTRP will be monitored with respect to the following broad categoriesof indicators, * Indicators of physical progress; • Indicatorsof financial Progress; * Indicatorsof social development;and, i Indicatorsof Participation. The indicators as classified above are listed in Tables 11.1 through 11.4. The tables also explain the method of measuring the indicators under different heads, facilitating input and output monitoring. Table 11.1: MonitoringFramework for Physical Progress S. No Indicatorsfor PhysicalProgress Method Output 1 Total land acquired Structured compensation paid dates of payment 2. Agricultural Land acquisition Details Structured compensation Paid; Dates of Payment 3. Residential Land acquisition Details Structured Compensation Paid: Date of payment 4 Comnmercialland acquisition Details Structured Compensation Paid: Date of payment 5 Total area of community land transferred for the road and Structured Replacementof community land resettlementsite 6 Number of EP s whose land has been acquired Structured CompensationPaid 7 Number of EPs residentialstructures affected Structured Compensation& Assistance 8 Number of PAF s residential structuresacquired & demolished Structured Compensation& Assistance 9 Number of Commercial structuresacquired & demolished Structured compensation Assistance 10 Number of EPs allotted agriculturalland Structured Economicrehabilitation 11. Number of EPs allotted residentialplots Structured Rehabilitation LeaAssociates 11-2 S. No Indicators for PhysicalProgress Method Output 12. Number of EPs allotted commercial plots Structured Economic rehabilitation 13. Total area of agriculturalland allotted Structured Rehabilitation 14. Total area of residential land allotted Structured Rehabilitation 15. Total area of Agricultural land allotted Structured Rehabilitation 16. Total area of residential land allotted Structured Rehabilitation 17. Total area of Commercial landallotted Structured Rehabilitation 18. Type & number of community infrastructure relocated Structured Rehabilitation 19. Number of EPs received productiveasset grant (Agri) Structured Economic Rehabilitation 20. Number of EPs received productiveasset grant (Business) Structured Economic Rehabilitation 21. Number of EPs received House constructiongrant Structured House constructed 22. Number of EPs received transitionalallowance Structured EconomicRehabilitation 23. Number of EPs received Economic Rehabilitationgrant Structured Economic Rehabilitation 24 Number of EPs received shifting allowance Structured Relocated 254 Number of EP s received RentalAllowance Structured Relocated Table 11.2: MonitoringFramework for FinancialProgress S. No Indicatorsfor Financial Progress Method Output 1 Amount disbursed for payment of compensation Structured Date and amount of compensationpaid 2. Amount disbursed for structurecompensation Structured Date and amount of compensation Paid 3. Amount disbursed for acquisition of Wells Structured Date and amount of compensation Paid 4. Amount disbursed for trees Structured Date and amount of compensation Paid 5. Amount disbursed for productive asset grant (business) Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 6. Amount disbursed for productive assetgrant (agriculture) Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 7. Amount disbursed for House construction grant Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 8. Amount disbursed for Transitional allowance Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 9. Amount disbursed for Economic Rehabilitationgrant Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 10. Amount disbursed for Rent Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 11. Amount for shifting Assistance Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 12. Amount for Restoration of Common Property Resources Rapid Appraisal Items of common property restored 13. Amount disbursed for assistance to Tenants Structured Date & amount of payment of assistance 14. Amount disbursed for community infrastructure Rapid Appraisal Items of community facilities restored 15. Amount disbursed for conservationfor Temples Structured Number of Temples restored 16. Amount required for extension of Programs Structured Income Restoration 17. Amount paid for training & capacity building Structured Numberof trained personnel & better implementation 18. Fee paid for M&E Agency Structured M&E Reports 19. Fee paid to NGOs for public consultation Rapid Appraisal Community Perception 20. Fee paid to NGOs for implementation Rapid Appraisal Implementationtarget completion Table 11.3: Monitoring Frameworkfor Social Development S. No Indicators for Social Development Method Output 1. Consumption Pattern Structured EconomicWell being 2. Occupational Pattern Structured EPs involvementin diversified economicactivities 3. Status of Health Structured Improvedhealth 4. Number of EP s brought above the Poverty Line Structured Poverty alleviation 5. Literacy Structured Access to education 5. Time availability of Women Structured IncreasedProductivity 7 Decision making by women Structured Improved Status 8 Drinking Water Structured Basic needs met Lea Associates 11-3 S. No Indicatorsfor Social Development Method Output 9. Schools Structured Increasedfacilities 10 Health centers Structured Increasedfacilities 11. Community Infrastructure Structured Community Development Table 11.4: Monitoring Frameworkfor Participation S. No Indicators for Participationof stakeholders Method Output 1. Number of meeting for informationdissemination on Structured Awareness aboutthe Project R&R 2 Number of meetingwith each EP to finalize their options Structured Informed Choice for selections of for R&R livelihood options 3 Number of EP approachingthe Grievance Redrassal Structured Grievances Resolved Committee 4. Number of EP s participatedat District Level Committee Structured Decision making by EP 5. Selection of ResettlementSites Structured Decision making by EP 6. Number of EP s self relocated Structured Decreaseddependency on the project 7. Number of Women EP s choose the relocation site Structured Relocatedwomen headed households 8. Number of women gainfullyemployed Structured Increasedeconomic opportunityfor women 9 Number of EPs movedthe cour Structured Efficient delivery mechanisms of District Level Committee, Grievance RedrassalCommittee and NGO action 10. Total areas, numberof structuresand EP s saved form Structured Minimizing negative social impact negative impact during implementation 11.2.3 MONITORINGTHE PROJECTINPUTS & OUTPUTS The CRRO will be responsiblefor monitoring the progress of all activities as per the plan and these will be reflected in the physical, financial, social developmentand participation heads. These are all quantitativeaspects of monitoring and should be followed up most systematically.The reports on a monthly basis will reflect the qualitativeaspects of the input and output, carrying out a comparative analysis of the progress made from the last time. The CRRO will only consolidate the monthly reports submittedby the NGOs 11.2.4 REPORTING All reports will have to be compiledwithin fifteen (15) days at the end of each month. A sample of formats for monitoringof activities related to RAP has been prepared(Refer Appendix C). The first task of the NGO will be to ensure that each EP, whether an individual, a household, or a community, receives the entitlements due to it. Format Cl shows a possible way to monitor the receipt by individuals and householdsof their entitlements, while Format C2 suggests a model for community entitlements. For the sake of comprehensiveness,both forms include the full range of possible entitlements.In practice, a custom-made form can be preparedfor each EP, showing only his entitlements. Ideally, the forms will be computerised. It is felt that it would not be useful to submit the individual records to the PIU monthly, but they should be given to the PIU for archival purposeswhen the NGO has completed its mandate. Format C3 offers a specimen monthly summary and cumulative report for each corridor, to be completedby the responsibleNGO. Lea Associates 11-4 Format C4 suggests a specimen for monthlyand cumulative reporting by the GRCs, while Format C5 suggest is a format for report by the district level committees. It will be the responsibility of the CRRO to compile all of the foregoing reports so as to be able to form an overview of the implementation of the RAP. Where the CRRO perceives emerging problems, it will have to issue instructions to the concerned NGO, the GRC, the MVAC or the collaborating line agencies as the case may be: The CRRO will submit a copy of its monthly synthesis separatelyfor physicaland financial componentsto the PIU. Formats C6 and C7 propose specimens for the CRRO's monthlysynthesis for physicaland financial reporting respectively. 11.3 EXTERNAL EVALUATION& REPORTING A third party, preferably an NGO with prior experience in rehabilitation/resettlementor other social development programme will be engaged to carry out the evaluation and reporting of the implementationof the RAP. This agencywill be independentof the project. This external agency will do evaluation at least thrice during the life of the project. The first evaluation will be an annual evaluation,and shall take place after the PDFs have been displaced from the corridor of impact. Any problems encountered will be assessed and necessary changes will be recommended to the PIU and the NHAI headquarters for consideration. This is to ensure that these issues do not linger throughoutthe life of the project. The other evaluation will be the standard mid-term and the end-of-projectevaluation. Note that all evaluationwill include selective monitoring2. It is recommended that the external evaluation should be based on a recognised sampling method to select the items or the performanceindicators to be monitored and the EPs within each package to be monitored. Note that the parameters and indicators suggestedfor external evaluation is illustrative only. The external evaluation agency, being independent of the project may modify, add, eliminate or combine these parameters and indicators,as need be. 11.3.1 MONITORING THE PROJECTOBJECTIVES The progress of the project has to be monitoredagainst the objectives of the project, through (a) performance indicators, and (b) impact performance indicators. Both of these indicators are presented in their entirety, in the form of logical framework in Table 11.7. These indicators are important tools in understandingthe progress targeted and planned in the RAP. Benchmarks will be developed by the NGOs (after the verification exercise) and the progress and the improvements made in the socio-economicstatus of the PAPs, will be compared through the monitoringsystem. The monitoringwill provide a clearer insight into the progress, indicating,whether or not, the project objectives have been achieved. Given the objectives of GTRP, the R&R activities of the project have to be evaluated in the followingterms. Physical targets set and achievementsmade within the prescribed time frame: This will help in identifyingthe delay in the implementationprocess. Note that both these formats are to be filled in by the respective Project Director, in the capacity of the member-secretaryof these committees. 2 All items under regular internal monitoringmay or may not be included in the evaluation.The external evaluators will be an independentagency, and the list of items to be monitored by them will not be known to the NHAI, in exact forms. LeaAssociates 11-5 ` o Budgetary allocations made and actual expenditure made: This assessment would help in identifying issues related to financial management. * Perception of EPs about the RAP: This is to evaluate the perception of EPs about the various aspects of RAP including the implementation procedure adopted. Some of the aspects identifiedfor evaluation are stated below. The project R&R components are essentially desibned for the project-affectedldisplacedpersons. Their satisfaction about the service providedis the most crucial measure of success in the project3. It is recommended that perception rating be an important element of the external monitoring.While including this in the overall evaluation of the R&R component of GTRP, the focus would be on the severely affected persons and groups (the PDPs and the PDFs). Table 11.5 is an indicative list of elements that will constitute perceptionrating of the project. Table 11.5: ElementsPerception Rating Perception about the compensationreceived Perception about the assistancereceived - Cash - Cash For lost assets - Procedure - Cash as ex-gratia Properties (i) ResettlementAssistance - Land (ii) Shifting Assistance Dwelling unit (iii) Assistance equal to nine months rent - Income Restoration (iv) Assistance equal to six months income (L) Employment Programme Perceptionabout the new relocationsite (Residential) (ii) Training Schemes - Location Perception regarding relation with host communities - Community feeling Perception about the new relocationsite (Commercial) - Security - Location Perceptionabout the grievanceprocedure - In terms of business Perceptionabout the district level committee - Sense of security Perceptionabout the NGO service - In terms of facilities Perceptionabout the behaviourof Governmentofficials involved in RAP 11.3.2 MEASURINGCHANGES IN THE QUALITY OF LIFE The rational behind having a comprehensiveRAP is to improve the standard of living of PAPs or to restore, at the least, their pre-project standard of living. The terms "standard of living" and "quality of life" are often used interchangeably. However, the term 'quality of life' is somewhat more comprehensive in meaning than the word 'standard of living'. Qualityof life is more holistic way of looking at the well being of a person where as standard of living has more to do with income level of a person. Considering that the ultimate aim of the RAP is to improve the quality of life of the target groups, it is importantthat an effort should be made to assess the changes brought about by the project. "Quality of life is experienced and expressed by an individua/ in his physical, social and psychological conditions". Quality of life is a combination of both objective factors and subjective perception about those objective conditions. For example, say, housing is provided to the existing 3 This does not mean that the other overall indicators of achievement are not important. However,these are most important in the sense that the physicaland financial progressesdo not necessarily show the effectiveness of, and the extent of participatory methods undertakenduring the implementationof the RAP. Lea Associates 11-6 (vulnerable group) squatters displaced by the project. Objectively it will show the record that "n" numbers of houses have been built and transferred. But the subjective perception of the beneficiaries about the house size, location, construction quality, etc., would reveal their satisfaction level in this regard. Objective conditions are the artifacts, which can be easily measured numerically. But the subjective perceptions,which are qualitative in nature, are difficult to measure. An approach of assigning weights (to different indicators) and scales (to different perceptions)may be adopted by the external evaluationagencies for subjective evaluationto arrive at the quality of life index. An illustrative list of indicators, which may be considered for assessing the objective as well as the subjectivequality of life indicesare given in Table 11.6. Table 11.6: Indicators for AssessingChanges in the Quality of Life Objective Indicators Subjective Indicators % of household below poverty line Income % of SC household below poverty line Household income, Personal income Availability of Income opportunity, Formal and % of ST household below poverty line informal income, Prmary and secondary income % WHH of household below poverty line % of households squatting Employment % change in employment rate Present employment % change in women employment rate Opportunity for employment % of household squatting Secufity of employment) % of kuchcha household House % of household with separate kitchen Condition of house, Size of house, % of household with water connection Location of house 0 of household with power connection Food % of household with toilet facility Quality of food, Nutrition intake Household asset ownership in % Clothing Television, Tape Recorder, Radio Share of income spent on clothing Cycle, Hand-carts, Animal-carts, Two wheelers, Satisfaction with Clothes worn Three wheelers Cooking gas, Refrigerator Water Supply Source of water supply Quantity of Water available Sanitation Sanitary Condition in the Area Sanitary Condition in the Vicinity of House Fuel and Energy Fuel Availability, Expense on Fuel Availability of Regular Electric Supply Access to Market Accessibility to Market, Market condition after Project (Physical), Market condition after Project (business) Transportation Condition of Road Safety for pedestrians and other road users Environment Air Quality, Dust Noise LeaAssociates 11-7 11.3.3 INDICATORSFOR OVERALLEVALUATION The overall evaluation of the R&R componentsof GTRP will be carried out with the help of various indicators. These indicators will enable the managers to measure the progress, understand the problems and issues and find solutions.The indicators have been categorizedso as to be included into the MIS, which should be developedfor the long-term R&R services in NHAI projects. Physical Indicators The physical indicators may include, * Extent of land acquisition(private or governmentor forest land); * Extent of {(private or government)and (agricultural or non-agricultural)}land required for (the project or relocating the PDFs); * Any Secondary Displacementinvolved; * Number of persons (losing land and paid compensation); * Number of (residentialor commercial)structures demolished(fully or partly); * Number of persons paid compensationfor (residential or commercial)structures; * Number of families (affected and displaced); * Extent of (agriculturalor non-agricultural)land required for allotment; * Number of EPs allotted {(agriculturalor residentialor commercial)and (land or structure)}land; * Number of PAP /PDP approachedthe Land PurchaseCommittee; * Number of families purchasedland within the same geographicallocation; * Extent of land purchasedwithin the Contract Package Area! block/ Taluka I District; * Number of EP s receiving (Plots for House or Grant in lieu of it or benefitedunder Indira Awas Yojna4); Number of families provided(assistance for shifting or shifting allowance); e Number of families shifted to (locations of their choice or the housing/ relocation site provided by the project); * Number of EPs have decided to stay (within their joint families or apart in nuclear families); and, * Basic facilities providedby the project in the relocationsites; etc. Financial Indicators The financial indicators would includethe following. * Expenditureon R&R under different heads againstthe Budget; * Paymentof Compensationfor land acquisition; * Cash grant for (agriculturalland or house sites or shops or business plots or shifting); * Expenditure on NGO (monthly/quarterlypayment released; and, break up of payments made on salaries, administration, training; and, documentation;and, break-up of payments held up and why); and, * Consultancycharges paid to externalevaluating agency; etc. 4 Indira Awas Yojana is the most popular and appropriate low cost rural housing scheme offered in all states of India with (partial or full) federal assistance/grant. LeaAssociates 11-8 ` Economic Indicators These will include, * Estimate of entitled paymentsfor land / shops/ loss of property; * Number of shops and businessreplaced; * Number of bank accounts opened including,an appraisal of the total withdrawal and the deposits in the same banks within a fixed timeframe; * Utilizationof compensationamounts; * Utilizationof housingloans; and * Extentof agricultural land purchase, house site purchases,shops or plots for shops purchased; etc. 0 Social Indicators These will comprise, most probably,of the following. * Number of NGO initiated meetingswith the PAPs; * Number of CRRO initiatedmeetings with PAPs; * Number of PAPsassisted in land purchaseby the land purchasecommittees; Number of PAPs/ womenformed self-help groups for income restoration; * Number of PAPs (village) committeesformed for communityasset management; i NGO Faciliations; Grievance RedrassalCommittee Faciliations; and DDistrict Level CommitteeFaciliations; etc. 11.3.4 ADDITIONALSTUDIES BY THE M&E CONSULTANTS The implementation of RAP is a complex process, including relocation, income restoration and improving the quality of lives of the project affected persons,without adversely impacting the lives of the host communities. During the process, many complex issues may call for solutions. A problem solving 'action oriented research' will be in built into the M&E component of GTRP to initiate such studies wheneverrequired. The following studies are being suggested tentatively5: * Impoverishmentrisk analysis; * (Roadside) Natural resourcesmanagement; * Qualityof life study; * Housing and settlementoptions study; * Awarenessand the promotion of preventivemeasures with regard to the HIV or AIDS * The ownership rights and the land tenure rights: a comparativeanalysis; * Impact on women, and levels of empowermentor marginalizationby the project; * Community participationin development;etc. 5 This list should be modified based on the experience of RAP implementation prior to the procurementof the external evaluationagency. LeaAssociates 1 1-9 11.3.5 REPORTING The external evaluation agency (or agencies) is expected to submit 3 evaluation reports to the PIU and the NHAI headquarters. The report should contain all the data collected and as well as critical analysis of the same. It is expected from the agency to come out with a comparative analysiswith reference to pre-project and post-projectstatus in the socio-economicconditions of the PAPs, It is expected on the part of the external evaluatioh agency to prepare reports of evolutionaryform and content. The evaluation should not be limited to only pre-project and post-project scenarios, but must include the comparison between the findings of the previous report/s and present report. In the process of such comparison if the external evaluation agency finds changes, it will be necessary on the part of the agency to explain the reasons thereof. If the external evaluation agency finds shortcoming or flaws in the existing plan of action, the agency should include their recommendationswith the implementationdetails and procedures. The CRRO after receiving report from external evaluation agency would review the same within 15 days. Within a week thereafter, the CRRO will submit a report to the PIU with consolidated recommendationsfrom the evaluationreports. The PIU is authorised,and will initiate the necessary contingency management or corrective actions, if required, and if so recommended. The PIU will seek guidance from the NHAI headquarters, specially the social/environment unit at the NHAI headquarters regarding the actions on the evaluation reports, and will submit a 'action taken report' (ATR) to the NHAI headquarters within 15 days of receiving the report from the CRRO. The ATR will be updated by the PIU at intervals of 3 months (such updatingwill correspond to the quarterly reports on overall progress monitoringof the project). LeaAssociates 11-10 Table.11.7: Logical Framework of Indicators Critical Outcome & Objectively OVI Baseline OVI TargetValue Means of Inputs Project Assumptions Impacts Objective Verifiable Value Midterm / Project Verification Indicators (OVI) Completion Replac-ementvalue for the lost (a) Availability of (a) Number of PAFs shall improve -(a) lmpr Income levels of Improve/ maintain (a) Mid term and final (a) property economic PAPs regained least regain ove / Maintain PAPsat Base baseline income level of evaluationby or at package opportunities for their previous levels of line PAPs as against inflation externalagency (b) Economic rehabilitation their previous non farm IG income income (b) Monthlyprogress standards of living activities (b) Number of earning capacity; report by NGO (b) Availability of PAPs have production levels. (c) Monthly progress report by CRR government increased schemes income. for Restoring the Maintain/ improve -do- (a) Replacementvalue for loss of Availability of land (b) Improve Base line Value economic status of income levels of PAPs as productive assets allotment of plots maintain the affected people. previous levels against the inflation (b) Purchase of alternative shops of productive agriculturalplot / assets (c) Purchase of productive assets under IG schemes plots Availability of land for Better housing (c) Improve main Base line values Maintain improved -do- (a) Allotment of residential for the allotment of plots previous levels baseline value (b) Replacementvalue of dwelling structures (c) Salvagingof materials (d) Purchase of building materials Cooperation from the Community (d) Enhancement -do- -do- -do- (a) Relocation at community Development of community (b) Infrastructuralfacilities resources resettlementsite (c) Increasing the capacity of the existing facilities (a) R & R policy in local language (a) Skills available (a) Empowerment 2. Participatory Number of litigation Baseline Maintain/ improve the (a) Monthly Report Participationin meeting at for participation of the decision making & grievances informationon mechanism for (b) Mid-term (b) district level committees, with during community to process participatory consultation evaluation NGOs, in the grievance implementation make informed institutionalisation process redrassal committees (b) Understandingof decisions (c) Collective/ group based income the R&R policy (b) Timely generation/micro- enterprise implementation development plan (d) Process of selection of plots (e) PAPs opting for self relocation LeaAssociates 11-11 RD7 Inputs Critical Outcome & Project Objectively OVI Baseline OVI Target Value Means of Assumptions Impacts Objective Verifiable Value Midterm I Project Verification Indicators (OVI) Completion Economic rehabilitation Community support to Improvement of 3 Enhanice Improve previous Baseline Minimize social and -do- (a) dovetailing with be vulnerable socio economic vutnerablepeoples living standards information economic disparities programme poverty alleviation status of the PAPs living standard to Government alleviate poverty programmes of EPs move the court widening the scope (b) Number in decision making of economic (c) Participation opportunities (d) Allotment of agriculture land bank account 4. Women Improvementin -do- -do- -do- (a) Joint economic and (b) Joint allotment of plot? social status ownership of house / shop Community facilities restored Collective decision Developmentof the Community Improved facilities Baseline Benefits to the Benefits to the (a) 5. committee making to address community development information community community (b) Village Development (c) Women's group formation needs (d) Community managed facilities Peoples interaction with the Scope of flexibility in Number of PAPs 6. Minimizing Number of persons Baseline Minimizing negative (a) Monthly report (a) team the design reduced negative social affected by the information social impacts (b) Mid-term project solving with the people impacts project evaluation (b) Problem (c) Annual evaluation (d) Project completion report Lea Associates 1 1-12 Figure 11.8: Tentative Time Schedule for Monitoring & Evaluation Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Activities Ageicy to Moiiitor _ o 4 - s 0 - 0 ~ t 00 0 C 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 a 0 0 0 Physical PIU -… Economic External M&E Agency Financial PIU ...... Social External M&E Agency Establishment _ __~mi T-J_ f Grievance ExternalM&EAgency __i T IL 1 I Overall Progress PlU and NHAI (HO) 4 _ Lea Associates 11-13 APPENDIX"C" FORMATS FOR REPORTING Format- Cl: Recordfor Individual/HouseholdEntitlements Package No. & Name: Location Chainage ______EP Name: Address ID No.: Entitlement Category: IA Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Cash Land Cash Ln Land/Cash: Fees,Taxes, Other Charges: Amount Due Amount Paid Additional Grants: jAmountDue Amount Paid 18 Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Land/Cash: Cash ~ La~nd Cash = Land Temporary Accommodation: ~ NtNeed Provided ~ Grant Rs. 1800 Shifting Allowance: Paid Not Paid Reimbursement of Deposit/ Advance: Amount Due Amount Paid Rental Allowance/Lost Income: Amount Due AmountPaid Compensation for Structures: Amount Due = Amount Paid Premium for Owner/Occupier: Amont ueAmount Paid LeaAssociates 11-14 2A Allowance for Lost Income: Amount Due Amount Paid 2B Notice to Harvest Crop: Issued |Not Issued I I Grant for Lost Crop: Amount Due Amount Paid 2C Capitalized Value of Crop: Amount Due Amount Paid 3A Notification to Remove Assetsl Harvest Date Issued Not Issued Crop: ll Case-by-Case Assistance: |Entitlement Due Entitlement Received 3B Plot or House: Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Plot House Plot House Assistance to Construct Residential/ Entitlement Due 1Entitlement Received Business Unit: Shifting Assistance: Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Facilitation/access to Trainingl Income- Entitlement Due Entitlement Received generating Assistance: 4A Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Land for Land + Grant for Materials to Land Grant Land Grant Construct Dwelling Unit: Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Plot and House Loan (Residential): Plot |Loan Plot |Loan Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Plot and Building Loan (Commercial): Plot ILoan Plot Loan Lea Associates 11-15 4B Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Lump-sum Grant Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Training/Counselling: Surplus Training Money for Enterprise Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Start-up: ____i 5A/5B Entitlement Due Entitlement Paid Disruption Assistance: Provided Not Provided Vendors' Market: Date Signature of Entitled Person Date Signature of NGO Representative Remarks: Reason for Non - Paymentl Non - Acceptance by PAP Date Countersigned by the CRRO Lea Associates 11-16 7 Format - C2: Monitoring Form for Community Entitlements Community Name: Package No. & Name: Location Chainage: Entitlement Category: 6A Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Social Forestry Scheme: Compensatory Afforestation: Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Recreational i Infrastructure Facilities: Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Assistance for Income-Generating Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Scheme: Enhancement of Roadside Areas: Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Safety Measures: [Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Safe Space and Access to Business Entitlement Due Entitlement Received Purpose: Date Signature of NGO Representative Date CRRO Lea Associates 11-17 Format - C3: Monthly and Cumulative Corridor Entitlement Report - Individuals,Households and Communities Package: Month: Year: Total Previous Total Current % Activity Target Months Month Completed General Consultationwith PAPs: - Individual - Group Verification of PAPs ID Cards Issued Entitlement Category 1A: Payment in Land/ Payment in Cash Payment of Fees, Taxes, Other Charges Payment of Additional Grant Entitlement Category 1B: Provisionof Temporary Accommodation Payment of Shifting Allowance Reimbursementof Deposit/Advance Payment of Rental/Lost Income Payment of Compensation for Structure Payment of Owner/Occupier Premium EntitlementCategory 2A: Payment of Lost Income Entitlement Category 2B: Notice to Harvest Crops Issued Grants for Lost Crops Paid EntitlementCategory 2C: Payment of Capitalized Crop Value EntitlementCategory 3A: Notificationto Remove Assets/HarvestCrops Case-by-CaseAssistance Entitlement Category 3B: Plots Awarded Houses Allocated Assistance to Construct Residences Assistance to Construct BusinessUnits Payment of Shifting Assistance Access to Training Facilitated Access to Income-GeneratingAssistance Facilitated Entitlement Category4A: Land Allocated Grants for Building Materials Plots/HousingLoans (EWS) Plots/HouseLoans (LIG) EntitlementCategory 4B: Lea Associates 11-18 Activity Target Total Previous Total Current % Months Month Completed Payment of Lump-sum Grants Training Programmes Organised Counselling Sessions Organised Awards of Surplus Money for Enterprise Start-up Entitlement Category 5A/5B: Payments of DisruptionAssistance l_l_l_l Allocation of Space in Vendors' Markets Entitlement Category 6A: Social Forestry Schemes Started Communities Provided with Project Employment CompensatoryAfforestation Schemes Started Entitlement Category 6B: Recreation/InfrastructureFacilities Built Provision of Assistance for Income-Generating Scheme Date Signature of NGO Representative LeaAssociates 11-19 Format - C4: GRC Monthly and Cumulative Report Name: Date of Establishment: Package No. & Name: Location: Chainage: Month: Year Task Current Month Previous Months Total Number of Grievances Received Number of Recommendations Received from NGO Member Number of Recommendationsby GRC . Number of Decisions by CRRO . Number of Grievances Referred by CRRO to PIU Number of Decisions by PIU Number of Decisions Communicatedto Claimants Number of UnresolvedGrievances Date Signature of Chairman District Grievance Redressal Committee Lea Associates 11-20 Format - C5: District Level Committee Report for Individual PAF District Package Number & Name Location Month Year EP Name ID No. Address: Forwarded Consideration of the Committee on date Details of Landl Properties Land/Area m2 Building m2 Crop Type Well Trees No. to be acquired l_l_l_l_l Compensation Received Land/ Area Building Crop Type Well Trees No. Total under each Head as per LAA MVAC Recommendation on Land/ Area Building Crop Type Well |Trees No. | Total Value of Property l _ l_l_L_l Difference in Compensation Land/ Area Building Crop Type Well Trees No. Total and MVAC Valuation _ _ l _ l _ l_l _ l_l Total Assistance Amount Due Amount Paid Date Signature CRRO Lea Associates 11-21 Format - C6: MonthlySynthesis of RAP Implementation(Physical) Month of: Phase: Target Curretfor C%Task of Task Cumulative Completed Remain Target for Remarks ResettlementResttemntCategoryCategory alreadyTarget TotalTotal Task Task MonthMont (% of Total Unachieved Next Completed (% of Total) Task) Month* IA Land______Cash Fees, Taxes, Other Charges Additional Grant of 10% 1B TemporaryAccommodation Shifting Allowance Reimbursementof Deposit/Advance Rental/Lost Income Compensationfor Structure OwnerlOccupierPremium 2A Six Months' Lost Income 2B Notice to Harvest Crops Grantsfor Lost Crops Paid 2C Payment of Capitalized Crop Values 3A Notification to Remove Assets/ Harvest Crops Case-by-CaseAssistance 3B Plot House Assistance to Construct Residential/BusinessUnit Shifting Assistance Facilitation/Access to Training/ Income-GeneratingAssistance 4A Land for Land + Materials Grantfor Dwelling Unit Plot + Housing Loans (EWS) Plot + House Loans (LIG) 4B Lump-sumGrant Training/Counselling SurplusTraining Money for EnterpriseStart-up LeaAssociates 11-22 '7 Target Target for Task % of Task CumuTarive ResetlemetCatgoryalready Total Task Current Completed Remain Tagto Rerk ResettlmentCtegory Completed Month (% of Total Unachieved Next Reak (% of Total) Task) Month' 5A15B: DisruptionAssistance l Vendors' Market 6A Social Forestry Schemes Project Employment i CompensatoryAfforestation 6B: Recreation/Infrastructure Facilities Assistance for Income- Generating Schemes - Targetof current month +task carry forward from previous month/s. Date CRRO Lea Associates 11-23 Format- C7: MonthlySynthesis of RAPImplementation (Financial) Month of: Phase: Package Name and Number: Total Budget Monthly Actual % of Total Budget Allocation And Spending Allotted Expected Disbursement Allotment Disbursement Acquisition of private land Acquisition of private non-agriculturalland and assets Assistance for restoration of livelihood Compensation/Assistancefor loss of standing crop Compensation/Assistancefor loss of perennial crop Assistance to encroachers Assistance to squatters Support to vulnerable group for housing Supportto vulnerable group for livelihood Assistance for the business kiosks Assistance for developing vendor market Restoration/Enhancementof cultural properties Restoration of community resources Date CRRO LeaAssociates 11 -24 - 12. ROAD DEVELOPMENT AND POVERTY REDUCTION Roads are often argued to be the conduit of wealth. Citations are there to indicate that vigorous road development precedes rapid economic development of a nation. As connectivity and accessibility improves, social networks are strengthened, economic opportunities galore. This Section of the Report examines the context and possibilities of poverty alleviation through the GTRP. Road is a vital infrastructure. Development in the road sector is not isolated from the development of other infrastructure. Also among the various infrastructures, there is a dual ,cause and effect' relationship. Therefore, road development is difficult to be examined in isolation from the development of other infrastructure. In many sub-sections, road development and overall development of infrastructure will be discussed as complementary. Poverty alleviation is a basic need of the nation. It is also a constitutional duty'. Any project therefore, has to address the issue of being of assistance to achieve a national goal. 12.1 CONTEXT OF POVERTY ALLEVIATION IN INDIA Poverty eradication has been one of the major objectives of planned development in India. The magnitude of the problem is still quite staggering. Thirty six per cent of the Indian population was below poverty line (BPL) in 1993-94, the latest year for which the data are available and the absolute number of poor was 320 million, out of which 244 million (37 per cent of the rural population) lived in rural areas. The incidence of poverty declined from 54.9 percent in 1973-74 to 36 per cent in 1993-94. But the absolute number of poor did not decline much over this period of 20 years. There were 321 million poor in 1973-74 and 320 million in 1993-94; in the rural areas the corresponding numbers were 261 million and 244 million. The main determinants of poverty are: (i) lack of income and buying power attributable to lack of productive employment and considerable underemployment and not to lack of employment per se; (ii) a continuous increase in the price of food, especially food grains, which account 70-80 per cent of the consumption basket; and (iii) inadequacy of social infrastructure, affecting the quality of life of the people and their employability. 12.1.1 G'ROWTHPERFORMANCE AND POVERTY IN INDIA The decline in poverty ratio during the last 20 years has been uneven among the states. The pace of poverty reduction was relatively rapid in Kerala, Andhra Pradesh, Tamil Nadu, Gujarat, Punjab and West Bengal. The decline in poverty ratio, however, was not enough to reduce the number of poor in eight major states. These are: Assam, Bihar2 , Haryana, Himachal Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Maharashtra, Orissa and Uttar Pradesh. Poverty is closely related with hunger. The percentage of persons without two square meals a day for some months of the year is often termed as the 'hunger ratio'. It is observed that about The Constitution of India upheld the right of life, which includes the right to "live with dignity". Poverty alleviation has been a recurrent theme in the Indian polity. 2 Includes Jharkhand. It can be seen that the GTRP passes through 3 states with high incidence of poverty. LeaAssociates 12-1 19 percent of the rural populationand 7 percentof the urban populationremained hungry in 1983.As per the latest availableinformation these have becomedown to about 5 percentin rural areasand 2 percentin urban in 1993-94.The percentageof chronicallyhungry people in total populationin rural areas, whichwas 35 to 40 percentin Bihar,Orissa and West Bengalin 1983,reduced to 6.6 percentin case of Biharand 14 to 16 per cent in other two statesin 1993- 94. Hunger ratios less than the poverty ratio indicatethat all the poor peopledo not remain hungry.However, incidences of chronichunger are still causesof concern. 12.1.2 POVERTYERADICATION MEASURES IN INDIA Over the years, a wide variety of anti-povertyprogrammes have been attemptedin India. The two facetsof the povertyalleviation programmes are: * Providingdirect food items and monetaryhelp, and * Providingemployment opportunities The first one like the PublicDistribution System (PDS) proved ineffectivedue to lack of proper institutionalarrangement resulting in large-scalemalpractice and inabilityto reachthe poor.The secondone is basedon creatingemployment opportunity for the poor, especiallyin ruralareas. This approachis rathermore effective.This can be achievedthrough undertaking infrastructure developmentprojects and self-employmentschemes. The low-end work and wage rate automaticallydiscourage non-poor and benefitsthe actualpoor. Sincepoor peopleare willingto work for low wages, publicemployment programmes can offer wages that screenout the non- poor so that resources can be used more effectively.Since these schemes can, usually, produceeconomic assets such as roads,they may have secondround effect on the incomeof both poor and non-poor.These schemes may also help labour market to work better by reducingwage differentialsbetween the sexesand amongcaste groups.The primaryobjectives of ruralpublic employment schemes are two fold: * The first is to maintain and create rural infrastructure- examples are road building, irrigation,soil conservationand afforestation programmes. * The secondand the more importantin this context,is to reduce povertyby providing employmentto those in need. Studies conductedin 85 districts of India indicatedthat lower transportationcosts increased farmer's access to market and led to considerableagricultural expansion and that modern irrigationmethods broughthigher yields. At the same time becauseimproved roads lowered bank'scosts of doingbusiness, banks expanded lending to farmers,and farmersused the funds to buy fertiliser, further increasingyields. Accordingto a householdand village level survey conductedin Bangladesh,villages classified as most developedin terms of accessto transport infrastructurewere significantlybetter off than the less developedvillages in terms of agricultural production,incomes and labourdemand and health(World Development Report, 1994). 12.1.3 ANTI-POORLAWS AND POLICIES There are severallaws and policiesin India,which are anti-poor.The Ninth Five Year Plan of India cites the following examples of anti-poor laws and institutionalisedpractices and recommendsthat these will be withdrawnwithin a few years. The knowledgeabout these policies/lawsis scatteredand oftenanecdotal. * Preventionof the tribalsrights to reapminor forest produce: * Anti-poorlicensing policies; Lea Associates 12-2 * "The cattleflayers in UP have no legalcontrol over their ownproduce i.e. the hidesthey flay from the naturallyfallen animals...Again in Bihar, auctionferry right is made in favour of Zamindarsand contractorswho collecttolls and taxesfrom the poorwho have to cross the river to sell their produce.In addition,those who are fishing or plyingboats acrossthe river have to pay taxes to the Zamindars...Normally, access to, and use of, the river should be free to farmers, labourers,petty tradersetc... In Assam,the fishery laws are suchthat the fishermenare adverselyaffected." * Taking over of the successful co-operativesby private sector companies,and the interferenceof the Governmentwith the independenceof the successfulcooperatives. "Such examplesabound. An exercisehas alreadybeen done to documentsome of these laws and policies.In the Ninth Plan, an attemptwill be madeto initiatethe processof identifyinganti- poor laws/policies,Statewise. These would brought to the notice of the policy makers, local govemmentsand NGOs so that these may be suitablymodified and/or repealed in the interest of the poor." 12.1.4 POVERTYALLEVIATION IN INDIA:PROGRAMMES AND STRATEGY IN THE9TH PLAN Followingis a briefof the povertyalleviation strategies in the NinthFive YearPlan. G EconomicGrowth is Important "Economicgrowth creates more resourcesand has the potentialof creatingmore spacefor the involvementof poor. But the involvementof the poor dependson the sourcesand the natureof growth. If the growthis sourcedupon those sectors of the economyor those activities,which have a natural tendencyto involve the poor in their expansion,such growth helps poverty eradication.Therefore, it is importantto sourcea largepart of economicgrowth in agriculture,in rural non-agriculturalactivities and in productiveexpansion of the informalsector which all have high employmentelasticities, as well as in an export strategy based on labour intensive exports." ® Pre-requisitesof PovertyAlleviation "The Governmentrecognises that high growthof incomesis by itself not enoughto improvethe quality of life of the poor. Unless all the citizens,and most particularlythe poor, have certain basic minimumservices, their living conditionscannot improve. These minimumservices among otherthings literacy, education, primary health care, safe dnnkingwater and nutritionalsecurity." 'The Governmenthad conveneda meetingof Chief Ministersto identify such basic minimum servicesand a list of seven serviceshad unanimouslybeen agreed upon. These seven services are safe drinkingwater, pnmaryhealth facilities, universal primary education, nutrition to school and pre-school children, shelter for the poor, road connectivityfor all villages and habitations3, and the Public DistributionSystem (PDS) with a focus on the poor. The Ninth Plan lays specialemphasis on these sevenbasic minimumservices and will make all efforts to achieve a minimum level of satisfactionin providing these in partnershipwith the State Governmentsand the PanchayatiRaj Institutions(PRIs).' 3 Emphasisadded. LeaAssociates 12-3 o StrengtheningProductive Potential "Direct povertyalleviation programmes are importantand will continueon an expandedscale in the Ninth Plan. But these programmeswould be orientedtowards strengthening the productive potential of the economy and providing more opportunitiesfor involving the poor in the economicprocess." 0 Decentralisation "Povertycan effectivelybe eradicatedonly when the poor start contributingto the growth by their active involvementin the growth process. Implementationof the programmesshould be increasinglybased on approachesand methods,which involve the poor themselvesin the processof poverty eradicationand economicgrowth. This is possible through a processof social mobilisation,encouraging participatory approaches and institutionsand empowermentof the poor. In this the PRIs, the voluntaryorganisations and communitybased Self-Help Groups will be moreclosely involved." 12.1.5 POVERTYALLEVIATION & SECTORALPROGRAMMES It is necessaryto recastthe specialemployment programmes with a view to makingthem more effectivein meetingnot only the short-termobjective of providingtemporary work, but also in buildingup the productivecapacity of individuals/areaswhich, in turn, would make for greater employmenton a moresustainable basis. This would require a high degree of convergenceamong the varous poverty alleviation programmes(PAPs), area development programmes and sectoralschemes. The NinthPlan recognises that "so far, there has been a complete dichotomybetween various sectoralas well as poverty alleviation programmesthat have been planned and implementedby the concerned line departments.The governmenthas recognised this dichotomy but greaterefforts have to be madeto effectthe convergencein practice.' "Clearly,there is scope for integratingother sectoralprogrammes of soil and water conservation,forestry, minor irrigation,animal husbandary,agriculture, transport and tourism,power and other departments." 12.1.6 QUALITYOF LIFECONCERNS OF THE GOVERNMENTOF INDIA "Eradication of povertyand provisionof basic minimumservices are integralelements of any strategyto improvethe quality of life. No developmentalprocess can be sustainableunless it leadsto visibleand widespread improvement in theseareas... 'There is by now enough evidenceto show that rapid growth has strong poverty reducing effects and, a focus on acceleratedgrowth will also help in realisingthe objectiveof alleviating poverty... "The shift in emphasistowards private initiative and relianceon the entrepreneurialspirit of the peopleessentially seeks to create the conditionsfor rapid and sustainedgrowth. Nevertheless there are aspectsof growth,which can be labourdisplacing and impoverishing.These arise essentially out of unequal initial endowments of physical resources, human capital and information,which preventsegments of the society,particularly women and other sociallyand economically disadvantaged groups like the Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes, LeaAssociates 12-4 Minorities,Other BackwardClasses, Disabled, etc., from takingadvantage of the opportunities that becomeavailable or from protectingtheir interestsin an adequatemanner... "In the past, food and nutritionalsecurity has been largely interpretedto mean adequate availabilityof basicfood productsin the countryas a whole.The conceptof food securitynow needsto be broadenedto includepeoples' access to basicnutritional requirements, both physicallyand economically." 12.1.7 A GUIDELINEFOR ALL SECTORALPROJECTSIPROGRAMMES TheNinth Plan emphasises that, 'Economicgrowth and employmentopportunities in themselvesmay not be sufficientto improve the living conditionsof the poor. They need to be accompaniedby measures,which enhancethe socialand physicalconditions of existence." 12.2 WORLD BANK POLICY ON POVERTY ALLEVIATION The World Bank has a specificapproach towards poverty reduction that has evolvedover time. Initiallyin the 1960sthe focus was on economicgrowth as the key to povertyeradication. Then in the 1970sit shiftedfirst to redistributionof growthand later to basic humanneeds. During the 1980sthe thrustshifted from only economicgrowth to investmentsin humanresources as these were recognisedto be more contributingto increasingincomes and reducingpoverty. In the 1990s the Bank's commitmentto poverty reduction has been further reaffirmed as its fundamentalobjective as wellas to a broadeningof the Bank'sapproach. The World DevelopmentReport 1990 showed that sustainablepoverty reductioncould be achievedby: (a) Broad-basedeconomic growth to generateefficient income-earning opportunities for the poor,and (b) Improved access to education,nutrition, health care and other social services to improvewelfare directly and to enhancethe abilityof the poor to take advantageof the opportunitiesmentioned above. The approach also included a social safety net for the poorest and the most vulnerable segmentsof the society. Sustainablepoverty reductionis the Bank'soverarching objective. Since the completerange of programmesand policiesaffect the well being of the poor, there are many complementarities betweenpoverty reduction and other operationalpriorities. In most cases it has been observed that the burdenof povertyfalls disproportionatelyon the relativelyvulnerable groups, so it is essentialto increasetheir income-earningopportunities, their food securityand their accessto social services.Maintaining the environmentis criticalif gains in poverty reductionare to be sustainedand if futureincreases in povertyare to be avoided.If povertyreduction is to be made sustainable,institutional-building and investing in local capacity to assess poverty and to analyse,design, implement and finance programmes and projectsare essential. In GTRP there is a necessity to follow the WB directives(OD 4.15) to address poverty alleviationin the project.Infrastructure development projects like GTRP has a definitescope for assessingthe impactsof it on localcommunities and roadusers. The aboveencompasses the issue of povertyreduction as GTRP is expectedto bringabout a numberof opportunitiesto the poor peopleof the region like increasedemployment, increased srL2 Lea Associates 12-5 market facilities,increased mobility of human resources,increased local economicand credit opportunities,increased institutional networks, increased awareness level and increasedscope for bettermanagement of publicschemes. 12.3 INFRASTRUCTUREDEVELOPMENT AND POVERTY ALLEVIATION Infrastructureservices, including power, road and transport,telecommunication, water and sanitation and wastes-disposal,are central to the activitiesof householdsand to economic production (World DevelopmentReport, 1994). The adequacyof infrastructureis a critical determinantof a country's capacityin acceleratingits growththat is consistentwith poverty reduction.Infrastructure development and poverty are inverselyrelated and good infrastructure raisesproductivity and lowersproduction costs and therebypoverty. Major infrastructurefailures quickly and radically reduce community'squality of life, productivityand causes poverty. Conversely,improved infrastructure services enhance welfare and foster economicgrowth. As countriesdevelop, infrastructure must adapt to supportchanging patterns of demand. 12.3.1 THE CAUSALRELATIONSHIP The poor are inherentlymore vulnerableto inadequateinfrastructure settings and number of specific infrastructureproblems affects the poor disproportionately.Access to at least minimal infrastructureservices is one of the essentialelements to attainwelfare. To a great extentthe poorcan be identifiedas thosewho are not able to consumea basicquantity of clean waterand who are subject to unsanitarysurroundings, with extremelylimited mobilityor communication beyond their immediatesetlement. As a result, they have more health problemsand fewer employmentopportunities (World DevelopmentReport, 1994). Differentinfrastructure sectors have different effect on improvingthe quality of life and reducingpoverty. The thematic links betweenaccess and povertyreduction could bedepicted as follows: The linksbetween infrastructure and poverty (a) Access to clean water and sanitation - Reduces mortality and morbidity and increasesincome earning activities. (b) Access to transportand irrigation- Increasesnon-farm employment opportunities and reducesregional food pricevariations. (c) Constructionand maintenanceof roadsand water works - Directemployment and famineprevention. (d) Accessto power- Highproductivity and income. Importantconsiderations Thecardinal virtues to be built in infrastructurebuilding projects are, (a) Participationof poorin infrastructurebuilding projects; (b) Thruston resourcepoor areas where increasing number of poorlive; (c) Exclusivemeasures to ensureaccess of poorto infrastructureprojects; (d) Stronginstitutional arrangements; and, (e) Emphasison participationof NGOs. LeaAssociates 12-6 OZ 12.3.2 INFRASTRUCTURE AND ECONOMIC STIMULATION Many studies attemptingto link aggregateinfrastructure spending to growth of GDP (Gross DomesticProduct) show infrastructurevariables are positivelyand significantlycorrelated with growth, particularlyin developingcountries while it is difficultto establishwhether infrastructure investmentcauses growth or growthcauses infrastructure investment. The data for 1990indicate that while total infrastructurestocks increaseby 1 per cent with each 1 per cent incrementin per capita GDP, householdaccess to safe water increasesby 0.3 per cent, pavedroads by 0.8 per cent, power by 1.5 per cent and telecommunicationsby 1.7 per cent. The servicesassociated with the use of infrastructure(in value added terms) in general accountfor 7 to 11 per centof GDP,with transportbeing the largestsector. Transportalone, commonly, absorbs 5 to 8 percentof the total paid employment.Studies show that the averageeconomic return on WorldBank assistedinfrastructure project has been 16 per cent during 1980-1990while the general World Bank project averageis 15 per cent (World DevelopmentReport, 1994). Public spendingon infrastructureconstruction and maintenance can be a valuable policy tool to provide economic stimulus. As long as quality and cost- effectivenessare not compromised,labour-based approach to infrastructuredevelopment can be an importantinstrument for employmentintensive economic growth and participationof poor infrastructurebuilding. The performanceof an infrastructureproject, howeverlargely depends uponthe conditionsof overalleconomic policy and setting. 12.3.3 INFRASTRUCTUREAND POVETY INCIDENCE IN INDIA The burgeoningpopulation growth, limited resourcesand pursuanceof new economicpolicies of Governmentof India have been placing a heavy demand on all kinds of infrastructure services. The infrastructurebase, which was built earlier, has proved inadequate.Power generation,railway network, road network, ports, telecommunication,industrial research and development,are all foundto be inadequate. Over the years the developmentexperience has thrown up several weak spots in the developmentprocess. One such weak spot is the increasingregional disparities both interstate and intra-state.These disparitieswill be furtheraccentuated in the currentdevelopment strategy driven by market forces and deregulationof privatesector. One of the consequencesof such development process is concentration and accentuation of poverty. The infrastructure bottleneckhas further beenaggravating poverty and posingserious impediments in acceleration of economicgrowth. The country has, therefore,to invest substantiallyin these infrastructure facilitiesin orderto attainequitable and sustainabledevelopment. Table 12.1: India's Infrastructure and Growth Trend: A Glance Infrastructure 1970 1980 1990 PavedRead (km) 324,758 623,998 759,764 ElectricityProduction (million kw-h) 61,212 119,150 286,045 Telephone(number of connection) 1,465,000' 2,295,530 5,074,734 Railroadtracks (km) 59,997 61,240 75,333 Irrigationland ('OOOha) 30,440 38,478 45,500 Accessto drinkingwater (percent Total Urban Rural Total Urban Rural Total Urban Rural of populationcovered) 17 - 42 77 31 73 86 69 Accessto sanitation(per cent of Total Urban Rural Total Urban Rural Total Urban Rural populationcovered) 18 7 27 1 14 44 3 Source: World Development Repord, 1994. Note denotes 1975 data. LeaAssociates 12-7 Eradicationof povertyis a great challengefor a countrylike Indiagiven its limitedresources and poor infrastructurecapabilities. In a drive for development,post-independence India has been striving hard to eliminatefamine, poverty and illiteracy. State intervention,with strategyfor poverty eradication and welfare oriented public expenditure has enabled the country in overcomingthe challenge.The poverty rate has gone down. The fraction of populationbelow the poverty line droppedfrom around54 per cent in 1983 to 36 per cent in 1989-90in rural areas and from 45 per cent to 38 per cent in urban areas. Over the period, 1991-97,urban povertydeclined but rural povertyhas remained, broadly, unchanged. The plan and programmes,however, have not enabledthe countrywhere it is expectedto be. The result is far behind the projectedand expectedtarget in reducingpoverty and increasing living standard. Available estimates indicate that India has the highest poverty rate, in internationalcomparison. Roughly 300 millionof Indianpeople or 1 in 3 live belowpoverty (India DevelopmentReport 1991). The absolute number of poor has risen over recent decades. PreliminaryWorld Bank evidencesuggests that the number of poor has increasedfrom 300 millionin 1988-89to 340 millionin 1997(Asian Development Report, 1998). 12.3.4 ROADS & TRANSPORT IN INDIA The road networkcomprising of nationaland state highwayshas not matchedthe traffic growth in India. The expansionof nationalhighways has been by only about 55 percentfrom about 20,000kmin 1951to 34,000kmin 1995and of state highways,by 118 per cent form 60,000km in 1951to 131,000kmin 1995.Inadequate road networks have led to higher transportationcosts and the cost of wage goods, thereby affecting poorer sections, and also severelyeroded internationalcompetitiveness of the Indianeconomy. Commercial vehicles are able to run only 200-250kmon an averageper day, as comparedto 500-600kmper day in developedcountries. The problem is further compoundedby congestedsections, existenceof railway crossings, octroiposts and other tax barriers,all of which lead to abnormaldelay in travel and higherfuel costs.The economiclosses due to bad conditionof main roads are estimatedto the order of INR 200to 300 billionper annum(India Infrastructure Report, 1997). Over the years, the speedof vehiclein Indiancities has dropped.For example,in Mumbai,the averagespeed of vehiclehas droppedfrom 38km/hin 1962to 26kmlhin 19079and 15-20kmlh in 1993-94(India DevelopmentReport, 1991).The situationon the highwaysis not expectedto be very different(except in the casesof earthenroads being metalled).This is in sharpcontrast to the requirement of greater efficiency of transport and communication,which should accompanyeconomic development. The expansionof the road network needs building rural roadsto provide connectivityto rural masses,when 50 percent of the villagesare still to be connectedwith ail -weatherroads. 12.4 GTRP & THE SCOPE OF POVERTY REDUCTION GTRP as a major infrastructuredevelopment project has an intrinsic scope for poverty reduction.The projectis not only meantto servethe roadusers in a betterway or to providefor incomerestoration to the affected vulnerablesocial groups; but also has a scope for wider povertyreduction in the region.GTRP is expectedto serve the societyof the regionas a whole in a muchlarger way. Lea Associates 12-8 12.4.1 PROBABLE IMPACTS OF IMPROVED ROAD NETWORK The possible positive impacts of improved road networks would generally result in the following. ® Increased Employment Opportunity The immediate benefits of road construction and improvement come in the form of employment opportunities for the roadside communities. People engaged as wage labourers, petty contractors and suppliers of raw materials. These seasonal employments supplement their income sources from agricultureand traditional occupation. ®D Increased Market Opportunities Improved road networks provide for better backward and forward linkages among the settlements, which provide wider marketing facilities, and catchments. Speedy and efficient transportation helps saving time and reduces the wastage, particularly in case of perishable commodities. Improved transportation also means decentralisation and sub-urbanisation (in a limited scale in the Indian context, as the value of time for the average citizen is not too high). All these help increased levels of commercialisationand industrialisation. ® Increased Mobility of Human Resources Road networks not only links the communities to better markets, but also opens up wider work opportunities in distant places. People can shuttle to distant work sites and towns and engage in construction, factories, business as well as domestic works. People get regular works with higher wages without migrating permanently or seasonally if the transportation is efficient. This would also give rise to 'dormitory' settlements, close to larger urban settlements. S Increased Local Economic and Credit Opportunities Improved road networks encourage urban entrepreneurs to invest in far and remote areas in different sectors like commercial farming, small-scale industries, horticulture and real estate developments. Villagers lease out their lands and houses for higher prices, make new business partners and this develops their entrepreneurships skills. With more money flowing to the villages, there will be more work opportunities. With the improved networking and cash management, the communities can tap n'ewinstitutional credit institutes and financial services. (D Increased Institutional Networks Improved roads help people building strong institutional network with outside agencies. They can put forward their demands and increase the accessibility to govemment and non- government sectors. Frequency of interaction will increase among people and outside agencies will pay more attention. The smaller settlements will be under constant vigil by the higher government officials, politicians, development agents that helps in regular and efficient maintenance of village school, health centres, electricity, irrigation, drinking water, veterinary and other development schemes; essential and emergency services like mobile libraries and bookshops, mobile health centres and public distribution systems, etc. 0 Increased Awareness Level Increased frequency of interaction with outsiders increases awareness level of the communities with regard to their health and nutrition, living style, value of education and proper utilisation of available resources. With the increasing emphasis on participatory development and Lea Associates 12-9 democratisation,people would becomemore awareof their duties and responsibilitiesand will accruemore bargaining power. ® IncreasedScope for Better Managementof PublicSchemes Interactionwith the government,non-government and other developmentagents, help people gain new knowledgeon improvedfarming, land development,development and maintenanceof natural resources through the formation of *various economic and social development committees.Recently implementeddevelopment schemes like forest protection/management committees,watershed committees,health and educationcommittees, farmers association, etc., can work better with the easy, efficient transportationthat connectsprogressively the peopleand the developmentagents. 12.4.2 POVERTYREDUCTION BENEFITS OF GTRP The GTRP is expectedto bring forwardpositive impacts (while causingsome negativesocial impacts,which are proposedto be mitigatedfully) for the road-usersand communitiesalong the wholestretch of the projectcorridor. ® Macro-economicbenefits The project is seen as a major generator of economicmomentum, and shall benefit the economicallybackward states of Uttar Pradesh,Bihar and Jharkhandin a very significantway. The project is expected to remove industrial developmentbottlenecks, bring the cost of transportationdown, andthereby benefit all sectionsof the society. The projectwill furtheropen up the vast hinterlandsof the 3 statesto the easterngateway ports of Calcuttaand Haldia.(About 40% of the exportsfrom this hinterlandare now throughthe more distant western ports, in absence of an adequate road system.) The investment in rigid pavementis expectedto boostthe cementindustry, and further trickledown to other sectorsof economy. Only the direct benefitsof the project have been calculatedduring the feasibilitystudy. The direct benefitsaccrue due to the reductionin the vehicleoperating cost (VOC)and the savings in the value of time (VOT) of the road users. Present value of the said direct benefits is estimatedat US$2170million (refer Table 2.4). The presentvalue of the investmentsin the projectis estimatedat US$550million. Given this investmentand the direct benefits,the net benefitof the projectis estimatedat US$1620million, at an economicinternal rate of returnof about30 per cent. If the indirectbenefits, including the benefitsaccruing to the industnesand the commercialenterprises in the hinterlandsof the 3 stateswere alsomeasured, the net benefitof the projectwould be muchhigher. 3D Locallevel benefits Localfacilities Due to GTRP, provisionswill be madefor the local traffic, especiallythe non-motorisedones suchas the bullock-carts,the handcarts,cycle rickshaws,etc. Passengerfriendly amenities like bus stops, passengersheds, underpasses for safe movementof local peoplefrom one side of the highwayto the other, organisedparking lots and lay-byeswill be added.Common property resources,and communityassets will be conservedand enhanced(detailed plans and designs for community property enhancementshave been prepared as part of the Environmental Enhancementby the project,for morethan 100sites). Lea Associates 12-10 Employmentopportunities for localcommunity Proportionateto the investmentin the project, large employmentopportunities (about half a million person-months,and for about 40,000 persons) will be created by the project. The employmentopportunities will be createdfor skilled, semi-skilledand unskilledlabourers. While most of the skilled labourersmay come from other parts of the country,the opportunitiesfor semi-skilledand unskilled sections of the workforce will be mainly available to the local communities.There are two reasons,why such employmentopportunities will mainlyaccrue to the local communities:first, that bringingsemi-skilled or unskilledlabourers from outsideis an uneconomicalproposition; and, second,that in constructionprojects all over the country,semi- skilledworkforce come mainlyfrom Biharand UP (referTable 2.4). Improvedaccess to amenities By and large,for communitiesin the projectinfluence area, indirectsocial benefitsof the project are likelyto include (i) Speedy accessto employment,better health and educationopportunities in urban centresalong NH-2; (ii) Increasedopportunity for intensifiedinformal economic activities linked to services/ facilitiesfor roadusers; and, (iii) Reductionin transportationcosts and improved market access for agricultural produceof the area. 12.4.3 A RECOMMENDEDBENEFIT STUDY OF THE PROJECT GTRP has already preparedits RAP through which it has planned to assist the affected vulnerablecommunities for income restorationand socio-economicenhancement. Along with this, an approachtowards addressing the issue of povertyreduction, in generalshould be taken up. The systematicapproach to start with this is to conducta study on the road users and the roadside communitiesto understandthe condition of infrastructuredevelopment vis-a-vis povertyreduction through GTRP. Thus this studyshould aim at, • Assessingthe expectationsof the roadside communitiesand local users from the improvedtransport facilities thereby effecting an increase in the scope of economic developmentand reductionin theirpoverty level. . Assessing the impact of the project, particularly on the vulnerabld, excluded, underrepresentedand unprivilegedgroups in the communitylike the marginalized castesand tribes,poorer sections and the women. * Measuring people's perceptions and attitudinal changes with regard to road developmentand the future impacts on their living conditionbecause of changesin accessibilityand availabilityof socialand economic infrastructure. * Identifyingcurrent and potentialimprovements in the transportsector to give this project more humanface and therebylinking it with overallsocial sector development. As povertyreduction is a comprehensiverequirement of the NHAI. It is expectedthat the study will form part of the overallbenefit monitoring study of the project.A differencewith the typical benefitmonitoring study (as part of the projectcompletion report) will be that the baselinewill need to be generatedas part of the project, and the study should commenceearly (only Lea Associates 12-11 partially,as far as the povertyalleviation module is concemed).In this case, this study becomes part of the overall monitoringand evaluationof the project (to be taken up by an external independentagency). Alternatively, this study may becomepart of the wider study by the NHAI on "roads in poverty alleviation".No separateprovision is made in the RAP budget for this study. 12.4.4 IMPACTSOF GTRPON PEOPLEBELOW POVERTY LINE Families below poverty line (BPL) are considered as vulnerable in the GTRP for the considerationof compensationand other assistances.It is alwaysfound that the poor people are exposedto the worst of the negativeimpacts of anydevelopment project. Vulnerablegroup families (4,170 families) constitute about 37% of all affectedfamilies in GTRP. Most of the affectedvulnerable group familiesare families belowpoverty line (2,359families or about57% of all vulnerablegroup families). Most (about58%) of the vulnerablegroup affected families again belongto the agriculturalcategory, and are either marginalfarmers or landless labourers (or sharecroppers).The other significantsub-category is of the vulnerablegroup affectedcommercial families (about23%). These families are mostlyengaged in petty roadside businesses(see Table 7.12). Table 12.2 gives an accountof the BPL families gettingaffected and displacedin the project area. Around20% of the familiesgetting affected and displacedby the projectare constitutedof BPL families.The maximumof such families are getting affectedin Package IC followed by PackagesIVC. In PackageIVC 1024 BPL families are getting affected by losing agricultural land. Maximum families are getting affected in Package IC losing residence (137) and commercialstructures (152). In all, 1467families are losing(part of) their agriculturalland while 534 familiesare affectedby losingcommercial structures. Table12.2:Percentage of AffectedBelow Poverty Line Households Agriculture Residential Commercial Residential-cum- OtherAssets Total ProjectAffected Package Commercial Families No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % I A 160 13.17 11 0.91 68 5.60 15 1.23 0 0.00 1215 100.00 I B 153 8.90 35 2.03 115 6.69 7 0.41 0 0.00 1713 100.00 ICc 109 6.18 137 7.77 152 8.62 24 1.36 0 0.00 1764 100 00 II B 0 0.00 53 3.93 141 10.47 12 0.89 3 0.22 1347 100.00 IV A 18 1.69 48 4.4 45 4.12 0 0.00 0 0.00 1089 100.00 IV C 1024 26.60 5 0.13 6 0.16 0 0.00 0 0.00 3851 100.00 V B 1.7 6 3.4 1 0.6 8 4.5 0 0.00 176 100.00 Total | 1467 ] 13.20 295 2.66 528 4.75 66 0.59 3 0.03 11155 100.00 Source:RAP Reports, Package I to V, GrantTrunk Road Project Table 12.3 shows that the maximumof displacedBPL families are found to lose agricultural land (970)followed by commercialstructures (315) and residences(157). Package-wise, IVC is found to displace maximum number of BPL families (781) acquiring agricultural land and other properties. Apart from getting dislocated many of these vulnerable groups are also getting impacted by losing their livelihood. Lea Associates 12-12`ZZZ21 12-7 Table 12.3: Percentage of Displaced Below Poverty Line Families Agriculture Residential Commercial Residential-cum- Other Assets Total Project Package commercial DisplacedFamilies No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % I A 48 7.47 7 1.09 62 9.64 7 1.09 0 0.00 643 100.00 IB 51 11.74 18 4.12 24 5.43 2 0.45 0 0.00 437 100.00 I C 74 8.88 63 7.56 70 9.96 15 1.80 0 0.00 833 100.00 11B 0 0.00 34 3.31 112 10.89 7 0.68 3 0.29 1028 100.00 IVA 14 1.66 30 3.56 41 4.87 0 0.00 0 0.00 842 100.00 IV C 781 28.17 4 0.14 6 0.22 0 0.00 0 0.00 2772 100.00 V B 2 3.39 1 1.69 0 0.00 7 11.86 0 0.00 59 100.00 Total 970 14.65 157 2.37 315 4.76 38 0.57 3 0.05 6614 100.00 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grant Trunk Road Project 12.4.5 IMPACTSON OTHERVULNERABLE SOCIAL GROUPS While the vulnerable groups in GTRP consists of the BPL families, the SC families, the ST families, and the woman-headed families, the case of the SC families is important in the sense that they constitute a historically disadvantaged group. The case of the BPL families is described in Section 12, the ST families in Section 13, and the woman-headed families in Section 14 of this Report. ® The Scheduled Caste Families All the seven packages of the GTRP, due to its land acquisition along the project corridor, directly affect many persons/ families belonging to Scheduled Castes. According to the census 858 SC families are getting affected by losing agricultural land, while the numbers for losing residential, commercial and residential-cum-commercial structures are 193, 297 and 30 respectively. The project also displaces number of SC families. The numbers of SC families being displaced are 584 (agriculture), 105 (residential), 220 (commercial) and 25 (residential- cum-commercial). Package-wise distribution of affected and displaced SC families is shown in Table 12.4. Table 12.4: Percentage of Affected & Displaced Scheduled Castes' Families Agriculture ResidentiaNlcum- Total Number Package Agricu ture Residential C cia I Co Assetsamiies Affected Displaced Affected Displace Affected Displaced Affected Displaced Affected Displaced Affected Displaced IA 118 46 1 0 70 67 5 5 0 0 194 118 IB 168 39 51 22 46 19 4 0 0 0 269 80 I C 0 57 0 14 0 46 0 13 0 0 0 130 11B 1 0 82 61 90 70 6 6 2 1 181 138 IVA 0 0 8 8 10 10 0 0 0 0 18 18 IVC 510 440 5 0 12 7 0 0 0 0 527 447 VB 3 2 2 0 1 1 2 1 0 0 8 4 Total 800 584 149 105 229 220 17 25 2 1 1197 935 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grant Trunk Road Project Lea Associates 12-13 12.4.6 MEASURESTOWARDS INCOME RESTORATIONAND UPLIFT OF VULNERABLE PEOPLE GTRP has taken a number of measures towards resettlementand rehabilitationof the vulnerablefamilies includingthe women headedhouseholds, Scheduled Castes, Scheduled Tribes and the poor (BPL)getting affected by it. The considerationstherein have beencompiled as follows: (a) All the affectedfamilies falling under the vulnerablecategory including the BPL are goingto be compensatedand/or assistedirrespective of their ownershipstatus. Thus it impliesthat, whetherthey do or do not possesslegal title of the lands/assets,whether they are tenants or encroachersor squatters,they will be paid with the compensationand/or assistance amounts. (b) For private propertyholders, if the type of loss is agriculturalland and assets an entitled person (EP) from the vulnerablegroup can claim the compensationfor the entire land by means of land-for-landinstead of accepting pecuniary compensationto the loss at replacementvalue, providedland of equal qualityor more productivevalue is available.All the other assistancesremain the same as thosefor othersincluding transitional allowances, additionalgrant for severanceof land, residualplots, expenses on fees, taxes, etc. and alternativeeconomic rehabilitation support and trainingfor up-gradationof the skills. (c) In case of loss of non-agriculturalprivate property, option for residential/commercialplot at resettlementsite will be providedfree of cost to vulnerablefamilies if so optedby themapart from all other considerations like compensationat replacement value, transitional allowance, shifting allowance,rental allowance for disruption caused to BPL tenants, compensationfor advancerental deposit,right to salvage materialsfrom the demolished site, etc. (d) In caseof illegaluse of the RoW, the encroacheris to be assistedon case-to-casebasis by considenngrelevant facts on family income and existing assets only in the case of the person being a member of more disadvantagedfamilies of the vulnerable group. A vulnerable person in this case is eligible to receive compensationfor structures at replacementcost. He/shewill also have the rightto salvagematerials from the demolished structure. (e) Thereis a provisionfor additionalsupport to the vulnerablepeople who have been affected by the loss of livelihood/ primarysource of income.The assistancewill be equivalentfor one year towardsincome generating or vocationaltraining option of the EP's choice.The training will include starting of a suitable production or service activity. Economic rehabilitationsupport and training and in case the money not spent for the training programme,the equivalentamount is to be paid as per EP'schoice. (f) Apart from the abovementionedspecific considerations,the vulnerablepersons are also going to avail of provisions/ assistancesgenerally meant for all affected persons,in the case of loss of common property resources. Loss of access to firewood will be compensatedby involvingthe communitiesin a social forestryscheme, in co-ordinationwith the Departmentof Forests, wherever possible. Loss of trees will be replaced by compensatory afforestation. There is a consideration of creation of employment opportunitiesin the project, if possible.They can take part in consultationfor conserving culturalproperties. Moreover, they can enjoy adequatesafety measures,particularly meant for pedestriansand children,landscaping of communitycommon areas, improveddrainage, roadsiderest areasetc. that will comeup in integrationwith the highwayproject. LeaAssociates 12-14 ® Free Assets to the Vulnerable Group Displaced Families As per the Entitlement Framework of the GTRP, the project-displaced families are eligible for agricultural, residential or commercial plots. The residential and commercial plots to be provided to them shall include residential/commercialbuildings, or assistance to construct such buildings. The vulnerable group displaced families are entitled to receive the plot free of cost and the non- vulnerable group displaced families will purchase it. Both the categories are, otherwise, further assisted in the form of transitional allowance for a period of 9 months to restore their livelihood. Table 12.5 provides the number of the families eligible for free plots: agicultural, residential, commercial and residential-cum-commercialplots. Table 12.5: Category of Eligible Families Categoryof EligibleFamilies I-A I-B I-C Il-B IV-A IV-C V-B Total 1. Eligiblefamilies for ResidentialPlots 11 53 78 126 38 4 1 311 2. Eligiblefamilies for CommercialPlots 134 52 143 239 55 13 1 637 3. Eligiblefamilies for Residential& Commercial 13 2 29 34 - - 11 89 Plots 4. Eligiblefamilies for AgriculturalPlots 103 90 163 26 1,221 5 1,608 Total 261 197 413 399 26 1,221 18 2,645 Source:RAP Reports,Package I to V, GrandTrunk Road Project 0 Other Income Restoration Measures The vulnerable will receive additional support in the form of Economic Rehabilitation Grant to enable them to increase their earning capacity. This will primary be non-cash assistance, spent towards imparting training sought by the entitled persons, and towards non-cash assistance to start alternative income-generating activities (but includes subsidy in buying implements. equipment, etc.). All families losing sources of livelihood are entitled to productive asset grant. This grant is expected to be spent towards training and other support to re-establish livelihood. For productive asset grant for commercial families, only the displaced families will be considered. For productive asset grant for the agricultural families, over and above the displaced families, families left with non-viable land (less than minimum economic holding) will also be considered. The procedure to identify the families for productive assets grant will also be followed for the "Transition Allowance" for 9 months. Moreover, displaced residential families, and the displaced tenants will also qualify for such allowance. Agricultural families retaining viable landholding will also be entitled for transition allowance for 3 months, as per the Entitlement Framework for GTRP. All vulnerable group displaced squatters and encroachers will be assisted in the project. The GTRP will also support vulnerable group displaced residential families with house construction grants (on the free of cost residential plots provided, as described in the earlier sub-section). Table 12.6 below gives the number of families entitled for the various income restoration measures in the project. The estimate of the number of entitled employees is provisional and will be updated by the NGOs at the start of the implementation of the RAP (the assistance under Lea Associates 12-15 this category of employee losing livelihood due to the displacement of the employer, will be provided to eligible person, and not families). Table 12.6: Families Eligible for Income Restoration Measures in GTRP PACKA\GES I-A I-B I-C Il-B IV-A IV-C V-B TOTAL INCOME RESTORATION MEASURES ProductiveAsset Grant: Agriculture 584 1,033 678 68 589 3.307 18 6,277 ProductiveAsset Grant: Commercial 147 54 172 273 55 13 12 726 HouseConstruction Grant 11 53 78 126 38 4 1 311 Assistancefor Residencial E&S - - 303 163 35 14 515 Assistancefor CommercialE&S 242 7 37 766 134 115 25 1,326 TransitionAllowance 832 1,420 1,370 659 747 3,691 33 8,752 EconomicRehabilitation Grant 158 107 250 399 93 17 13 1,037 TransitionAllowance 117 165 353 176 - - - 811 Employees HigherTransition Allowance 88 124 265 132 - 608 Training Support 117 165 353 176 - 811 Source:Compiled (LASA) from individualRAP Reports,Grand Trunk Road Project 12.5 CONCLUDING REMARKS While discerning the impacts of GTRP on the BPL families the project has not considered the poor people of the project areas in general. Though initially it was not planned to incorporate the scope of poverty reduction as a whole, keeping in view the prospects of poverty reduction through infrastructure development the project is preparing to address the issue properly. Thus, there is a need to carry out socio-economic studies to assess the situation and go for appropriate action plans to address the issue on poverty reduction. This is now planned as either as a part of the overall monitoring and evaluation (in the form of a project benefit study), or as part of a larger "roads in poverty alleviation" study by the NHAI. Presently, the project through its RAP has planned to provide compensation and assistances only to the directly affected poor people for their income restoration and uplift. Additionally, the vulnerability of destitute and orphans also concerns to be dealt with care and sympathy. Though none of the packages has recorded any such cases so far, special attention has to be made for specific cases of destitute and orphans getting affected or displaced by GTRP. Moreover, other vulnerable groups including women and ST families also deserve to be treated along with people below poverty line and these two groups have been dealt with in respective chapters. A number of measures have been taken up by GTRP towards assisting the affected BPL families for their resettlement and rehabilitation. The measures mentioned in the preceding section, if taken up in a systematic way, are expected to help the affected vulnerable group in the project area. Though these do not target the overall poverty reduction of the project area, these are going to help reduce it to some extent within the limitations. But this whole effort is vested in the line of addressing the issue of poverty reduction. Along with the resettlement and rehabilitation plan to assist the affected vulnerable people, the GTRP is requiredto keep provisions for poverty reduction, in general, all along its project corridor. LeaAssociates 12-16 13. TRIBAL / INDIGENOUS PEOPLE The terms "indigenous people," "indigenous ethnic minorities", or, "scheduled tribes" describe social groups with a social and cultural identity distinct from the dominant society that makes them vulnerableto become disadvantagedin the developmentprocess. Also social history of our country has shown that due to socio-economic backwardness, inherent temperamental difference and relative isolation and oppressionfrom the dominantsociety the indigenouspeople or the scheduled tribes have always been left at the ledge of the society. Recognisingtheir sensitive characteristics, GTRP considers them as vulnerableand gives special emphasis in terms of their resettlementand rehabilitation. 13.1 TRIBALS IN GTRP Tribal people are found dispersed in different settlementsall through the project corridor of GTRP. However, their share in terms of percentage to the total project-affected population is negligible (refer Table 13.1). In all the states of Uttar Pradesh, Bihar and Jharkhand along NH-2, settlements show only a handful of widely dispersedtribal (ScheduledTribes) people. Table 13.1: Project Affected/displacedScheduled Tribe families Package Length Affected ST Families Displaced ST Families (km) Number Km I family Number Km I family I-A 50.840 5 10.17 3 16.95 I-B 59.020 0 - 0 - i- C 72.825 31 2.35 20 364 11-B 51.330 7 7.33 3 17.11 IV - A 76.100 16 4.76 16 4.76 IV - C 31.100 0 - 0 - V - B 81.570 7 11.65 3 27.19 TOTAL | 422.780 66 6.41 45 9.40 Source: RAP Reports,Packages I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project. Packages I-B and IV-C do not impact any ST family. ST families are very rarely impacted in Packages I-A, Il-B, and V-B. Package I-C accounts for the maximum number of tribal PAPs (46.96%) followed by package IV-C (24.24%). However, even in these packages, the project- affected/displacedST families are not concentratedat any particular area or location. An ST family is displaced every 3.6km in Package I-C and every 4.8km in Package IV-A. The occurrence of the project-affected/displacedST families, apparently is a rare phenomena, and thus do not pose any socio-cultural issue related to their large-scale resettlement and disruption of indigenous cultural and socio-economicpatterns. The number of ST families displaced is only 45; that too dispersed over the entire 422.8km length of GTRP (about 1 family per 10km). In the tribal district of Hazaribag,there is no ST family to be displaced (although 5 families are being affected). This also means that the ST families found in the other Packages are landless worker families (sometimes involved as sharecroppers,but mainly running roadside kiosks or petty businesses). LeaAssociates 13-1 13.2 IMPACTSON THE SCHEDULEDTRIBES The tribal communitiesare always found to be the worst affected by any developmentactivity that cause displacementfrom their own home and land. The impact of GTRP on the families belonging to ST has been appraised in this context. The total number of affected ST families is 66. Table 13.2 shows that 16 ST families are getting affected by losing their land resources; 2 such families are found being affected by losing their residencesand another 35 ST families lose commercialstructures. The maximum affected families losing agricultural land is found in Package IV-A (12). However, packages I-B and IV-C do not affect any families belongingto tribal communities. Table 3.2 also gives an account of project displaced ST families. Maximum ST families are found being displaced from commercial structures (26), followed by agriculturalland (13). Package-wise, IVA shows more displacedST families losing agricultural land (12) while families losing commercial structures are more in package IC (18). This is to be noted that ST families constitute only 0.59% of the total project-affected families, and 0.68% of the total project-displacedfamilies. Table 13.2: Numberof Affected & DisplacedScheduled Tribes' Families Agriculture Residential Commercial Resldential-cum- Assets Total Package Commercial Affected Displaced Affected Displaced Affected iDisplaced Affected Displaced Affected Displaced Affected Displaced IA 2 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 0 0 5 3 IB 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IC 1 1 0 0 22 18 8 1 0 0 31 20 11B 0 0 0 0 6 2 1 1 0 0 7 3 IVA 12 12 0 0 4 4 0 0 0 0 16 16 IvC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 V B 1 0 2 0 1 0 3 3 0 0 7 3 Total 16 13 2 0 35 26 13 5 0 0 66 45 Source: RAP Reports,Package l to V, Grand Trunk Road Project. 13.3 TRIBAL CONCENTRATIONALONG THE PROJECT CORRIDOR As per the considerationsof OD 4.20 of the World Bank, tribals or indigenouscommunities should be taken care of with special assistances in case of involuntary resettlement. Though they are addressed as vulnerable groups in the RAP and provisions are being considered for them as per the R&R policy of the NHAI in general,there has not been any special mention of invoking OD 4.20 on addressing issues of involuntary resettlement of indigenous populace. Indigenous people, if found to be displaced from their own ancestral homestead land, then these cases require to be handled carefully. Thus, suggestions have been made here to take necessary actions in this respect. It is to be noted here that it is difficult to identify the original ST settlers from the available data. Moreover, without doing the property analysis the nature of holding and other related informationcould not be utilisedfor the present purpose. 13.3.1 CONCENTRATIONOF ST FAMILIES The following Table 13.3 shows the concentration of affected tribal people inhabiting different villages and urban areas along the project corridor. It also provides with information regarding the LeaAssociates 13-2 ° properties owned by them or tenanted. Some of them are also squatters. For ownership, information on original holding or purchased holding, etc., are not provided. Thus, it is suggested that before taking up the issue of resettling and rehabilitatingthe ST families, a thorough study on the socio-cultural, economic and politico-religiousaspects of tribal people is essential. This will provide with the required insight to take up such an issue. Table 3.3: ST Family Concentrationalong the Project Corridor Legal No of No of Type of Ae Ara % of Land Package Chainage Oistrict viFlage Status ousehol Families impact Owned (in Affected IA 208.000 Chalesar 0 1 1 A 625 8 1.28 I A BP Firozabad Nagla Nagar 0 1 1 A 16053.6 2053 12.79 I A 241.800 Firozabad 0 1 1 R+C 9 9 100.00 I B 323.000 Etawah Pilkhar T 1 3 R+C 360 360 100.00 I C 351.000 Mohari 0 1 1 R+C 26760 5000 18.68 I C 381.000 Aurraiya 0 1 2 R 6 6 100.00 I C 382.000 Auraiya Janetpur 0 1 5 R 8 8 100.00 I C 386.000 Mahtouli 0 1 1 A 75 75 100.00 I C 389.000 Khozapol 0 1 4 R 4 4 100.00 11B 10.400 S 1 - C 1.68 1.68 100.00 11B 10.400 S 1 C - - - II B 10.400 Ahriwan S 1 C _._ 118 10.400 Nagar S 1 C 11B 10.400 S 1 C - - 11B 33.100 Purwamir S 1 C 4.32 4.32 100.00 11B 484.300 JhariKalan S 1 R+C 6 6 100.00 IVA 140.250 - S 1 2 C 8.75 8.75 100.00 VA 142.45 - T 1 2 C 26.01 20.55 79.01 VA 156s300- - 0 1 4 A 2390 2390 100.00 157.200 VA IA 156157'.201 300- Varanasi - 0 L 2 A 810 810 100.00 IVA 1556.32002- - 0 1 4 A 240 240 100.00 IVA 156 300- - 0 1 3 A 1580 1580 100.00 157.203 V B 268.000 Gaya - 0 1 - c 81 32.67 40.33 V B 291.000 - 0 1 R 17.5 5.7 32.57 V B 307.000 Barakatha 0 1 R 39.6 15.59 39.37 V 8 307.000 Hazaribag Barakatha 0 1 R+C 90 39.76 44.18 V B 307.000 Barakatha 0 1 R+C 75 36.47 48.63 V B 307.000 Barakatha 0 1 R+C 75 33.04 44.05 Source: RAP Reports, Package I to V, Grand Trunk Road Project. It may also be seen from the Table 13.3 that not more than 1 household is being affected by the project at one particular location. Within one village settlement, the maximum concentration is at Village Ahirwan (in Kanpur Nagar district, Package Il-B), where 5 squatter ST families are affected/displacedby GTRP. In Village Barakatha,4 titleholder ST families are being affected but none of them are displaced. LeaAssociates 13-3 13.3.2 CULTURALANALYSIS Cultural analysis in case of tribal communitiescould not be carried out due to lack of required data. None of the primary consultants could provide with data on their socio-cultural aspects. It is expected that the ST families belong to different tribes, and thus are different from each other. They might be different from one another by social, cultural and spiritual aspects of culture. Usually tribes show difference in their social and politico-religiousorganisations too. Thus, while carrying out resettlement and rehabilitation exercises for them, proper measures should be followed for keepingthe ethnic identity intact for each of the communities. 13.3.3 PROPERTYANALYSIS Property analysis is a pre-requisite to identify the nature of title holding of the ST people. In the Consolidated RAP for GTRP, property analysis could not be done owing to insufficiency of information. In most of the cases, as understood, especially in Uttar Pradesh, the scattered ST population do not reside in their place of origin. Majority of them are found to illegally occupy the RoW as squatters. In Bihar, a few ST families living in their original village settlement along the project corridor are found being affected by GTRP. Though the law of the land says that no tribal land can be acquired or transferred, instances are there which reveal that various governments have acquired tribal land for large-scale developmentalpurposes. But, whatever the case may be, caution should be followed to resettle and rehabilitate the affected tribal population. In no case an affected tribal should lose his ethnic identity,his source of earning or his standard of living. It is apparent from the Table 13.3 that only about 24% of the affected ST families (16 in number) have their own agricultural land, (part of) which is being acquired. About 69% of these affected families (11 families) will be displaced by the project. For the rest of the ST families (55 families, or 83% of the affected ST families), the project does not severe or cause to severe the land-based relationships. 13.4 RESETTLEMENTAND REHABILITATIONMEASURES As part of the Entitlement Framework for the GTRP, several measures are suggested regarding resettlement and rehabilitation of the project-affected/displacedST families. These have been described in full detail in Section 7 of this Report. Following sub-secion 13.4.1 is only a brief descriptionof the same. Again, certain additional measures need to be incorporatedwith regard to the cultural sensitivity and sustainability of the R&R assistance (to improve the quality of life and the livelihood).These are briefed in sub-section13.4.2. 13.4.1 MEASURESPROPOSED IN GTRP In addition to the rehabilitation and resettlement supports applicable for all categories of EPs, the ST families/personsaffected by the project, as part of the vulnerable group, will receive additional supports. The project will provide rehabilitation and assistance for lost or diminished livelihood for any ST individual impacted by the project. Additional support mechanismswill be made available to the ST families/persons to re-establish or enhance their livelihood. If available, employment associated with the project should be provided. LeaAssociates 13-4 GD7 ® Land for Land As a special measure in the project, the project-displaced ST families' (as well as the other vulnerablegroup displaced families) will receive land as a compensation/replacementfor the land lost due to the project. While providing replacement land, emphasis will be to provide land of equal or more productive value. The eligible ST families will have options to choose the locations among the available alternativesalso. ( Rehabilitation and assistance for lost or diminished livelihood The objective of the R&R policy is to provide support to the ST families so that they are able to restore their livelihood above the poverty level. Therefore, additional economic rehabilitation grant same as that of BPL amount + its 15%for 12 months, i.e., Rs.24,000per family will be provided. 3 Income Restoration Schemes The R&R Policy of NHAI has adequate provisions for restoration of livelihood of the affected communities. The focus of restoration of livelihood will be to ensure that the PAPs are able to "regain their previous living standards."To ensure that the ST families are able to reconstruct their livelihood support system, additional grants will be extended to them to uplift their economic standards. 0 Additional support mechanisms for vulnerable groups in re-establishing or enhancing livelihood Through training programs and grants generated through banks. In addition, the eligible ST families/personswill be provided with grant towards start of businesses, etc. Income generation and alternative livelihood schemes will be worked out by means of participatory micro-planning. Supportand extension facilities from existing government programmeswill be tagged. O Employment opportunities connected with the project, to the extent possible The project will require some labour for construction, operation and maintenance.These jobs, at least in the semi-skilled and unskilled category will be offered to project affected/displaced ST families/persons before other local people. A clause has been incorporated in the contract documents requiring contractors to give employment opportunities to local people, as much as possible. 0 Resettlement Site, Plot, Buildings The project-displaced ST families will be eligible for agricultural/homestead plots, residential plot/building, commercial plots/building, mixed residential/commercial plots/building, etc., depending on the type of asset lost due to the project. These will be transferred to the ST families free of cost. The resettlementsite will include all basic infrastructureand physical/socialamenities. Even when the ST family is not displaced, but the residual land is less than the minimum economic holding (i.e., 1ha of irrigated land or 2ha of nonOirrigatedland), the family will have the option to seek "land-for-land"compensation. Lea Associates 13-5 `o (D Options and Choices The project will provide options and choices among different entitlements to the affected ST families/persons. Affected population will be counseled so that they are able to make informed choices among the options provided. This will be done particularlyin the case of vulnerable group PAPs, including the STs who will be encouragedto choosethose options of low risk. By allowing people to choose among different options, the project will seek to make people active participantsin the developmentprocess, and to achieve greater acceptanceof the project. 13.4.2 ADDITIONALSPECIAL MEASURES R&R for affected original ST villagers of a village should be addressed properly as per the World Bank guidelines. Special measures should be taken to resettle the ST families of those villages following the suggestionsmentioned below. a) ST families to be resettledfollowing their traditional settlementpattern, housing, concept of dwelling space utilization, livestock rearing, kitchen gardening and other necessary requirements. For this, consultations should be made elaborately on each and every aspect with the affected people. b) ST people should be allowed to participate in the planning process, implementation, monitoring and evaluationof R&R. c) Nothing should be imposed upon them in the name of uplift. If any betterment (in the outsider's term) is to be suggested, then these communitiesshould be made fully aware of the facilities, their uses and maintenance,through persuasive and participatoryapproaches so that they are convincedof accepting such facilities. d) Community propertieslike their shrines, sacred groves etc. should be avoided. Community gathering places should be providedaccording to their choice in the resettlementsite. e) Caution should be there on the part of the implementersto avoid any imposition that may harm/disturbthe ethnic identity of the people. f) Economic developmentshould be thought of for them in the line of their skill, expertise and preferences. Utilizationof special provisionsfor socio-economicuplift of ST of tribal people from their villages of origin should be approached in an integrated way. Provisions under Tribal Sub-Plan (TSP) or Integrated Tribal Development Programme (ITDP) should be integrated for the overall socio- economic developmentof these people. 13.5 ADDITIONALSTUDY ON THE INDIGENOUSPOPULATION An additional study will be taken up with regard to the ST populationaffected and/or displaced by the project. The scope of work for the study will include, * Generating data on the socio-economic characteristics of the project affected/displaced families • Asset ownership analysisof the projectaffected/displaced ST families * Cultural analysisof the project affected/displacedST families * Adaptabilityanalysis * Collecting information on and analysis of any other issue, which will help the project to deliver acceptableforms of entitlement to the eligibleST families. LeaAssociates 13-6 The study will be undertaken in the second quarter of the project period (i.e., early in the RAP implementationperiod) or on identification of the eligible PAPs/PAFsby the NGOs, whichever is earlier. For more details, refer Section 10.5.2 of this Report. 13.6 CONCLUDINGREMARKS R&R concerning tribal communities/indigenouspeople requires a proper understanding of the socio-cultural, economic and politico-religious aspects of the societies of the tribes under consideration.For this, a thorough study has to be carried out that should provide the implementers with the required insight for undertakingsuch an issue. The whole process of R&R for ST people should be handled carefully so that they are rehabilitated in the best possible way. Implementingagencies in the grassroots, i.e., the NGOs really have an important role to play in this regard. NGOs are required to be trained to take up such issues. In the local level, they have an advantage of rapport-buildingwith the tribal communities who are not-so-forward in nature, and may open up to people known to them. NGO personnel should thus help in facilitating affected tribal peopleto speak their heart out. Efforts should be made to generate participation among the beneficiaries in all stages of the process of R&R, which may lead the resettlement and rehabilitation project to achieve overall success. In this area too, NGOs can help bridge the gap between the providers and the beneficiaries following properly carried out community consultation sessions. Once people's participation is generated, it could be extendedto all the other stages with a little more patient and persuasiveeffort by the grassroots level implementers. LeaAssociates 13-7 14. GENDER ISSUES & WOMEN'S PARTICIPATION There are two important aspects of GTRP where gender issues are required to be addressed. It is expected that in developmentprojects like GTRP Womenare going to experience socio-economic impacts due to acquisitionof land for the project as well as during the construction of the project. Impacts on women due to land acquisitionhave been addressed in the following section. 'Women's Participation' deals with the aspects of the project on RAP and during the construction phase. Women as a vulnerable group, woman-headedhouseholds, livelihoodand training for women, etc., feature in other Sections of the Reportalso. Involvement of women in the project, even beyond the scope of RAP, has been foreseen, especially during the construction of the project highway. However, there is no consideration for addressing gender issues in the RAP for construction period. A try has been made here to bring this into the notice of the implementers. This has been done especially predicting the situation during the construction period. This is to be noted here that post-project provisions as mentioned in the RAP has been done keeping in mind the well-being of mostly the affected women along with women of the host communities. Thus, these relate to resettlementand rehabilitation.Whereas, gender issues in the construction phase will mostly concern the women workers who will be engaged in the road construction activities. These women workers are expected to come from outside being engaged by the construction contractors and will be staying in the construction camps during the construction.There may be participationfrom local women also in the construction activities. 14.1 IMPACTON WOMEN India ranks 103 out of 137 countries in the gender developmentindex (GDI) that revealsthe reality of insufficient level of developmentof women as compared to men in this country. The economic condition of women headed households varies considerably depending upon factors such as marital status, social context of female leadership and decision making, access to facilities and productive resources, income and composition of the household. These conditions form the basis for definingindicators to assess the vulnerabilityof such households. 14.1.1 IMPACT ON WOMEN IN GTRP While women constitute almost half of the affected and displaced population in the project area they are neglected from the socio-economic development point of view. Socio-economic parameters like literacy, work force participation rate, general health conditions etc. reveals that social status of women is very backward in the project area and thereby brought forward the scope of consideringthe householdsheaded by women as vulnerable. Women headed householdsare found to be less in number in the project area. The percentageof such families affected and displaced are 2.38% and 2.82% respectively. For the cause of compensation and assistance to be provided to these households, it is better to consider the absolute number of such families in the affected and displacedcategories. Table 14.1 shows that 93 women headed households are getting affected by losing agricultural land followed by losing commercial structures (85), residential accommodation (64) and residence-cum-commercial structures (22). In the displaced category, as revealed through Table 14.2, such households are found to lose agricultural land (41), residential (49), commercial (76) and residence-cum- Lea Associates 14-1 commercial structures (21), Package Il-B shows the maximum number of women headed households to be impacted by either getting affected or displaced due to acquisition of land and other private properties. Table 14.1: Affected Women HeadedFamilies in GTRP Package AgriculItu re Residential Commercial Residential-cum- Assets Total PAF No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 16 1.32 4 0.33 3 0.25 0 0.00 0 0.00 1215 100.00 I B 38 2.22 17 0.99 16 0.93 0 0.00 0 0.00 1713 100.00 IC 37 2.10 4 0.23 15 0.85 0 0.00 0 0.00 1764 100.00 11B 0 0.00 130 9.65 51 3.79 20 1.48 1 0.07 1347 100.00 IVA 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 1086 100.00 Ivc 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 3851 100.00 VB 2 1.14 9 5.11 0 0.00 2 1.14 0 0.00 176 100.00 Total 93 0.83 64 0.57 85 0.76 22 0.20 1 0.01 11155 100.00 Source:RAP Reports, Package I to V, GrandTrunk Road Project Table 5.2: Percentage of DisplacedWomen Headed Households Residential- Other Package Agriculture Residential Commercial cum- Total PDF Commercial Assets No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % No. % IA 9 1.40 4 0.62 3 0.47 0 0.00 0 0.00 643 100.00 I B 0 0.00 13 2.97 9 2.06 0 0.00 0 0.00 437 100.00 I C 31 3.72 1 0.12 9 1.08 0 0.00 0 0.00 833 100.00 11B 0 0.00 31 3.02 55 5.35 21 2.04 0 0.00 1028 100.00 VA 0 10.00 0 0.00 .0 00 0 o0.00 I 0 0.00 842 100.00 Iv c 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 00 0.00 0 0.00 2772 100.00 VB 1 1.69 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 0 0.00 59 100.00 Total 41 0.62 49 0.74 76 1.15 21 0.32 0 0.00 6614 100.00 Source:RAP Reports, Package I to V, GrandTrunk Road Project 14.2 PARTICIPATION OF WOMEN IN THE PROJECT The GDI value for India is very low and the socio-economicprofile of the project area shows much lower socio-economic standing for women. It is imperative to bring the issue of women's development in the process of socio-economicuplift within the scope of the RAP for GTRP. For this a conscious effort should be made towards integratingthe issue in the project. 14.2.1 IMPACTOF DEVELOPMENTALACTIVITIES ON WOMEN Women as a vulnerable group has been addressed in the RAP but to give R&R a proper shape this group should be considered with special emphasis as they constitute half the society's population and they are found to be the worst affected in most of the developmentalprojects in our country. LeaAssociates 14-2 Women are involved in the project anyway. However, most of the times, they are on the negatively impacted side. Following is the account of the ways women are affected and/or involved in the project. * Women constitute about half of the PAPs. * The RAP reveals that 365 women headed householdsare affected by the project and 187 such householdsare being displacedfrom their agricultural,residential or commercialland. * Women face hardship and continue to suffer in silence during the transition period till the time the families are able to regain the previous living standard. The duration of this processis often lengthened, due to delays in payment of compensation, rehabilitation assistance and implementing the R&R, reconstructing the livelihood systems. Longer the transition period, more are the miseries. As per the R&R Policy as well as looking into the need of the day, women are required to be involved in the process of sustainable development. They have to be integrated in the project as full-fledged participants taking part in all the stages of the project starting from planning through implementation and even in the post-projectstages. Only then the processof developmentis going to help this section of vulnerablepeople. 14.2.2 WOMEN INVOLVEMENTIN DEVELOPMENTPROCESS THROUGHEMPOWERMENT The development experience of at least two decades shows that it is equally necessary to consult women and offer them choices in enabling them to make informed choices and decide for their own development. Participationof women has been envisaged specificallyin the following.areas: In the pre-planning and planning stages participation from women could be sought through allowing them taking part in the consultation process. For this, the local level agencies of implementation,i.e. the NGOs have an important role to play. * Each field team of the NGO shall include at least one women investigator/facilitator * Compensation for land and assets lost being same for all the affected or displaced families, special care should be taken by the NGOs for women group while implementingthe processof acquisitionand compensationas well. * The RO or any member of PIU shall be a women (not belowthe rank of a Manager) * It is imperativethat the PIU ensures that the women are consulted and invited to participatein- group based activities,to gain access and control over the resource as a part of the RAP. * The Monitoring team(s) shall constitute - 33% women * The Evaluation team shall constitute - 33% women * From the contractor's side - Woman inspectorof works * The NGOs should make sure that women are actually taking part in issuance of identity cards, opening accounts in the bank, receiving compensationamounts by cheques in their name or not, etc. This will further widen the perspective of participation by the women in the project implementation. * Under the entitlement framework there is a number of provisions kept for compensationand assistancestowards the losses incurred upon the impacted women headed householdsby the project. On the other, some provisions, mostly those of the assistances, have been created towards reducing the probable hardship to be experiencedby them in the process side by side creating scope for their sustainablesocio-economic development. Lea Associates 14-3 * The assistances to be provided to women as a vulnerable group is creating alternative livelihood for them to ensure their sustainablesocio-economic upliftment. * The implementing agencies should provide trainings for upgrading the skill in the alternative livelihoodsand assist throughouttill the beneficiariesstart up with production and business. * Women's participation should be initiated through Self-Help Group formation in each of the villages affected by the project. These groups can then be linked to special development schemesof the Government,like DWCRA. * For monitoring and evaluation,there should be scope for women's participation. Monitoring of project inputs concerning benefit to women should involve their participationthat will make the process more transparentto them. * Women should be encouragedto evaluate the project outputs from their point of view and their useful suggestions should be noted for taking necessaryactions for further modificationsin the project creating better and congenial situation for increasing participation from women. All these done in a participatoryway may bring fruit to this vulnerablegroup in an expectedway. All assistancewould be paid in a joint account in the name of both the spouses; except in the case of women headed householdsand women wage earners. The possible areas of women involvementare discussed in detail in Section 10 of this Report. 14.3 INVOLVEMENTOF WOMEN IN CONSTRUCTIONACTIVITIES OF GTRP The construction works for widening and strengtheningthe project corridor will start after the R&R activities are over and the RoW is clear of any encroachment and land is temporarily acquired for borrow areas and construction camps. The construction contractors will set up their construction camps on identified locations where labour force required for the construction activities will be providedwith temporaryresidential accommodation and other necessary infrastructurefacilities. The labour force required for the construction activities will be mostly of high-skill nature since a lot of machine work will be there in the construction of the highway. In addition, there will be requirement of unskilled labour where women will certainly contribute. Apart from this, women as family members of the skilled and semi-skilled labourers, will also stay in the construction camps and will be indirectly involved during the construction phase. The families of labourers will include their children also. The construction contractors are expected to bring along their labour force. Thus, in most cases the labourers, both male and female, will be migratory labourers. But, the involvement of local labour force, especially for unskilled activities, cannot be fully ruled out. Moreover,the RAP suggests the provision of creation of man-days for local affected people. Hence, there will be involvement of local women also in the local labour force. Foreseeingthe involvementof women, both direct and indirect in the construction activities, certain measures are required to be taken towards welfare and well being of women and children in particularduring the construction phase. 14.3.1 SPECIFICPROVISIONS IN THE CONSTRUCTIONCAMP FOR WOMEN The provisions mentioned under this section will specifically help all the women and children living in the construction camp. Lea Associates 14-4 `Dg :9 Temporary Housing During the construction the families of labourers/workers should be provided with residential accommodationsuitable to nuclear families. 3 Health Centre Health problems of the workers should be taken'care of by providing basic health care facilities through health centres temporarilyset up for the constructioncamp. The healthcentre should have at least a doctor, nurses, GD staff, medicines and minimum medical facilities to tackle first-aid requirementsor minor accidental cases, linkage with nearest higher order hospital to refer patients of major illnessesor critical cases. The health centre should have MCW (Mother and Child Welfare) units for treating mothers and children in the camp. Apart from this, the health centre should provide with regular vaccinations required for children. 0 Day Creche Facilities It is expected that among the women workers there will be mothers with infants and small children. Provision of a day creche may solve the problems of such women who can leave behind their children in such a creche and work for the day in the constructionactivities. The creche should be provided with at least a trained ICDS (Integrated Child Development Scheme) worker with 'aayas" to look after the children. The ICDS worker, preferablywoman, may take care of the children in a better way and can manage to provide nutritionalfood (as prescribed in ICDS and provided free of cost by the government) to them. In cases of emergency she, as being trained, can tackle the health problemsof the children and can organisetreatment linking the nearest health centre. (D Proper Scheduling of Construction Works Owing to the demand of a fast construction work it is expected that a 24 hour-long work-schedule would be in operation. Women, especially the mothers with infants should to be exempted from night shifts as far as possible. If unavoidable,creche facilities in the construction camps must be extendedto them in the night shifts too. o Educational Facilities The construction workers are mainly mobile groups of people. They are found to move from one place to another taking along their families with them. Thus, there is a need for educating their children at the place of their work. For this at least primary schools are required to be planned in the construction camps. Wherever feasible, day creche facilities could be extended with primary educationalfacilities. 0 Control on Child Labour Minors i.e, persons below the age of 15 years should be restricted from getting involved in the constructionalactivities. Measures should be taken to ensure that no child labourer is engaged in the activities. Exploitationof young unmarriedwomen is very common in these kind of camps. A strong vigilance mechanismshould be created to check this and ensure ceasingof such exploitation. LeaAssociates 14-5 G Special Measures for Controlling STD/AIDS Solitary adult males usually dominate the labour force of construction camps. They play a significant role in spreading sexuallytransmitted diseases. In the construction camps as well as in the neighbouring areas they are found to indulge in physical relations with different women. This unhealthysexual behaviour gives rise to STDs and AIDS. While it is difficult to stop such activities, it is wiser to make provisions for means of controlling the spread of such diseases. Awareness camps for the target people, both in the construction camp and neighbouringvillages as well, and supply of condoms at concessionrate to the male workers may help to large extent in this respect. ®3 Engaging woman Inspector of Works Contractors should engage a woman Inspectorof Works not below the rank of a Senior Engineerto inspect the construction camps and any other component of work with respect to gender issues. She would assist the Resident Engineer (RE) in all aspects of gender and child-labour related activities. She would have a full-time tenure throughout the entire construction period. Her duties should include the preparation of monthly and quarterly reports and submit them to the RE with a copy to the RO of PIU. 14.4 RECOMMENDEDACTIONS Provisionsfor participationof women has to be created following the recommendationsbelow: * It is to be seen while engagingNGOs that, women membersas a key persons are there. * Each field team of the NGO should include at least one women investigator/facilitator. * The RO or any member of PIU should be a woman (not belowthe rank of a Manager). * The Monitoringteam(s) should constitute 33% women. * The Evaluationteam should constitute 33% women. * As a precondition the contractors should assure employing a woman inspector of works, not below the rank of Senior Engineer. * Cases of compensation to women should be handled with care and concern considering their non-forwardnature of interacting. * All compensationsand assistanceswould be paid in a joint account in the name of both the spouses;except in the case of women headed householdsand women wage earners. * Create scope for income earning for the women of host communities along with the affected women. * If possible, create job opportunitiesfor local women in the constructionalactivities. * Provide all the facilities for the welfare of women and childrenin constructioncamps. * Special measures to be taken in restricting abuse of women and child labour in the constructioncamps/activities. 14.5 CONCLUDINGREMARKS Gender issues should be addressed following the considerations mentioned above. Due to the growing need to facilitate developmentfor this vulnerable group in the country, all these measures should be followed. Lea Associates 14-6 zZD Resettlement action plan has taken care of the resettlement and rehabilitationof women headed households and there is scope In the RAP for their uplift. This also is aimed to take care of the socio-economicdevelopment of the women of the host communities. Considering women's involvement in the constructional activities all the provisions mentioned above are surely going to create a better and healthy atmosphere in the construction camps and help women workers in particularto stay better in the camps. For creating scope of increased participation of women, provisions mentioned at the end of the section 5.3 should be considered. LeaAssociates 14-7 D 15. HIGHWAY DISEASES In India it's estimated that 3 to 5 million people are living with HIV/AIDS - the largest number of HIV infected people in any country of the world. Actual-prevalencerates are under 1% of the total adult population, which is relatively low when compared to Thailand's rate of 2.3%. The lack of an aggressive response from Government of India makes the situation very concerning. Highways often act as vehicles of spreading diseases. Heterosexual contact with a commercial sex worker has been a major risk factor in HIV transmissionin western and southern areas, and surveillance studies report rates among commercial sex workers of 51% in Mumbai and 45% in Pune. Most of India's goods are transported through road. It is estimated that road transport amounts to 70% of the total transportation in the country. The number of mobile persons engaged in road transportation comprises of almost 5 million truck drivers and their helpers/assistants. These people are often, accused of spreading HIV/AIDS along with STDs. Apart from them, their sex partners in most cases the commercial sex workers (CSW), also act as key agents in spreading such diseases. Thus, there is a need to address the spread of highway diseases and take necessaryaction in controlling the spread of such diseases involving the truckers and the CSWs in a strategicaction oriented programme. 15.1 THE CAUSEOF THE SPREADOF HIGHWAYDISEASES Vehicles carrying people or goods over long distancesare the frequent users of highwayslike NH- 2. It has been found that the drivers and helpers/assistantsof such long-distance vehicles like trucks often spend many days, being out of their families. The factors of financial insecurity,tensions at work, being away from home for longer periods give rise to irregular habits among the truck drivers and their assistants. Taking to alcohol and commercial sex is one of the means of entertainment and releasing tensions. For these solitary mobile men it is difficult to refrain from physical urges for over longer periods. These drivers and helpers or assistants take halts at different resting places designated/naturallydeveloped along the corridors. Thus the truckers and their assistants are found to have sex with many women on their way. Married mobile men often chose CSWs for satisfying their sexual urge of oral and anal sex that they do not practice at home with their wives. Thus sexual diseases are often found to spread rapidly along the road and highway corridors. On the other hand, tuberculosis (TB) and other like diseases are also found to spread through physical contacts along with STDs and AIDS. Seeing the gravity of the spread of all these diseases proper measures are required to be taken to create awarenessabout their severity and to control such spread of diseases. 15.2 STUDIESRELATED TO HIGHWAY DISEASES A lot of studies have been and are being conducted on the issue of the spread of STDs/AIDS. Identification of sexual behaviour of the truckers as one of the avenues of spreading these diseases fast along the roads and highways of their operation, a need has been felt among the organisations and workers to take up such studies and find solutions to work for the control of these diseases. Lea Associates 15-1 15.3.1 HEALTHY HIGHWAYS PROJECT BY DEPARTMENTFOR INTERNATIONALDEVELOPMENT (DFID), NEW DELHI The Healthy Highways Project (earlier known as the Truckers Project) was initiated by DFID to a request from Gol. This pilot project was taken up aiming at slowing down the spread of HIV by reducingthe rate of STD infection and associate risk behaviours among the inter-city truck drivers, their crews and sexual partners. The case study referred from an article on - 'HIVIAIDS programmesamongst Truckers - The need and challenges' by S. M. Afsar, S. Taneja, P. Joshila, M. Mathewand A. Agarwal. 9 Key Findings By virtue of working in the unorganised sector they are deprived of permanent employments, provident funds, medical facilities, gratuity etc. and lack of emotional support for being away from home for longer periods. As a result of life full of tensions, lack of emotional support and facilities basic to human existence,the truckers take to alcohol and unsafe sex. The truckers have a number of misconceptionsregarding the treatment of STDs. In case of onset of these diseases the truckers first resort to self-medication.Sometimes they consult their trusted peers in case of complications.They usually visit quacks when the disease turns more severe. The quacks mislead them with myths and misconceptions related to sexuality and in the name of treatmentthey exploit the truckers and in the process prolongthe right time of medication. Due to lack of an effective system of surveillance, it is difficult to estimate the occurrence among the truckers. This has given rise to the need of opening up more number of sentinel surveillance sites. Considering the fact that India has 3.5 (as estimated) million HIV infected people, truckers along with migrant labourers, sex workers, intravenous drug users, rickshaw pullers and migrant workers are being treated as high risk groups, and NGOs are being encouraged to initiate interventionstargeting these specific groups. 3 Technical Approaches The project proposes increased adoption of safe sex practices. Doing this, particularly use of condoms, requires attempting a change in the sexual behaviour of the truckers. This, first of all, requires creation of risk perception amongst truckers. They need to perceive a clear benefit /satisfaction in the use of condoms as prevention from STDslAIDS. Behaviour change, therefore, forms the feedback, whether it is the risk perception behaviour, health seeking behaviour or condom using behaviour.Hence the project uses a three- pronged approach as mentionedbelow: (a) BehaviourChange Communication (b) Sexually Transmitted Diseases(STD) case management,using syndromic approach (c) Condom promotion :s Key Lessons Learnt Through the study certain lessons are learnt which can help address the issue of highway diseases in a much systematic way. The key lessons are: (a) Importanceof needs assessment (b) Inclusionof commercialsex workers (CSW), whereverpossible (c) Behaviour change communication related to a very personal matter and creating enabling environmentfor this LeaAssociates 15-2 (d) Capacity building of staff engaged in the work (e) Facilitiesfor STD treatmentto truckers close to halt points (f) Promotionof the use of condoms The project finally suggeststhe involvementof the private sector as an important componentof the global strategy to fight the spread of the HIV/AIDS epidemic. Apart from social implications,there are economic reasons as well for seeking the involvement of industry. The Healthy Highways Project has been attempting to develop working partnershipswith the private sector. The efforts thus fur can be summed up as a search for feasible and replicable models. 15.2.1 STATE ROAD PROJECTII, UTTAR RRADESHPUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT The UPPWD has studied the HIV/AIDS issue for preparing their RAP report. The study has been carried out among truckers who ply in the routes of the UP State Highways close to the region of GTRP. To get an-idea about the issue this study has been incorporated here as a similar case study, 0 Survey Points Survey among the truckers (including drivers of oil tankers) was carried out in all the five routes mentioned below. Table 15.1: Numberof Survey Points for Truckers Route Name and Number Number of points where Group Discussionswere held Bhoganipur-Ghatampur-Chaudagrahmode (14) 2 Katra-Jalalabad-Bangarmau-Bilhaur(4A&B) 3 Baharaich-Gonda-Faizabad(7) 3 Sultanpur-Pratapgarh(8) 1 Jaunpur-Mohammadpur(18) * 1 Total 10 3 The Objectives of Survey The objectivesof survey were: * Health seeking behaviours of truck drivers including the barriers to accessing sexual health services. * Informationon sexual networking (both male to male sex and male to female sex). * Present availability of health services addressing STD diagnosis and treatment and their perceivedaccessibility and appropriateness. Accordingly, Focus Group Discussion (FGD) was carried out among truck drivers and their assistants, focussing on their sexual practices and related health behaviour, their knowledge, attitudes and perception about STDIHIV, and access to health care facilities. In all 10 FGDs were held in all the five routes as per table 1. The age group of truckers varied from 18 to 45 years. Each group comprisedof 8 to 10 drivers apart from their assistants/helpers. (D Key Findings * The irregular life style and food habits made them vulnerable to number of health problems. Some of the common health problems stated by them are; cold, cough, fever, piles, dysentery Lea Associates 15-3 and skin infection. They also complained of suffering from genital sores and difficulty while passing urine. * The participantsadmitted that prolonged absence from home made them to seek commercial sex on highways. * However,very few drivers were aware of AIDS. Majority of them did not even know the name of the disease. Even those who were aware of AIDS, considered this to be a foreign disease and STD as country disease (Desi Bimari). Most of the drivers admitted that they have vaguely heard of the problem but were not aware of the infection as such. * Almost all the drivers admitted that in case of any infection, home remedies are first tried. These included washing of genitals with antiseptic solution or by their own urine. Further deterioration lead them to quacks. Proper medical treatment was sought only when the case deterioratedbeyond quack's ability. 0 Felt Needs Medical help was perceived as an absolute necessity in all the group meetings. They needed registered allopathic male doctors and if possible specialists at loading and unloading points and on highways. However, they insisted that the government should make necessary arrangements for providingthe services of doctors full of cost. Participants were not too enthusiastic about involving their employers in assistance delivery process due to fear of losingjob if exposed to the employer. 0 Emerging Issues - The truckers face professional and social degradation and are stigmatised for living a sexually promiscuouslife style. * They seem to prefer to have sexual relationship,irrespective of age and marital status. e Awarenessof HIV/AIDSis negligible. 3 Poor medical facilities on the highway and apathy shown by the health providers compel them to seek improper treatment for STD. Strengthening rural medical infrastructure and service outlets on the highways are the felt needs of the truckers. 15.3 MEASURESFOR CONTROLLINGTHE SPREADOF HIGHWAY DISEASES Certain measures can be opted for the present purpose. There may be health surveys along the corridor to find out the nature of spread of these diseases. There could be camps organised for spreading awareness about the diseases and knowledge about controlling the spread of such diseases. There may be schemes of treatment to patients. There should be availability of provisionsfor reducingphysical contactsthrough sex. 15.3.1 HEALTH SURVEY Health surveys are important to make an inventory of the status of health of the migratory men (truckers and their assistants) and people along the project corridor. Settlements falling under the impact zone of the project corridor, especially those designated as resting areas should be surveyed to understand the nature and occurrence of diseases. Patients of STD/AIDS etc. should be re-surveyed to find out the cause of contamination.Analysing all these information, strategies could be developedto take further steps in controllingthe spread of highway diseases. LeaAssociates 15-4 :KZ 15.3.2 CREATIONOF AWARENESSAGAINST HIGHWAY DISEASES (STD/AIDS). Awareness creation on the spread of STDs/AIDS especially among highway drivers is the most important measure in controlling these especially AIDS. A strategy for l-E-C (Information- Education-Communication)on AIDS should be developed to control its spread along roads and highways. The rapid spread (5 million world population contact AIDS every year) of AIDS on the one hand and non-availabilityof medicines/vaccinesfor controllingAIDS has given rise to the need of developing such an I-E-C strategy which can make the people aware of the fatality of the disease, avoid unsafe sex and get motivated in controllingthe spread of the disease. Awareness on highway diseases could be created in different ways. Certain measures in this respect could be taken as follows: * Developmentof an l-E-C strategyaddressing spread and control of AIDS. * Use of awareness posters/hoardingsat different places, especially in the languages/dialectsof the road users and local communities. * Information booths on awareness and control of highway diseases to be located at resting complexes / halt points along the project corridor. * Awareness camps could be organised at intervals catering information to various target groups. Roadside awareness camps could be organised at resting areas for imparting knowledge and information on various aspects of highway diseases including controlling measures to the migratory people, i.e., the spread agents. Roadside communities in rural as well as urban areas could be targeted through locally organised awarenesscamps or door-to-doorcampaigns. Awareness camps are required to be organised in the construction camps to address the migrant labourers, mainly the solitary males. e Mobile information centres can be operated along the corridor for spreading required information/knowledgeabout highway diseases, their nature of spread and the means of controlling them as well. e Education on highway diseases could be imparted through strategies in-built in school/intermediatecollege curricula. * In addition, there is a growing need of introducing behaviour change communication (BCC). This is based on the realisation that communication,as a process, passes through different stages. Hence the communicationhas to be designed and carried out to the level of changing behaviour of the audience stand. * Peer education in important in l-E-C. Peers can help in creating awareness among target people. They could be of great help in behaviour change communication and promotion of condom use among the target people. * Involvement of NGOs could be of immense help in implementing the l-E-C strategy. Internationaland nationalorganisations working towards the control of HIV/AIDSthrough l-E-C have engaged NGOs for addressingthe issue. 15.4.3 PROVISIONSOF HEALTHFACILITIES AND SERVICES * There should be provision of health facilities and services where the patients can avail of treatment and get cured. Strict measures should be taken to maintain the secrecy of the patientswho are afraid of ex-communication,if exposed. * Early diagnosis and effective treatment of STDs should be considered as an important strategy, not only for controlling STDs, but also for preventing HIV/AIDS. Patients bearing LeaAssociates 15-5 highway diseases should be provided with treatment measures through the health centres/hospitals in the vicinity. In addition, to address this more effectively, the following approachescould be thought of: Running a static clinic at strategic halt point/restareas along the projectcorridor. Setting up referral linkages with the identifiedand trained Registered Medical Practitioners in the area Organising health camps at identified halt points or locations where commercial sex is more frequently sought for by the truckers and other sex seekers. * Vulnerable communities should be provided with free treatment facilities through the health centres and hospitals. * Ambulatory health units may be employed to treat patients along the corridor especially where health centres are not present in the vicinity. Moreover some may prefer to seek the help of mobile clinics/ health units for services related to STDs owing to the fear of being identifiedfor such treatment at static locations. * Patients should be handled with care and comfort and they be assured about the confidentiality of the treatment they are undergoing. * Enlisting of commercial sex workers at resting areas along the project corridor is requiredto be made to know the number of persons engaged in commercial sex. This is essential for monitoring the cases of occurrence of infection among them, cases of treatment undertaken and progress thereof, cases of HIV/AIDS among CSWs, etc. These CSWs should be provided with health care services and certified with their status of health after regularcheck-ups. 15.4 RECOMMENDEDACTIONS Specific actions to be carried out in GTRP for controlling the spread of HIVIAIDS/STD are the following. 15.4.1 INFORMATIONCAMPAIGN/ADVERTISEMENT @ Signage/Hoardings Suitable information materials should be designed to impart knowledge regarding STD/AIDS, the nature of their spread, control measures etc., among road users and truckers. Proper signagesand hoardingsare to be designed and displayedin suitable locations. 0 Vehicle stickers Stickers on information related to STD/AIDS has to be designed highlighting use of condoms, treatment facilities etc. In rest areas, in information booths the stickers should be kept and distributedto every truck parked there. ® Condom vending machines Location: All the rest areas should have the provisionof condom vending machines. Some people feel shy of using this machines in open public. To make these more effective, machines could be placed as an alternativeto information booths, inside public toilet enclosures. Designguidelines: Suitable design guidelinesshould be provided. LeaAssociates 15-6 15.4.2 CO-ORDINATIONWITH OTHER AGENCIES Co-ordinationwith agencies/organisationslike Department For International Development (DFID) and National AIDS Control Mission (NACO),working towardsthe cause of control and treatment of these diseases should be arranged. This would help the effort of the highways authorities to be more effectiveand efficient. 15.4.3 CONSTRUCTIONCAMP/ REST AREAS/TRUCK LAY-BYES ® Provision of vending machines Along with rest areas, construction camps as well as truck lay-byes should also be provided with the facilities of condom vending through machines. In this case too, machines should be placed in not-so-publicplaces in these areas. c Advertisements Hoardings, danglers and signposts should be placed in these areas for imparting knowledge regardingthese diseases and their control measures. 3 Provision of medical check-up All the rest areas and construction camps should have the provisionof medical facilities, especially meant for curing STD/AIDS. Free regular health camps are to be hold in these areas for popularisingthe effort. 3 Provision of mobile medical facilities Mobile medical units (MMU) specifically meant for treating STD/AIDS should be provided to cater health service all along the project corridor. The MMU should have a medical professional, other required staff, medicines and supply of condoms. This facility may be provided free of cost for its popularityat the initial stage. 15.5 CONCLUDINGREMARKS In additionto the case studies by UP State Highwayand DFID on HIV/AIDS, there are a number of studies on the issue in India, Indo-Nepal and Indo-Bangladeshbordering areas as well as China that reveal the gravity of the spread of these diseases along the roads. The alarming situationcalls for intervention in combating the spread of these diseases and requires the road and highway authorities to take up measures in controlling the spread of such diseases. Thus in the present project NHAI is expected to come out with programmes integratedwith their projects in the country. In carrying out all these the NHAI may take help from the Departmentof Health and Family Welfare of the respective states through which the project corridor is passing.Assistances could be sought for in this respect from global awareness organisationsand funding organisations as well that are working on the issue in a more systematic way. For implementation,local NGOs who are working in the area of health could be of great help in this regard. LeaAssociates 15-7 16. CONSTRUCTION CAMP For large-scale construction like that of highways,construction camps should be planned to house the construction labourers. In most cases, the labour force will be supplied from outside by the contractors and will stay in the camps throughout the period of construction. To meet the basic necessitiesof these mobile people, certain provisions should be made in the construction camps. The provisionsenlisted here would be of use to all the residents of the construction camp with a special emphasis on women and children. The impact of a substantial migrant population in any area entails its own special concerns. However, few, if any, components of project planning address this critical issue, which has a real potential to create strife in the host communityas well as in the labour force itself. An attempt has been made here to bring this issue into focus for implementationagencies as well as planners of future projects. Since the process of construction and hence the presence of problems associated is transient, the implicationsof such situations have largely been ignored. Even the RAPs tend to focus on the affected along the project corridor communities while the labourers are generally ignored. A part of the labour force engaged in construction of the highway will be local, but it is almost certain that the contractor will move in with her/his own gang and this will form the core of the labour force in use. The issues discussed in the subsequent sections begin with the assumption that a substantial non-native labour force will come to work in the stretch where construction is in progress and move along as the road works progress. 16.1 PROVISIONSINCORPORATED IN GTRP As any other road construction project, GTRP also has the following provisions inbuilt within the project, as part of the general conditions of contract, to ensure management of the project accordingto road construction standardsand norms: 16.1.1 NORMALLY APPLICABLE LAWS IN GTRP Social and environmentalissues during the road construction stage generally involve equity, safety and public health issues. The road construction agencies require to comply with laws of the land, which include inter a/ia, the following: 1. Workmen's CompensationAct, 1923 (provides for compensation in case of injury by accident arising out of and during the courseof employment). 2 Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 (Gratuity is payable to an employee under the Act on satisfactionof certain conditionson separation if an employeehas completed 5 years). 3. Employees PF and MiscellaneousProvision Act, 1952 (provides for monthly contributions by the employer and workers with a provisionas return of pension or a lumped sum (principal and interest on it) at the end of her/his service). 4. Maternity Benefit Act, 1951 (providesfor leave and some other benefits to women employees in case of medical recommendationof bed-rest or miscarriage,etc). 5. Contract Labour (Regulationand Abolition) Act, 1948 (provides for certain welfare measures to be provided by the contractorto the contract labour). 6. Minimum Wagers Act, 1948(the employer is supposed to pay not less than the Minimum Wages fixed by appropriateGovernment as per provisionsof the Act). Lea Associates 16-1 7. Paymentof WagesAct, 1936(lays down as to by whatdate the wagesare to be paid,when it will be paidand what deductions can be madefrom thewages of the workers). 8. EqualRemuneration Act, 1979 (providesfor paymentof equalwages for work of equivalent workto male andfemale workers and notallowing discrimination against female employees). 9. Paymentof BonusAct, 1965(provides for paymentsof annualbonus subject to a minimumof 8.33%of wagesand maximum of 20%of wages). 10. IndustrialDisputes Act; 1947 (lays down the machineryand procedurefor resolutionof disputesbetween employee and employerincluding in what situationsa strike or lock-out becomesillegal and what are the requirementsfor layingoff or retrenchingthe employeesor closingdown the establishment). 11. IndustrialEmployment (Standing Order) Act, 1946(provides for rules governingthe conditions of employment). 12. Trade UnionAct, 1926(lays downthe proceduresfor registrationof trade unionsof workers andemployers. The tradeunions registered under the Act havebeen given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities). 13. ChildLabour (Prohibition and Regulation)Act, 1986(This Act prohibitsemployment of children below 14 years of age in certainoccupations and processesand providesfor regulationof employmentof childrenin all otheroccupations and processes.Employment of child labouris prohibitedin Buildingand ConstructionIndustry). 14. Inter-State Migrant Workmen's (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1979 (the inter-state migrant workers, in an establishment to which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be provided with certain facilities such as housing, medical aid, travellingexpenses from hometo the establishmentand back, etc.). 15. The Building and Other ConstructionWorkers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 and Cess Act of 1996 (All the establishmentswhich carry on building or other construction work and employ 10 or more workers are covered under this Act. The employer of the establishment is required to provide safety measures at the building or construction work and other welfare measures, such as canteens, first-aid facilities, ambulance,housing accommodation for workersnear the workplace,etc.). 16. The FactoriesAct, 1948(lays downthe procedurefor approvalof plansbefore setting up a factory, health and safety provisions, welfare provisions, working hours and rendering information regardingaccidents or dangerousoccurrences to designated authorities). 17. EnvironmentProtection Act (ProtectionAct), 1986. 18. Water (Preventionand Control of Pollution)Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975. 19. Air (Preventionand Control of Pollution)Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982. 20. HazardousWastes (Managementand Handling) Rules, 1989. 21. Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991and Rules, 1991. 22. ChemicalAccidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996. 16.1.2 CONTRACT OBLIGATIONS IN GTRP In additionto and in supplementationof all the provisionsin the EMAPand RAP, the following equity and welfare measureswill apply to the constructionactivities in GTRP. LeaAssociates 16-2 1. First-aid. 2. Accommodation. 3. Potable water. 4. Washing and bathing places. 5. Latrines and urinals. 6. Shelters for rest. 7. Creches. 8. Canteen. 9. Public safety and health/hygieneprovisions. 16.1.3 ADDITIONALSPECIFICATIONS IN GTRP In addition to and in supplementation of the EMAP and RAP provisions, specific clauses of the Conditionsof Contract will apply. Significantclauses in this regard are listed below: 1. Clause 80.1: Noise Pollution: All works shall be carried out without unreasonable noise and disturbance. 2. Clause 80.2: Pollution: The contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent silting, erosion of beds and banks, pollution of surface as well as underground water, etc. in connectionwith water bodies. 3. Clause 111.1: Conservation of Vegetation: The contractor shall preserve existing vegetation that are to remain within or adjacent to the works and shall take all necessary precautionsto prevent damage thereto. After completion of works the contractors shall restore all the areas disturbedby them for the works. 4. Clause 111.4: Drainage:The contractor shall ensure good drainage at all construction areas. 5. Clause 111.5: Pollution from Hot Mix Plants (HMP) and Batching Plants: Wherever possible, the HMP shall be located at least at a distance of 500m from the nearest habitation. All operations are to be carried out as per existing rules and regulations protecting the environment. 6. Clause 111.6: Substances Hazardous to Health: The use of any herbicide or other toxic chemical shall be strictly in accordancewith the manufacturer's instructions. 7. Clause 111.9: Spillage: Vehicles delivering materials to the site shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials on public roads. 8. Clause 111.13: Discharge of wastes: The discharge standards promulgated under the EnvironmentProtection Act, 1986,shall be adhered to strictly. 9. Clause 111.14: Sanitation and contamination: All temporary accommodation must be constructed and maintained in such a way that uncontaminatedwater is available for drinking, cooking and washing. 10. Clause 111.15: Conservation of flora and fauna: All works are to be carried out in such a fashion that the damage or disruption is reducedto a minimum wherever possible. 11. Clause 112.1: Public safety: Special consideration shall be given in the preparation of the Traffic Control Plan to the safety of pedestriansand workers at night. Lea Associates 16-3 7C 16.3 INVOLVEMENTOF MIGRANT LABOURERSIN CONSTRUCTIONACTIVITIES OF GTRP The constructionworks for wideningand strengtheningthe projectcorridor will start afterthe R&R activitiesare over and the RoW is clear of any encroachmentand land is temporarilyacquired for borrowareas and constructioncamps. The constructioncontractors will set up their construction campson identifiedlocations where labour force for the constructionactivities will be providedwith temporaryresidential accommodation and other necessary infrastructure facilities. The labourforce requiredfor the constructionactivities will be mostlyof high-skillnature since a lot of machinework is envisagedfor thisfast-track construction of the highway.In addition,women will certainlycontribute to the requirementof unskilledlabour. Apart from this, womenas family membersof the skilledand semi-skilledlabourers will also stayin the constructioncamps and will be indirectlyinvolved during the construction phase. The constructioncontractors are expectedto bringalong their labour force. Thus, in mostcases the labourers,both male and female,will be migratorylabourers. But, the involvementof local labour force,especially for unskilledactivities, cannot be fully ruledout. Moreover,the RAPsuggests the provisionof creationof employmentfor localaffected people. Hence, there will be involvementof localworkers also in the labourforce. Foreseeingthe involvementof bothmale andfemale migrant workers in the constructionactivities, certainmeasures are requiredto be takento ensurewelfare and well beingof thesemobile people in generaland women and children in particularduring the construction phase. 16.4 ADDITIONALPROVISIONS REQUIRED The provisionsmentioned under this sectionwill help all the residentsof the constructioncamp in generaland women and childrenin particular. 16.4.1 TEMPORARY HOUSINGACCOMMODATION Duringthe constructionthe families of labourers/workersshould be providedwith residential accommodationsuitable to nuclearfamilies. Unitary male and femaleworkers could be housedin largesingle-sex dormitories. Provision of erectionand maintenance of necessary(temporary) living accommodationand ancillaryfacilities for labourersof standard and scale approvedby the SupervisionConsultants' Resident Engineer shall be the responsibilityof the Contractor. 16.4.2 DRINKINGWATER FACILITIES Safe drinkingwater should be providedto the dwellersof the constructioncamps. At every workplaceand at suitableand easilyaccessible places a sufficientsupply of coldpotable water (as per IS) will be providedand maintained.If the drinkingwater is obtainedfrom an intermittentpublic watersupply then, storage tanks will be provided.All watersupply storage shall be at a distanceof not lessthan 15m from any latrine,drain or othersource of pollution.Where water hasto be drawn from an existingwell, whichis withinsuch proximityof any latrine,drain or any othersource of pollution,the well shall be properlychlorinated before water is drawn from it for drinking purposes. All such wells shall be entirely closed in and be providedwith a trap door, which shall be dust proof and water-proof. The trap door shall be kept locked and opened only for cleaning or inspection, which shall be done at least once a month. 16.4.3 WASHING AND BATHING PLACES Adequatewashing and bathing places shall be provided,and kept in clean and drained condition. LeaAssociates 16-5 16.4.4 PUBLIC HEALTHAND SANITATION,LATRINES AND URINALS Construction camps should have the provision of sanitary latrines and urinals. Sewerage drains should be providedfor the flow of used water outside the camp. Drains and ditches filled with water should be treated with bleaching powder on a regular basis. All these will ensure better public health in the camps. Moreover, these will reduce the chances of gastro-intestinalor insect-borne diseases. Within the precincts of the camp-site, latrines and urinals shall be provided in an accessible place, as per the Factories Act. In workplaces water-flushedlatrines shall be provided, connected with a water-borne sewage system. All latrines provided with dry-earth system (receptacles) shall be cleaned at least four times a day and least two times during working hours and kept in strictly sanitary condition. Receptaclesshall be tarred inside and outside at least once a year. If women are employed, separate latrines and urinals, screened from those for men and marked in the vernacular,shall be provided.There shall be adequate supply of water close to latrinesand urinals. 16.4.5 SHELTERSFOR REST At every workplace, there shall be provided free of cost, four suitable shelters, two for meals and two others for rest, separatelyfor use of men and women labourers. The height of shelter shall not be less than 3m from floor level to lowest part of the roof. Sheds shall be kept clean and the space providedshall be on the basis of at least 0.5m2 per head. 16.4.6 CANTEEN A cooked food canteen on a moderate scale shall be provided for the benefit of workers whereverit is considered necessary. The contractor shall conform generally to sanitary requirements of local medical, health and municipal authorities and at all times adopt such precautions as may be necessary to prevent soil pollution of the site. 16.4.7 FIRST-AID At every workplace, a readily available first-aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances will be provided as per the Factory Rules of Uttar Pradesh and Bihar states. Workplaces remote and far away from regular hospitals will have indoor health units with one bed for every 250 workers. Suitable transport will be provided to facilitate taking injured and ill persons to the nearest applicable hospital. At every workplace, an ambulance room containing the prescribed equipment and nursing staff. 16.4.8 HEALTH CENTRE Health problems of the workers should be taken care of by providing basic health care facilities through health centres temporarily set up for the constructioncamp. The health centre should have at least a doctor, nurses, General Duty staff, medicines and minimum medical facilities to tackle first-aid requirements or minor accidentalcases, linkage with nearest higher order hospital to refer patientsof major illnesses or critical cases. The health centre should have MCW (Mother and Child Welfare) units for treating mothers and children in the camp. Apart from this, the health centre should provide with regular vaccinations required for children. 16.4.9 DAY CRECHEFACILITIES It is expected that among the women workers there will be mothers with infants and small children. Provision of a day creche may solve the problems of such women who can leave behind their children in such a creche and work for the day in the construction activities.If the constructionwork LeaAssociates 16-6 involves women in its day-night schedules, then the provision of such a creche should be made availableon a 24-hour basis. The creche should be provided with at least a trained ICDS (Integrated Child Development Scheme) worker with 'aayas' to look after the children. The ICDS worker, preferably woman, may take care of the children in a better way and can manage to provide nutritional food (as prescribed in ICDS and provided free of cost by the government)to them. In cases of emergency she, being trained, can tackle the health problems of the children and can organise treatment linking the nearest health centre. At a place where 20 or more women are ordinarilyemployed, there shall be provided at least a hut for use of children under the age of 6 years belonging to such women. Huts shall not be constructed to a standard lower than that of thatched roof, mud walls and floor with wooden planks spread over mud floor and covered with matting. Huts shall be providedwith suitable and sufficient openings for light and ventilation. There shall be adequate provision of sweepers to keep the places clean. There shall be two maidservants (or Aayas) to the satisfaction of local medical, health, municipal or cantonment authorities. Use of huts shall be restricted to children, their mothers and attendants. Where the number of women workers is more than 25 but less than 50, the contractor shall provide with at least one hut and one maidservant to look after the childrenof women workers. Size of creches shall vary according to the number of women workers employed. Crechesshall be properlymaintained and necessary equipmentslike toys, etc. provided. 16.4.10 EDUCATIONALFACILITIES The construction workers are mainly mobile groups of people. They are found to move from one place to another taking along their families with them. Thus, there is a need for educating their children at the place of their work. For this at least primary schools are required to be planned in the construction camps. Wherever feasible, day creche facilities could be extended with primary educationalfacilities. 16.4.11 POSTALAND SAVINGSBANK FACILITIES The migratory nature of construction workers gives rise to the need of postal and savings bank facilities. A sub-post office may be of use in the construction camp for both communication and savings bank purposes of the workers in the constructioncamp. 16.4.12 PROPERSCHEDULING OF CONSTRUCTIONWORKS Owing to the demand of a fast construction work it is expected that a 24 hour-long work-schedule would be in operation. Women, especially the mothers with infants should to be exempted from night shifts as far as possible. If unavoidable, creche facilities in the construction camps must be extendedto them in the night shifts too. 16.4.13 VIGILANCEAND CONTROL OVER CRIMESAND MAINTENANCEOF CIVIL ATMOSPHERE The construction camps house labourers from different places and socio-cultural backgrounds. Chances of conflicts among them cannot be ruled out. Moreover petty crimes, thefts etc. are common features of such camps. To tackle these situationsthere should be a police out-post near the camp. Illegal activities like gambling, prostitution etc. could be controlled thus. Exploitation of young unmarriedwomen is very common in such camps. A strong vigilance mechanismwill ensure ceasing of such exploitation. Moreover, conflicts between construction workers and local communities, if any, may be managed with the help of police interference. LeaAssociates 16-7 16.4.14 CONTROL ON CHILD LABOUR Minors i.e., persons below the age of 15 years should be restricted from getting involved in the constructional activities. Measures should be taken to ensure that no child labourer is engaged in the activities. 16.4.15 SPECIAL MEASURESFOR CONTROLLINGSTD, AIDS ETC. Solitary adult males usually dominate the labour force of construction camps. They play a significant role in spreading sexually transmitted diseases (STDs). In the construction camps as well as in the neighbouring areas they are found to indulge in unsafe sex with different women including commercial sex workers of the vicinity. Moreover,solitary males in the camps are often found to indulge in homosexual acts preferring to follow oral and anal sex. Such unhealthysexual behaviour facilitates the spread of STDs and most alarmingly,AIDS. While it is difficult to stop such activities, it is wiser to make provisions for means of controlling the spread of such diseases. Awareness camps for the target groups, both in the construction camp as well as neighbouring villages, and supply of condoms at concession rate at strategically located vending machines for the male workers may help to large extent in this direction. 16.4.16 PUBLIC SAFETY AND HEALTHIHYGIENEPROVISIONS. The following public safety and health provisionswill apply in the construction activities in GTRP, in addition to and supplementationof the provisionsin the EMAP and the clauses of the Conditionsof Contract. ® Worker's safety The contractor is required to comply with all the precautions as required for the safety of the workmen as per the InternationalLabour Organisation (ILO) Convention No. 62S as far as those are applicableto this contract. ® Safety from electrical equipment Adequate precautionswill be taken to preventdanger from electrical equipment. ®D Safety at hazardous activities All workers employed in mixing asphaltic material, cement, lime mortars, concrete, etc. will be provided with protective footwear and protective goggles. Workers in wielding activities shall be provided with protective eye shields. Stonebreakerswill be provided with protective goggles and ciothing and will be seated at sufficientlysafe intervals. o Lead pollution No worker below 15 will be engaged in paintingactivities with products containing lead in any form. Protectivemasks shall be providedto the workers using lead based paintingproducts. s Force de majure All reasonable precautions will be taken to prevent workers and public from danger arising out of fire, flood, drowning, etc. ® Explosives If requiredto use explosives,the contractors shall follow the required regulations in this regard. Lea Associates 16-8 3 Anti-malarial precautions The contractor shall, at his expense, conform to all anti-malarial instructions given to him by the Engineer, includingfilling up any borrow pits which may have been dug by him, o9 Cleaning of site On completion of works, the whole of such temporary structures shall be cleared away, all rubbish burnt, excreta or other disposal pits or trenches filled in and effectively seated off and the whole of the site left clean and tidy, at the Contractor'sexpense, to the entire satisfactionof the Engineer. 16.5 CONCLUDINGREMARKS Adhering with the applicable sections of the regulations will be the first step in making the construction workers' working environment better. The arrangements suggested.in this chapter should go a long way in making the life for an averageconstruction worker easier. The provisionfor the facilities for the women with babies and the children themselves will make their highly mobile life slightly more comfortable. Lea Associates 16-9 17. CULTURAL PROPERTIES & ENHANCEMENTS Physical development activities have manifold effects. Apart from facilitation it has adverse effects on natural, social and built environment. Hence it requires special aftention and efforts to understand the impacts and influences on archaeological and cultural properties. Through the process of understandingand making adequate provisionsfor enhancementof important sites, it is intended to tum problems and negative effects into opportunities to benefit, protect, and enhance areas of cultural significance. It becomes important to enhance and conserve these cultural properties for they are the only feature that any traveller can identify on an impersonal stretch. These religious edifices instantly conjure an impression of the place especially the social scenario, just as a specific architectural style can be attributed to a certain time, climate and place. In the absence of proper addressal of such properties the highway may become totally oppressive and the ethnicity and social character of the region may be lost. Many such cultural and historical propertieslocated along the highway lie unnoticed. The enhancement of cultural properties as part of the GTRP thus strives to maintain the historic character and improve the experience of highway travelling by strengthening the physical link between the corridor and the cultural properties falling along the road corridor and highlighting the cultural and historical context of the highway. Formulation of a common plaffommfor highway strengthening and cultural property improvement ensures that the work actually gets carried out and the character of the road is retained uniform. 17.1 LIKELY IMPACTS ON THE CULTURALPROPERTIES As such no direct adverse impacts on archaeological properties are likely due to the project as all protected properties are well beyond the range of being impacted by construction and allied activities. However, a number of smaller properties-shrines,temples, etc. which lie too close to the carriageway will be impacted. The main cause of concern is the safety of the road users and the safety of the locals who frequent these places. 17.1.1 RELOCATIONOF CULTURALASSETS 03 Pre Construction Stage Cultural propertieswill be subjected to varying degree of impact depending upontheir placementin the RoW. Cultural properties lying within the daylight line are more susceptibleto impacts due to pre construction and construction activities. Clearing of the site during movement of road construction machinery is likely to require a belt of about 4-5m from the edge of the carriageway, which is likely to adversely impact cultural properties especially lying in this high impact zone. Pre- Construction could also involve cutting down of trees if they are located in the Col some of which may be sacred. Structures, which are close to the proposed CW, are likely to need relocation. The following Table 17.1 lists the package wise impact on shrines and sacred structures in the RoW. LeaAssocbts 17-1 Table 17.1: Shrines and Sacred StructuresAffected by the Project Resource Package Total IA IB IC IIB IVA IVC VB Temple/MosquelChurch 8 14 25 22 15 2 26 112 Shrines 19 14 40 - - - - 73 Graves 25 16 13 - - - - 54 Source:Individual EIA Reports,- Packagesl, 11,IV and V, GTRP and LASA Field Survey, October2000 e ConstructionStage ConstructionStage involves not onlythe actualroad construction process but alsoallied activities such as movementof heavyroad machinery, haulage vehicles etc as well. Theseheavy vehicles needa belt of about5m onthe roadsidefor movement. @ OperationStage Traffic Volumesand vehicle speedsare boundto increaseafter the proposedwidening. As the wideningcould mean curtailingof the of accessway of religiousproperties, shrines and other religiousstructures in the RoW / Col are likelyto be exposedto collisionrisk especiallyduring night. This may becomea major issue duringconstruction phase even if the propertyhas been savedfrom demolitionduring the design phase. 17.1.2 CONTAMINATIONOF SITE PRECINCTS One of the adverseimpacts during constructionis the likelihoodof the precinctof the cultural propertybeing contaminatedby activitiesassociated with roadconstruction, by spillageof oil, tar, etc.All culturalproperties located in the RoWare likelyto be subjectedto theseimpacts in varying degrees. @9 ConstructionStage The issue of Contaminationof Site is significantduring the constructionstage of the project. Constructionstage involvesa lot of movementof vehicles,tankers etc. Vehicleservicing stations would have to be set up on the site itself for regularmaintenance and cleaningof the vehicles. Servicing/ maintenanceof thesevehicles is likelyto createoil spillsetc. o Operation Stage Thereis likelihoodof contaminationof the siteduring the operationstage only in caseof accidental oil spills or road accidentsinvolving tankers etc. Howeverit is envisagedthat improvedroad geometrics,especially improved pavement conditions would mitigate this issueto a largerextent. 17.1.3 LOSSI DISRUPTIONOF ACCESS oD Pre Construction One of the impactsof roadconstruction, which is also a subsetof the aboveimpacts, is interrupted accessto the culturalproperty. There are chancesthat usersof the culturalproperty may face difficultyin accessingthe propertyduring the periodof pre - construction.Increased frequency of movementof haul vehiclesmay obstructaccess to the culturalproperties located in the RoW.This impactis howevershort term. LeaAssociates 17-2 Zz E Construction Stage Loss/Disruptionof Access is likely to be severe during the constructionperiod, due to movement of construction machinery, or excavation from borrow areas, setting up of service stations etc. e Operation Stage Loss of Access is envisaged in cases of land acquisition or severance of land. In case of the proposed road widening the road widening may take up part or whole of the approach to the property thus making it vulnerable in terms of its safety or accessingit. 17.1.4 LOSS OF AMBIENCE o Pre Construction Stage Pre-Constructionactivities as site clearance, is likely to disturb the environment of the property. Though loss of ambience in this stage is a short-term impact, it can directly affect the functioning of the cultural property especially if the site acts as a meeting place for local people. E Construction Stage Road Construction and Allied activities involve constant generation of dust, noise and establishment of heavy vehicles on the site. Such activity is likely to lead to loss of ambience of the environmentof the cultural property. o Operation Stage The road rehabilitation project may affect the frequency of use of the cultural property and its surroundings. Increased traffic may lead to commercial use of the roadside area of which the cultural property might be a part. Increasein these activities might destroy the ambience of such a property in addition to compoundingparking and encroachment problems, which could lead to a loss of ambience. 17.2 OBJECTIVESAND APPROACHFOR ENHANCEMENT The objectives have been particularly framed to blend the aspect of legendary history of the road and maximisation of safety measures. This is in line with the policy guidelines of the World Bank under OP 11.03 relevant portions of which are reproducedin Box 17.1 below. Based on these guidelines, following objectives have been formulated to operationalisethe policy guidance: (a) To engulf cultural conservation,protection and enhancementinto the corridor development activity Instead of a piecemeal approach, the project should be able to incorporate enhancement of important cultural properties into the cost of the civil works, Though the proportionof the total costs incurred by the project will only be a fraction of 1%, it will go a long way in showing to the local people that the proponentsdo care for their sentiments. (b) To optimize and appropriate use of the property The property should be optimally enhanced as per its usage and significance; care should be taken not to modify its inherent character. LeaAssocits 17-3 BOX 17.1 WORLD BANK OPERATIONALPOLICY NOTE NO. 11.03- MANAGEMENTOF CULTURAL PROPERTYIN BANK- FINANCEDPROJECTS The United Nations term 'cultural property' includes sites having archaeological(prehistoric) paleontological,histoncal, religious, and unique natural values. Cultural property therefore encompasses both remains left by previous human inhabitants (for example,middens, shrines and battle grounds) and unique natural environmentalfeatures such as canyons and waterfalls.The rapid loss of cultural propertyin manycountries is irreversibleand often unnecessary- PolicyGuidance The World Bank's general policy regarding cultural properties is to assist in their preservation,and to seek to avoid their elimination.Specifically a) The Bank normally declines to finance the projects that will significantly damage non-replicablecultural property, and will assist only those projectsthat are sited or designedso as to preventsuch damage. b) The Bank will assist in the protection and enhancementof cultural properties encounteredin Bank Financed projects, rather than leaving that protectionto chance. In some cases, the project is best relocated in order that sites and structures can be preserved, studied and restored intact in-situ. In other cases, structures can be relocated, preserved, studied and restored on aternate sites. Often, scientific study, selective salvage and museum preservationbefore destruction is all that necessary.Most such projects should include the training and strengtheningthe institutions entrusted with safeguardinga nations cultural patrimony. Such activities should be directly included in the scope of the project, rather than being postponedfor some possible future action, and the costs are to be intemalisedin computing overallproject costs. c) Deviationsfrom this policy may be justified only where expected project benefits are great, and the loss of or damage to cutural property is judged by competentauthorities to be unavoidable,minor, or otherwiseacceptable. Specificdetails of the justificationshould be discussedin projectdocuments. d) The Policy pertainsto any project in which the Bank is involved,irrespective of whether the Bank is itself financing the part of the projectthat mayaffect cultural property. ProceduralGuidance The managementof cultural property of a country is the responsibilityof the government. Before proceedingwith a, however, which prima facie entails the risk of damagingcultural property (e.g., any project that includes large scale excavations,movement of earth, surfacial environmentalchanges or demolition),Bank staff must (1) determinewhat is known about the cultural propertyaspects of the project site. The govemmnertsattention should be drawn specifically to that aspect and appropriate agencies, NGOs or university departments, should be consulted: (2) if there is any questionof cultural propertyin the area,a brief reconnaissancesurvey should be undertakenin the field by a specialist. (c) To restrict the enhancementextent to the RoW or the edge of the RoW So that there is maximum availability of a clear RoW, wherever possible i may be restricted to/near the edge of the RoW. (d) To provide for maximization of safety Many of the properties may lie very close to the carriageway, for these adequate safety measures like barriers/guardrailsmay be erected. (e) To retain the ethnicity and sanctity of the property It should be attempted to retain the original character of the property, and whatever enhancementtakes place, it should be in cognizancewith the surroundingsof the area and society. (f) To improve visual and aestheticquality of the GTRP L. AssociOs 17-4 To provide an experience of distinct travelling to the road users. The visual and aesthetic quality improvement and enhancement has been given special emphasis. The main features of this enhancement and improvement are landscaping, plantation, enhancing access, provision of seating arrangement,etc. (g) To minimize the cost of enhancement By use of local materials and also promotion of use of such materials which require minimum maintenance. (h) To promote the use of local materials,skill and labour Locally available materials like stone and bricks have been preferred for paving. This optimises the use of local materials and also helps in recognizing more and more local resources. At the same time it generates opportunities for indigenous skill development and thereby an increase in the employment opportunities. This further leads to more and diverse occupational pattems. The intention is to enrich the roadside places along with optimum use of local resources, skill and labour resulting in increase in employment opportunities. (i) To generate goodwill amongstthe local community towards the project, by enhancementof these common property resources. Basic approach towards enhancement is maximization of protection and safety, protection of the property and safety of the road users. Caring for local properties is one way of eaming the trust of the locals by addressingissues that are really close to their daily lives. Protection and enhancement of properties along the roadside is one possible way of showing to the people most likely to be directly affected by the project that the implementation will be responsiveto their point of view also. 17.3 CULTURALPROPERTIES ALONG NH-2 The project highway traverses through a number of settlements and is often dotted with religious and cultural properties most of which though not of archaeological significance are nevertheless, significant to the community. Cultural properties along the project highway were identified and documentedbased on site surveys and during strip mapping 17.3.1 PROTECTED MONUMENTSAND OTHER PROPERTIES OF ARCHAEOLOGICALVALUE Archaeological properties are those cultural properties that are protected under the Ancient Sites and Remains Act, 1958 by the state govemments and the ASI. They merit significance because of the large volume of traffic that they generate.Though these influences are restrictedto a particular time they can contribute inadvertently to the formation of bottlenecks, which seriously hamper the functioning of the highway. The region is home to many historically significant monuments the most famous of which is the Taj Mahal, a World Heritage site. Many important cultural and historical settlements lie along the highway. Of significant mention are the cities of Agra, Varanasi Allahabad, Samath and Gaya etc. In addition the road is dotted with places of archaeologicalinterest with history as old as the road itself. Figure 17.1 shows the archaeological sites and monuments in the influence zone of the Project and Table 17.2 lists the protected archaeological monuments and that exist in the study area of the proposedproject. La A7soci-5s 17-5 - t i .t s * 41ll ; Pveenwrm~~~~- ec¢.. nca'MF Inlr~a1r8lan S.~?e _, _ _ !' ;2 ' S¢t \ l 4 - pW| s~~~~~~~A9oarA ..... n Ca.,rDri4 'i Crnurh -"AIth'M* -- ? Forn X SILIu - Pnt~o e -i.-P1lsr or Edct;i | %, X & Lt <4 MOnunl4rtt 4. :|B ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~AGE G9tU RUS Plate17-1: Historical Monuments in the ProjectRegion Table 17-2: ProtectedMonuments within 1km of the Project Road S.No Package Place Remarks 1 IA BudiyaKa Tal A notifiedarchaeological structure located in awater body (Protected Monument) 2 IA Rambagh AramBagh 3 IVC Tombof SherShah Situatedat aboutI km fromthe project highway at Sasaram.(Protected Sun Monument) Source: IndividualEIA Reports,- Packages1, /1, /V and V, GTRP and LASA Field Survey, October2000 17.3.2 OTHER SIGNIFICANT CULTURAL PROPERTIES Other significant cultural properties and properties of archaeological interest are described below: ®3 Shukla Talav(11B) Shukla Talav is an old water tank located about l oom away from the project highway in package Il-B. 3 Kwaja Ka Phool This is a 200 years old giant wall, of five meters high encircling a village known as Kwaja Ka Phool. The highway passes very close to the structureat an approximatedistance of 25 m (fromthe centreline Step Well at Chin PackageIC of the road). The wall runs parallel for about 500 m or 300 m as in text. Lea Assocs 17-6 o Step well at Km 327.6 in Package IC The step well on the south side of the road is at a distance of 1 m from the edge of the existing carriageway. The step well, which is more than 100 years old and is archaeologicallysignificant, shall be impacted by the proposed four laning of the road. The step well probably belongs to the age of Sher Shah Suri and is part of the historic significance of the road. ® Tomb of SherShah Suri's'Khansama' The proposed Sasaram bypass, aligned south of the existing settlement (starting from km 110) in Package IVC passes very close by the tomb of SherShah Suris cook, as reportedby local people. A graveyard flanks the tomb on one side. O The Taj Trapezium Taj Mahal, the tomb of Mumtaz Mahal, wife of the Mughal emperor Shahajahan, made in white marble is one of the wonders of the world .The monument has been ravaged over the years by air pollution from adjoining industries and refineries, subsequent to which an area of around 10,000 sq km around it in the shape of a trapezium was declared a protected zone. Part of the Package IA and IB from km 199.6 to km 255 passes through the Taj Trapezium The region is home for over forty protected monuments,three of which are listed as World Heritage Site (WHS), namely the Taj Mahal, Agra fort and Fatepur Sikri ) and a fourth World Heritage site, the bird sanctuary at Bharatpur National Park. Akbars tomb in Sikandra and ltmad-ud-Daula's tomb have been proposed for World Heritage site designation. In addition there are more than 40 protected monumentswithin the trapezium. The major centres covered under the Trapezium are (i) Mathura and Vrindavan towards its northwest corner; (ii) Firozabad at its south east comer; (iii) Keoladeo National Park, Bharatpur in the west direction; and (iv) Agra as the epicentre of the area. Firozabad,which is on the NH-2, lies in the southeast comer of the Taj Trapezium. '.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~2 Figure17.2, Map showingthe Taj TrapeziumZone -7~ LeaAssociates 17-7 17.4 CRITERIAFOR SELECTIONOF ENHANCEMENT The project has screened all Cultural Properties along the corridor to enable the identification of selected cultural properties for enhancement,based on the significanceto the community, use etc. The significance of the cultural property has been decided on basis of primary surveys.The aspect of assigning a particular significanceto any cultural property is quite a subjective task in itself and difficult to quantify. Yet the project makes an attempt to bring these values to a common platform in order to select properties to be enhanced. The significance of a certain property comes into question when deciding the mitigation, avoidance or enhancement level to be applied to it. This does not mean that one cultural property is superior to another for e.g. a small shrine may not be significant enough to warrant realignmentof the corridor and from its significance value a particular mitigation measure could be most appropriate for it. The cultural properties were evaluated on basis of several factors. In addition some thumb rules have been adopted for sake of simplicity. Private shrines or properties taken care of by trusts etc shall not be enhanced as the project focuses on the overall benefit of the society. Significance of all the cultural properties has been determined on basis of the following criteria. E Size Size of the cultural property is not an indicator of its significance but it becomes important in terms of 'relocation". For instance, it is quite easy to relocate a shrine, but the issue is complex in case of bigger properties such as temples, wherein the cost of reconstruction and cost of acquisition of land, needs to be considered. Cultural propertieshave been categorized as small (upto 1.5 m x 1.5 m), medium (upto 4m x 4 m) and large (above 4 m x 4m) E) Building Material Materials used to build cultural propertiesare an indication of its significance. The properties have been classified in terms of Pucca, semi-puccaand Kaccha 3 Value Three types of values have been assigned to the cultural property-emotional, cultural and use value. Emotional Value" pertains to the willingness of the community to allow the level of upgradation or modification. • 'Cultural Value" refers to the importanceof the property by the virtue of its location and proximity to other community resources such as a well, a big shade tree, the village bus stop or common gathering space. Thus relocating the cultural property may destroy its ambience. * 'Use Value' can be judged from the siting and use of the property by the community. Social importance attached to the cultural property has been categorised as Significant, Average and Poor. ® Ownership It is fair to assume that benefits to large segments of society are more important than those to a single, individual or smaller segment. Community cultural resources have therefore been given preference over private ones only in terms of enhancement.Equal merit has been given to both in LeaAssociaas 17-8 mitigation and avoidance of impacts. The significance to the community has been determined on the basis of ownership (public, private or trust) and use. 17.5 GENERIC ENHANCEMENT MEASURES FOR CULTURAL PROPERTIES E Improving, defining, redefining accessand the precincts The GTRP strives to improve the experience of highway travelling by strengtheningthe physical link between the corridor and the cultural properties falling along it. Shrines located along the highway are often isolated from the surrounding environs. Dependingupon site-specific situations the project strives to improve the access to these properties by providing walkway to the property from the highway. Locally available materials like stone and bricks have been preferred for paving. CC flooring also has been adoptedfor ground treatment. Effort has been made to create interesting ground surfaces by using different paving patterns and materials. The intention is to enrich view of these roadside places. In additionto providing access to the roadside cultural properties the GTRP has also assumed the task of addressing the environment of the affected cultural property. As can be seen in all the enhancement sketches strong focus is on defining the precinct or area of immediate influence of the property. At places plantation has been used in addiion to hard landscaping measures to define precinct boundaries.Hard landscaping measures have been used in continuation with the access pathway to form the precinct of the structure. Brickwork in the form of low brick walls or brick linings has been used for the same purpose. As far as possible, changes have been restricted to the RoW. a Creating seating spaces Creating formal and/or informal seating spaces and rest areas where feasible and as per the scale of the property in question have been worked out. The project has explored avenues for formation of rest areas along the highway. In the case of availability of space, cultural properties if coupled with rest areas will proveto be beneficial not only to the highway travellers but also the users of the properties. This is all the more relevant as pilgrims use most of the major temples along the highway as halt points. Areas have been developed especially around/adjacent to cultural properties where there is easy availability of space and drinking water. The utility of these rest- spaces increaseswhen created in conjunction with cultural properties. z1G LeaAsso-o 17-9 I ~~~~~~~soft Cultural I -A... Propet V Landscaping o Plantation As mentioned in the preceding paragraphs and in the chapter on mitigation, trees not only enrich the visual quality of a space but also act as functional buffer screensto provide shade,define areas and counter pollution. Plantation of trees has been a prime enhancement as well as mitigation measure in the project. Tree bases have been proposed around existing as well as proposed shade trees to form informal seating spaces, which are preferred to the formal seating spaces. The sketch shows a schematic detail of a tree-base or chabutara; as it is locally called. This type of informal seating has been created in the proposed rest areas. SECT1ON B ThiP 28 17.6 DESCRIPTIONOF ENHANCEMENTS& MANAGEMENTACTIONS IN GTRP 17.6.1 TAJ TRAPEZIUM ZONE (CH-199.6TO 206) Starting from Agra in Package I, species to be planted in the section of Taj Trapezium Zone in Package I have been considered as per the recommendationsof the two studies carried out in the region. National Environmental Engineering Research Institute (NEERI) recommended a Green Belt Development Plan and the species required to plant. These recommendationswill be followed and tree species in this area will be as specified in the following table. These recommendations have been adopted for all of Package I depending up on the availability of space on the roadsides. LeaAssociate 17-10 However some additions can be considered. Within Sub-Packages IB and IC, local indigenous species like mango trees may be incorporatedin the planning. Since the Taj Trapezium area is a very important both from the local cultural as well as tourist point of view, enhancement within this zone deserves special attention. The tree species selected for plantation within this area will have to be visually pleasing and be able to resist relatively high pollutant levels. Table 17.3 lists out the candidate species that may be used for plantation at locations along the highway lying within the Taj Trapezium Zone. Table 17.3: Species to be planted in the Taj TrapeziumZone S. No. MainSpecies BotanicalNare S. No. MainSpecies BotanicalName 1 Gulmohar Delonixregia 2 Eucalyptus E. globulas 3 Shisham Dalbergiasisso 4 Neem Azadrachhta indica 5 BottleBrush Callstemonlanceodatus 6 Casurina Casuinaequsifoha 7 Kadamba Mitragynaparviflora 8 Babul Acadaarabica 9 Amattas Castiaffstula 10 Jamun SyzigiumJambolana 11 Lal Kaner Neriumindicum 12 Bagainvilla B. glabra 13 Allmanda A. catherica 14 Kachnar Bauhiniavanegated 15 Allanthus A. excelsa 16 Ashok Polyalthealon gWa 17 Jaswand,Gdhail Hibbiscusrosa sinensis 17.6.2 OTHER CULTURAL PROPERTIES Apart from the protected archaeologicalstructures and cultural properties of regional significance, there exist in and adjacent to the RoW, several smaller structures of social significance .The baseline survey has categorisedthem as: * Shrines - miniaturised form of temples, memorial, tombs or objects of sacred value that are too small to enter. The influence of shrines is generally very localised and reflected in their size, scale, treatment and environment and more often than not they are more significant to the individual than the community. * Sacred Structures - These sacred structures are temples, shrines, mosques, churches, graveyards etc. These structures, though are not of any significance at the regional level, do have a significant importanceto the local communities. Most of these structures have come up within and adjacent to the existing. Table 17-2 summarises cultural propertiesthat have been identified along the project highway where as Annexure 5-17 of EIA report lists the detailed baseline of Shrines and Sacred structures recorded along the road. Table 17.4: Shrines and other sacred structures within Right of Way Package Temples Mosque Gurudwara Shrine Church Total IA 36 5 0 16 0 57 IB 28 2 0 12 2 44 IC a8 0 1 0 0 9 llB 17 0 0 9 0 26 IVA 35 0 0 0 0 35 IVC 2 0 0 1 0 3 VB 26 7 0 3 0 36 Total 152 14 1 41 2 210 Source:Indmidual EIA Reports, -Packages I, 11,IV andV, GTRPand LASA Field Survey, October 2000 LeaAssociats 17-11 Z1Z7- ® OtherSites Selected for Enhancements The enhancementof the varous propertiesalong the NH-2 has been taken up on a location specific basis in most cases,though the treatmentproposed allows for the maintenanceof a continuouscharacter throughout the entire stretch.Certain common elements such as paving, railing, seating, etc. have been designedconsidering the historicalcharacter of the road. In addition,continuity will also be maintainedthrough the adoptionof appropriatelandscape sections alongthe entirelength of the projectcornidor. (Refer Table 17.5). For detailsof the enhancementof the individual cultural properties, refer Section 9 of the ConsolidatedEA Report 17.7 CONCLUSION Enhancementshave beenbased on typical and specific designs. The typicalelements are adopted for the similar kindof structuresthat followa particularcharacteristic all alongthe projectcorridor, whereasthe specificdesigns are in particularto inherentfeatures of the culturalproperty itself. Such an approachblends the socio-culturalcharacter of the roadwith the enhancementand up gradationstrategy of the project.Thus, as part of the GTRP,a consciouseffort has beenmade while designingthe enhancementmeasures to ensurethat the links of the local peoplewith the roadare not severed,without compromising the safetyof the roadusers. Execution of theseon the groundwill go a longway towards institutionalising people-oriented development. Table17.5: Cultural Properties Identified for Enhancement S. No. Package Type Chainage Distance Sideof ProposedEnhancement l_____ l______} (kmn) From CW (ml Road 1 IA Temple 201.45 32 South TypicalTemple intervention 2 IA Temple 206.3 25 South TypicalTemple intervention 3 IA Temple 207-2 16 South TypicalTemple intervention 4 IA Temple complex 215.8 12m North Temple+ hand pumpvery nearto budiyaka taal 5 IA Temple 217.7 17m North 6 IA Shrine+ Tree 225.05 13m South Typicalshrine intervention 7 IA Temple 240.5 13 South Typicaltemple intervention 8 IA Temple 243.45 23 North TypicalTemple intervention 9 IA Shrine + Tree 245.4 12 North Typicalshrine intervention 10 IA Dargah 229.7 22m North Nospecific boundary,entrance to be from near hand pump. II IB Temple 258 10m North Mostof it is alreadyenhanced. Approach to be improved 12 lB Temple 258.7 15 North Typicalshrine intervention 13 IB Temple 262.4 1Om South Waterbody& temple, sm yearsold wth a garden.Entrance & waterbodyto be enhanced 14 IB Temple + Pond 269.4 20m South No definedboundary, banyan tree. To be enhancedby landscaping 15 IB Temple 279.7 18 South Typicaltemple intervention 16 IB Temple 287.9 25m South Properaccess & landscapingreqd. 17 IB Temple complex 296.15 12m South Jamnamandir, Gardenin front, soft & hard landscapingreqd. Very nearto village. 18 IC Temple 322.25 10m North Elevatedfrom gel at a ht of 5.5 m 19 IC Temple 323.3 4m North Premisesize - 35x22m LeaAssocls 17-12 7 S. No. | Package Type Chalnage Distance Sideof ProposedEnhancement (kmn) From CW (m) Road 20 IC Temple 351.15 2.5m North Premisesize - 25x60m majorcomm.. area (TS) 21 IC Well+ Temple 375.4 8 North MangoPlantation at back 22 IC Well+ Temple 376.4 12 North Schoola litteaway 23 IC Temple 380.6 18 South A no.of mechanicshops + dhabasare seen. 24 IC Ashram 383.5 2.5 North Premisesize - 40x 20 m 25 IIB Temple 9.9 5 South 26 lIB Temple 11.15 12.5 South Shopsbehind temple 27 lB Temple 14.3 8 South 28 IIB Bhramadev 18.7 1 North temple 29 IIB Temple 18.7 1 North Bharamadevtemple 30 l1B Temple 19.3 120 North 31 IIB Temple 19.3 22 North 32 l1B Temple+Well 21.2 2 North Important 33 IIB Temple+Well 21.2 2 North Veryimp. 34 IIB Temple 24.8 5 South 3 IIB Temple 26.4 27 North Privateprop/but not in use 36 11B Temple 29.8 5 North 37 IIB Temple 31 .95 20 South Signageto be proAvided 38 11B Temple 35.5 1+3 North 39 IIB Shrine 35.5 14.3 North Alreadyrelocated 40 118 Temple complex 411.9 35 North Very old templecomplex-Presently library exists in front of templecomplex and, it will get exposed afterwidening 41 IIB Temple 481.6 5Rm North Presentlyarea around the templeis water logged 42 IIB Gurudwara 481.9 40 North 43 II8 Temple 482.4 The roadafter wideningwill come veryclose to temple 44 IVA Temple 4.1 21.03 South Entranceto be enhanced/Accessto be paved 45 IVA Temple 8.4 21.33 South Access to be enhanced 46 IVA Mazaar 9.4 8.53 South Entranceto be enhancedlAccessto be paved 47 IVA Shiv Temple 9p5 South 48 IVA Temple 18.3 21 South Acces to be enhanced 49 IVA KaliTemple 21.4 5 North Area of entranceto be enhanced IVA Hanuman 22.7 9.6 South Entranceto enhanced Tem ple ______51 IVA School 22.8 4.5 North Noisebarrier 52 IVA School 23.2 14.3 North Noisebarrier signage eetc 53 IVA Ashram 23.3 37.18 North Entranceto be enhanced 54 IVA DargahSharf 23.7 South Mazaar 55 IVA Mazaar 23.7 11.27 South Front areaof mazaarto be enhanced 56 IVA Temple 24.4 23 South 57 IVA Alinagartemple 25.3 vrrn South 58 IVA Shiv emple 25.6 VRM South 59 IVA JhansiTemple 25.8 South 60 IVA Temple 26.05 55 North Access to be enhancement 61 IVA Temple 27 21.3 North Entrance& access to be enhanced 62 IVA School 27.4 28.65 North Noise barrieraccess Lea A_SsCise 17-13 K,_ S. No. Package Type Chainage Distance Side of Proposed Enhancement (km) From CW (m) Road 63 IVA School 28.5 16.76 South Access to be enhanced 64 IVA Temple 29.1 6.7 North Entranceto be enhanced 65 VA Temple 29.5 13.1 South EntranceJEnahnced 66 IVA Temple 29.8 35 . North Entranceto be enhanced/Accessto be paved 67 IVA Dharamshala 31 25 North Entrance/enhanced 68 IVA Templeand 31.1 North Ashram 69 IVA Shahoji 32.3 North rapokara 70 IVA Mazaar 32.7 12.8 South Entranceto be enhanced 71 IVA Temple Kale 33.05 28 South Entranceto be enhanced 72 IVA Temple 34.7 12 South Entrancesignage 73 IVA Temple 36.9 24.99 South Noisebarrier 74 IVA Temple 37 31 North Entranceto be enhanced 7 IVA Bhagwantalab 37.1 North Daitra baba 76 IVA Mazaar 38 9.14 North Entranceto be enhanced 77 IVA School 38.6 25.6 South Entranceto be enhanced 78 IVA Baghaipokhra 41.6 South 79 IVA Temple 41.6 28 South Entrance 80 IVA Idgah 44.8 21 South Entranceto be enhanced 81 IVA Mazaar 46.5 South 82 IVA Temple 47 - North Entranceto be enhanced 83 IVA School 47 - South Noisebarrier 84 IVA Temple 47.4 19.82 North 65 IVA Temple 48.6 3.66 South 86 IVA Temple 48.8 13.1 South 87 IVA Shrinewith pond 49.5 North 88 IVA Temple 49.5 19.65 South 89 IVA Temple 53 21.33 North S0 IVA Temple 67.8 3 South 91 IVA Temple 68 15 NSoruth& 92 IVA Hanuman 317.45 South ______~~~Temple ______93 IVA Temple 317.95 26.5 North Entranceto enhanced 94 IVA RestArea 319 South 95 IVC Mai Ka Kutiya 130.2 South 96 IVC RauzaMazar 307000 North 97 IVC Tara chandi 8110XX South 98 VB Mosque 315.7 25 North Noise 99 VB Temple 312.7 8 South Access 100 VB Temple 307.9 2 North 101 VB Mosque 302.3 13 North Extremeenhancement 102 VB Mosque 301.9 20 South Overallenhancement 103 VB Temple 300.83 10 North 104 VB Temple 300.1 10 North 105 VB Temple 2S9.7 15 North 106 VB Mosque 29.5 20 South Entrance La Associda 17-14 z7